Mercurial > hg > xemacs-beta
comparison man/internals/internals.texi @ 428:3ecd8885ac67 r21-2-22
Import from CVS: tag r21-2-22
author | cvs |
---|---|
date | Mon, 13 Aug 2007 11:28:15 +0200 |
parents | |
children | 080151679be2 |
comparison
equal
deleted
inserted
replaced
427:0a0253eac470 | 428:3ecd8885ac67 |
---|---|
1 \input texinfo @c -*-texinfo-*- | |
2 @c %**start of header | |
3 @setfilename ../../info/internals.info | |
4 @settitle XEmacs Internals Manual | |
5 @c %**end of header | |
6 | |
7 @ifinfo | |
8 @dircategory XEmacs Editor | |
9 @direntry | |
10 * Internals: (internals). XEmacs Internals Manual. | |
11 @end direntry | |
12 | |
13 Copyright @copyright{} 1992 - 1996 Ben Wing. | |
14 Copyright @copyright{} 1996, 1997 Sun Microsystems. | |
15 Copyright @copyright{} 1994 - 1998 Free Software Foundation. | |
16 Copyright @copyright{} 1994, 1995 Board of Trustees, University of Illinois. | |
17 | |
18 | |
19 Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this | |
20 manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are | |
21 preserved on all copies. | |
22 | |
23 @ignore | |
24 Permission is granted to process this file through TeX and print the | |
25 results, provided the printed document carries copying permission notice | |
26 identical to this one except for the removal of this paragraph (this | |
27 paragraph not being relevant to the printed manual). | |
28 | |
29 @end ignore | |
30 Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this | |
31 manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided that the | |
32 entire resulting derived work is distributed under the terms of a | |
33 permission notice identical to this one. | |
34 | |
35 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual | |
36 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions, | |
37 except that this permission notice may be stated in a translation | |
38 approved by the Foundation. | |
39 | |
40 Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this | |
41 manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the | |
42 section entitled ``GNU General Public License'' is included exactly as | |
43 in the original, and provided that the entire resulting derived work is | |
44 distributed under the terms of a permission notice identical to this | |
45 one. | |
46 | |
47 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual | |
48 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions, | |
49 except that the section entitled ``GNU General Public License'' may be | |
50 included in a translation approved by the Free Software Foundation | |
51 instead of in the original English. | |
52 @end ifinfo | |
53 | |
54 @c Combine indices. | |
55 @synindex cp fn | |
56 @syncodeindex vr fn | |
57 @syncodeindex ky fn | |
58 @syncodeindex pg fn | |
59 @syncodeindex tp fn | |
60 | |
61 @setchapternewpage odd | |
62 @finalout | |
63 | |
64 @titlepage | |
65 @title XEmacs Internals Manual | |
66 @subtitle Version 1.3, August 1999 | |
67 | |
68 @author Ben Wing | |
69 @author Martin Buchholz | |
70 @author Hrvoje Niksic | |
71 @author Matthias Neubauer | |
72 @page | |
73 @vskip 0pt plus 1fill | |
74 | |
75 @noindent | |
76 Copyright @copyright{} 1992 - 1996 Ben Wing. @* | |
77 Copyright @copyright{} 1996, 1997 Sun Microsystems, Inc. @* | |
78 Copyright @copyright{} 1994 - 1998 Free Software Foundation. @* | |
79 Copyright @copyright{} 1994, 1995 Board of Trustees, University of Illinois. | |
80 | |
81 @sp 2 | |
82 Version 1.3 @* | |
83 August 1999.@* | |
84 | |
85 Permission is granted to make and distribute verbatim copies of this | |
86 manual provided the copyright notice and this permission notice are | |
87 preserved on all copies. | |
88 | |
89 Permission is granted to copy and distribute modified versions of this | |
90 manual under the conditions for verbatim copying, provided also that the | |
91 section entitled ``GNU General Public License'' is included | |
92 exactly as in the original, and provided that the entire resulting | |
93 derived work is distributed under the terms of a permission notice | |
94 identical to this one. | |
95 | |
96 Permission is granted to copy and distribute translations of this manual | |
97 into another language, under the above conditions for modified versions, | |
98 except that the section entitled ``GNU General Public License'' may be | |
99 included in a translation approved by the Free Software Foundation | |
100 instead of in the original English. | |
101 @end titlepage | |
102 @page | |
103 | |
104 @node Top, A History of Emacs, (dir), (dir) | |
105 | |
106 @ifinfo | |
107 This Info file contains v1.0 of the XEmacs Internals Manual. | |
108 @end ifinfo | |
109 | |
110 @menu | |
111 * A History of Emacs:: Times, dates, important events. | |
112 * XEmacs From the Outside:: A broad conceptual overview. | |
113 * The Lisp Language:: An overview. | |
114 * XEmacs From the Perspective of Building:: | |
115 * XEmacs From the Inside:: | |
116 * The XEmacs Object System (Abstractly Speaking):: | |
117 * How Lisp Objects Are Represented in C:: | |
118 * Rules When Writing New C Code:: | |
119 * A Summary of the Various XEmacs Modules:: | |
120 * Allocation of Objects in XEmacs Lisp:: | |
121 * Events and the Event Loop:: | |
122 * Evaluation; Stack Frames; Bindings:: | |
123 * Symbols and Variables:: | |
124 * Buffers and Textual Representation:: | |
125 * MULE Character Sets and Encodings:: | |
126 * The Lisp Reader and Compiler:: | |
127 * Lstreams:: | |
128 * Consoles; Devices; Frames; Windows:: | |
129 * The Redisplay Mechanism:: | |
130 * Extents:: | |
131 * Faces:: | |
132 * Glyphs:: | |
133 * Specifiers:: | |
134 * Menus:: | |
135 * Subprocesses:: | |
136 * Interface to X Windows:: | |
137 * Index:: Index including concepts, functions, variables, | |
138 and other terms. | |
139 | |
140 --- The Detailed Node Listing --- | |
141 | |
142 Here are other nodes that are inferiors of those already listed, | |
143 mentioned here so you can get to them in one step: | |
144 | |
145 A History of Emacs | |
146 | |
147 * Through Version 18:: Unification prevails. | |
148 * Lucid Emacs:: One version 19 Emacs. | |
149 * GNU Emacs 19:: The other version 19 Emacs. | |
150 * XEmacs:: The continuation of Lucid Emacs. | |
151 | |
152 Rules When Writing New C Code | |
153 | |
154 * General Coding Rules:: | |
155 * Writing Lisp Primitives:: | |
156 * Adding Global Lisp Variables:: | |
157 * Techniques for XEmacs Developers:: | |
158 | |
159 A Summary of the Various XEmacs Modules | |
160 | |
161 * Low-Level Modules:: | |
162 * Basic Lisp Modules:: | |
163 * Modules for Standard Editing Operations:: | |
164 * Editor-Level Control Flow Modules:: | |
165 * Modules for the Basic Displayable Lisp Objects:: | |
166 * Modules for other Display-Related Lisp Objects:: | |
167 * Modules for the Redisplay Mechanism:: | |
168 * Modules for Interfacing with the File System:: | |
169 * Modules for Other Aspects of the Lisp Interpreter and Object System:: | |
170 * Modules for Interfacing with the Operating System:: | |
171 * Modules for Interfacing with X Windows:: | |
172 * Modules for Internationalization:: | |
173 | |
174 Allocation of Objects in XEmacs Lisp | |
175 | |
176 * Introduction to Allocation:: | |
177 * Garbage Collection:: | |
178 * GCPROing:: | |
179 * Garbage Collection - Step by Step:: | |
180 * Integers and Characters:: | |
181 * Allocation from Frob Blocks:: | |
182 * lrecords:: | |
183 * Low-level allocation:: | |
184 * Pure Space:: | |
185 * Cons:: | |
186 * Vector:: | |
187 * Bit Vector:: | |
188 * Symbol:: | |
189 * Marker:: | |
190 * String:: | |
191 * Compiled Function:: | |
192 | |
193 Events and the Event Loop | |
194 | |
195 * Introduction to Events:: | |
196 * Main Loop:: | |
197 * Specifics of the Event Gathering Mechanism:: | |
198 * Specifics About the Emacs Event:: | |
199 * The Event Stream Callback Routines:: | |
200 * Other Event Loop Functions:: | |
201 * Converting Events:: | |
202 * Dispatching Events; The Command Builder:: | |
203 | |
204 Evaluation; Stack Frames; Bindings | |
205 | |
206 * Evaluation:: | |
207 * Dynamic Binding; The specbinding Stack; Unwind-Protects:: | |
208 * Simple Special Forms:: | |
209 * Catch and Throw:: | |
210 | |
211 Symbols and Variables | |
212 | |
213 * Introduction to Symbols:: | |
214 * Obarrays:: | |
215 * Symbol Values:: | |
216 | |
217 Buffers and Textual Representation | |
218 | |
219 * Introduction to Buffers:: A buffer holds a block of text such as a file. | |
220 * The Text in a Buffer:: Representation of the text in a buffer. | |
221 * Buffer Lists:: Keeping track of all buffers. | |
222 * Markers and Extents:: Tagging locations within a buffer. | |
223 * Bufbytes and Emchars:: Representation of individual characters. | |
224 * The Buffer Object:: The Lisp object corresponding to a buffer. | |
225 | |
226 MULE Character Sets and Encodings | |
227 | |
228 * Character Sets:: | |
229 * Encodings:: | |
230 * Internal Mule Encodings:: | |
231 | |
232 Encodings | |
233 | |
234 * Japanese EUC (Extended Unix Code):: | |
235 * JIS7:: | |
236 | |
237 Internal Mule Encodings | |
238 | |
239 * Internal String Encoding:: | |
240 * Internal Character Encoding:: | |
241 | |
242 The Lisp Reader and Compiler | |
243 | |
244 Lstreams | |
245 | |
246 Consoles; Devices; Frames; Windows | |
247 | |
248 * Introduction to Consoles; Devices; Frames; Windows:: | |
249 * Point:: | |
250 * Window Hierarchy:: | |
251 | |
252 The Redisplay Mechanism | |
253 | |
254 * Critical Redisplay Sections:: | |
255 * Line Start Cache:: | |
256 | |
257 Extents | |
258 | |
259 * Introduction to Extents:: Extents are ranges over text, with properties. | |
260 * Extent Ordering:: How extents are ordered internally. | |
261 * Format of the Extent Info:: The extent information in a buffer or string. | |
262 * Zero-Length Extents:: A weird special case. | |
263 * Mathematics of Extent Ordering:: A rigorous foundation. | |
264 * Extent Fragments:: Cached information useful for redisplay. | |
265 | |
266 Faces | |
267 | |
268 Glyphs | |
269 | |
270 Specifiers | |
271 | |
272 Menus | |
273 | |
274 Subprocesses | |
275 | |
276 Interface to X Windows | |
277 | |
278 @end menu | |
279 | |
280 @node A History of Emacs, XEmacs From the Outside, Top, Top | |
281 @chapter A History of Emacs | |
282 @cindex history of Emacs | |
283 @cindex Hackers (Steven Levy) | |
284 @cindex Levy, Steven | |
285 @cindex ITS (Incompatible Timesharing System) | |
286 @cindex Stallman, Richard | |
287 @cindex RMS | |
288 @cindex MIT | |
289 @cindex TECO | |
290 @cindex FSF | |
291 @cindex Free Software Foundation | |
292 | |
293 XEmacs is a powerful, customizable text editor and development | |
294 environment. It began as Lucid Emacs, which was in turn derived from | |
295 GNU Emacs, a program written by Richard Stallman of the Free Software | |
296 Foundation. GNU Emacs dates back to the 1970's, and was modelled | |
297 after a package called ``Emacs'', written in 1976, that was a set of | |
298 macros on top of TECO, an old, old text editor written at MIT on the | |
299 DEC PDP 10 under one of the earliest time-sharing operating systems, | |
300 ITS (Incompatible Timesharing System). (ITS dates back well before | |
301 Unix.) ITS, TECO, and Emacs were products of a group of people at MIT | |
302 who called themselves ``hackers'', who shared an idealistic belief | |
303 system about the free exchange of information and were fanatical in | |
304 their devotion to and time spent with computers. (The hacker | |
305 subculture dates back to the late 1950's at MIT and is described in | |
306 detail in Steven Levy's book @cite{Hackers}. This book also includes | |
307 a lot of information about Stallman himself and the development of | |
308 Lisp, a programming language developed at MIT that underlies Emacs.) | |
309 | |
310 @menu | |
311 * Through Version 18:: Unification prevails. | |
312 * Lucid Emacs:: One version 19 Emacs. | |
313 * GNU Emacs 19:: The other version 19 Emacs. | |
314 * GNU Emacs 20:: The other version 20 Emacs. | |
315 * XEmacs:: The continuation of Lucid Emacs. | |
316 @end menu | |
317 | |
318 @node Through Version 18 | |
319 @section Through Version 18 | |
320 @cindex Gosling, James | |
321 @cindex Great Usenet Renaming | |
322 | |
323 Although the history of the early versions of GNU Emacs is unclear, | |
324 the history is well-known from the middle of 1985. A time line is: | |
325 | |
326 @itemize @bullet | |
327 @item | |
328 GNU Emacs version 15 (15.34) was released sometime in 1984 or 1985 and | |
329 shared some code with a version of Emacs written by James Gosling (the | |
330 same James Gosling who later created the Java language). | |
331 @item | |
332 GNU Emacs version 16 (first released version was 16.56) was released on | |
333 July 15, 1985. All Gosling code was removed due to potential copyright | |
334 problems with the code. | |
335 @item | |
336 version 16.57: released on September 16, 1985. | |
337 @item | |
338 versions 16.58, 16.59: released on September 17, 1985. | |
339 @item | |
340 version 16.60: released on September 19, 1985. These later version 16's | |
341 incorporated patches from the net, esp. for getting Emacs to work under | |
342 System V. | |
343 @item | |
344 version 17.36 (first official v17 release) released on December 20, | |
345 1985. Included a TeX-able user manual. First official unpatched | |
346 version that worked on vanilla System V machines. | |
347 @item | |
348 version 17.43 (second official v17 release) released on January 25, | |
349 1986. | |
350 @item | |
351 version 17.45 released on January 30, 1986. | |
352 @item | |
353 version 17.46 released on February 4, 1986. | |
354 @item | |
355 version 17.48 released on February 10, 1986. | |
356 @item | |
357 version 17.49 released on February 12, 1986. | |
358 @item | |
359 version 17.55 released on March 18, 1986. | |
360 @item | |
361 version 17.57 released on March 27, 1986. | |
362 @item | |
363 version 17.58 released on April 4, 1986. | |
364 @item | |
365 version 17.61 released on April 12, 1986. | |
366 @item | |
367 version 17.63 released on May 7, 1986. | |
368 @item | |
369 version 17.64 released on May 12, 1986. | |
370 @item | |
371 version 18.24 (a beta version) released on October 2, 1986. | |
372 @item | |
373 version 18.30 (a beta version) released on November 15, 1986. | |
374 @item | |
375 version 18.31 (a beta version) released on November 23, 1986. | |
376 @item | |
377 version 18.32 (a beta version) released on December 7, 1986. | |
378 @item | |
379 version 18.33 (a beta version) released on December 12, 1986. | |
380 @item | |
381 version 18.35 (a beta version) released on January 5, 1987. | |
382 @item | |
383 version 18.36 (a beta version) released on January 21, 1987. | |
384 @item | |
385 January 27, 1987: The Great Usenet Renaming. net.emacs is now | |
386 comp.emacs. | |
387 @item | |
388 version 18.37 (a beta version) released on February 12, 1987. | |
389 @item | |
390 version 18.38 (a beta version) released on March 3, 1987. | |
391 @item | |
392 version 18.39 (a beta version) released on March 14, 1987. | |
393 @item | |
394 version 18.40 (a beta version) released on March 18, 1987. | |
395 @item | |
396 version 18.41 (the first ``official'' release) released on March 22, | |
397 1987. | |
398 @item | |
399 version 18.45 released on June 2, 1987. | |
400 @item | |
401 version 18.46 released on June 9, 1987. | |
402 @item | |
403 version 18.47 released on June 18, 1987. | |
404 @item | |
405 version 18.48 released on September 3, 1987. | |
406 @item | |
407 version 18.49 released on September 18, 1987. | |
408 @item | |
409 version 18.50 released on February 13, 1988. | |
410 @item | |
411 version 18.51 released on May 7, 1988. | |
412 @item | |
413 version 18.52 released on September 1, 1988. | |
414 @item | |
415 version 18.53 released on February 24, 1989. | |
416 @item | |
417 version 18.54 released on April 26, 1989. | |
418 @item | |
419 version 18.55 released on August 23, 1989. This is the earliest version | |
420 that is still available by FTP. | |
421 @item | |
422 version 18.56 released on January 17, 1991. | |
423 @item | |
424 version 18.57 released late January, 1991. | |
425 @item | |
426 version 18.58 released ?????. | |
427 @item | |
428 version 18.59 released October 31, 1992. | |
429 @end itemize | |
430 | |
431 @node Lucid Emacs | |
432 @section Lucid Emacs | |
433 @cindex Lucid Emacs | |
434 @cindex Lucid Inc. | |
435 @cindex Energize | |
436 @cindex Epoch | |
437 | |
438 Lucid Emacs was developed by the (now-defunct) Lucid Inc., a maker of | |
439 C++ and Lisp development environments. It began when Lucid decided they | |
440 wanted to use Emacs as the editor and cornerstone of their C++ | |
441 development environment (called ``Energize''). They needed many features | |
442 that were not available in the existing version of GNU Emacs (version | |
443 18.5something), in particular good and integrated support for GUI | |
444 elements such as mouse support, multiple fonts, multiple window-system | |
445 windows, etc. A branch of GNU Emacs called Epoch, written at the | |
446 University of Illinois, existed that supplied many of these features; | |
447 however, Lucid needed more than what existed in Epoch. At the time, the | |
448 Free Software Foundation was working on version 19 of Emacs (this was | |
449 sometime around 1991), which was planned to have similar features, and | |
450 so Lucid decided to work with the Free Software Foundation. Their plan | |
451 was to add features that they needed, and coordinate with the FSF so | |
452 that the features would get included back into Emacs version 19. | |
453 | |
454 Delays in the release of version 19 occurred, however (resulting in it | |
455 finally being released more than a year after what was initially | |
456 planned), and Lucid encountered unexpected technical resistance in | |
457 getting their changes merged back into version 19, so they decided to | |
458 release their own version of Emacs, which became Lucid Emacs 19.0. | |
459 | |
460 @cindex Zawinski, Jamie | |
461 @cindex Sexton, Harlan | |
462 @cindex Benson, Eric | |
463 @cindex Devin, Matthieu | |
464 The initial authors of Lucid Emacs were Matthieu Devin, Harlan Sexton, | |
465 and Eric Benson, and the work was later taken over by Jamie Zawinski, | |
466 who became ``Mr. Lucid Emacs'' for many releases. | |
467 | |
468 A time line for Lucid Emacs/XEmacs is | |
469 | |
470 @itemize @bullet | |
471 @item | |
472 version 19.0 shipped with Energize 1.0, April 1992. | |
473 @item | |
474 version 19.1 released June 4, 1992. | |
475 @item | |
476 version 19.2 released June 19, 1992. | |
477 @item | |
478 version 19.3 released September 9, 1992. | |
479 @item | |
480 version 19.4 released January 21, 1993. | |
481 @item | |
482 version 19.5 was a repackaging of 19.4 with a few bug fixes and | |
483 shipped with Energize 2.0. Never released to the net. | |
484 @item | |
485 version 19.6 released April 9, 1993. | |
486 @item | |
487 version 19.7 was a repackaging of 19.6 with a few bug fixes and | |
488 shipped with Energize 2.1. Never released to the net. | |
489 @item | |
490 version 19.8 released September 6, 1993. | |
491 @item | |
492 version 19.9 released January 12, 1994. | |
493 @item | |
494 version 19.10 released May 27, 1994. | |
495 @item | |
496 version 19.11 (first XEmacs) released September 13, 1994. | |
497 @item | |
498 version 19.12 released June 23, 1995. | |
499 @item | |
500 version 19.13 released September 1, 1995. | |
501 @item | |
502 version 19.14 released June 23, 1996. | |
503 @item | |
504 version 20.0 released February 9, 1997. | |
505 @item | |
506 version 19.15 released March 28, 1997. | |
507 @item | |
508 version 20.1 (not released to the net) April 15, 1997. | |
509 @item | |
510 version 20.2 released May 16, 1997. | |
511 @item | |
512 version 19.16 released October 31, 1997. | |
513 @item | |
514 version 20.3 (the first stable version of XEmacs 20.x) released November 30, | |
515 1997. | |
516 version 20.4 released February 28, 1998. | |
517 @end itemize | |
518 | |
519 @node GNU Emacs 19 | |
520 @section GNU Emacs 19 | |
521 @cindex GNU Emacs 19 | |
522 @cindex FSF Emacs | |
523 | |
524 About a year after the initial release of Lucid Emacs, the FSF | |
525 released a beta of their version of Emacs 19 (referred to here as ``GNU | |
526 Emacs''). By this time, the current version of Lucid Emacs was | |
527 19.6. (Strangely, the first released beta from the FSF was GNU Emacs | |
528 19.7.) A time line for GNU Emacs version 19 is | |
529 | |
530 @itemize @bullet | |
531 @item | |
532 version 19.8 (beta) released May 27, 1993. | |
533 @item | |
534 version 19.9 (beta) released May 27, 1993. | |
535 @item | |
536 version 19.10 (beta) released May 30, 1993. | |
537 @item | |
538 version 19.11 (beta) released June 1, 1993. | |
539 @item | |
540 version 19.12 (beta) released June 2, 1993. | |
541 @item | |
542 version 19.13 (beta) released June 8, 1993. | |
543 @item | |
544 version 19.14 (beta) released June 17, 1993. | |
545 @item | |
546 version 19.15 (beta) released June 19, 1993. | |
547 @item | |
548 version 19.16 (beta) released July 6, 1993. | |
549 @item | |
550 version 19.17 (beta) released late July, 1993. | |
551 @item | |
552 version 19.18 (beta) released August 9, 1993. | |
553 @item | |
554 version 19.19 (beta) released August 15, 1993. | |
555 @item | |
556 version 19.20 (beta) released November 17, 1993. | |
557 @item | |
558 version 19.21 (beta) released November 17, 1993. | |
559 @item | |
560 version 19.22 (beta) released November 28, 1993. | |
561 @item | |
562 version 19.23 (beta) released May 17, 1994. | |
563 @item | |
564 version 19.24 (beta) released May 16, 1994. | |
565 @item | |
566 version 19.25 (beta) released June 3, 1994. | |
567 @item | |
568 version 19.26 (beta) released September 11, 1994. | |
569 @item | |
570 version 19.27 (beta) released September 14, 1994. | |
571 @item | |
572 version 19.28 (first ``official'' release) released November 1, 1994. | |
573 @item | |
574 version 19.29 released June 21, 1995. | |
575 @item | |
576 version 19.30 released November 24, 1995. | |
577 @item | |
578 version 19.31 released May 25, 1996. | |
579 @item | |
580 version 19.32 released July 31, 1996. | |
581 @item | |
582 version 19.33 released August 11, 1996. | |
583 @item | |
584 version 19.34 released August 21, 1996. | |
585 @item | |
586 version 19.34b released September 6, 1996. | |
587 @end itemize | |
588 | |
589 @cindex Mlynarik, Richard | |
590 In some ways, GNU Emacs 19 was better than Lucid Emacs; in some ways, | |
591 worse. Lucid soon began incorporating features from GNU Emacs 19 into | |
592 Lucid Emacs; the work was mostly done by Richard Mlynarik, who had been | |
593 working on and using GNU Emacs for a long time (back as far as version | |
594 16 or 17). | |
595 | |
596 @node GNU Emacs 20 | |
597 @section GNU Emacs 20 | |
598 @cindex GNU Emacs 20 | |
599 @cindex FSF Emacs | |
600 | |
601 On February 2, 1997 work began on GNU Emacs to integrate Mule. The first | |
602 release was made in September of that year. | |
603 | |
604 A timeline for Emacs 20 is | |
605 | |
606 @itemize @bullet | |
607 @item | |
608 version 20.1 released September 17, 1997. | |
609 @item | |
610 version 20.2 released September 20, 1997. | |
611 @item | |
612 version 20.3 released August 19, 1998. | |
613 @end itemize | |
614 | |
615 @node XEmacs | |
616 @section XEmacs | |
617 @cindex XEmacs | |
618 | |
619 @cindex Sun Microsystems | |
620 @cindex University of Illinois | |
621 @cindex Illinois, University of | |
622 @cindex SPARCWorks | |
623 @cindex Andreessen, Marc | |
624 @cindex Baur, Steve | |
625 @cindex Buchholz, Martin | |
626 @cindex Kaplan, Simon | |
627 @cindex Wing, Ben | |
628 @cindex Thompson, Chuck | |
629 @cindex Win-Emacs | |
630 @cindex Epoch | |
631 @cindex Amdahl Corporation | |
632 Around the time that Lucid was developing Energize, Sun Microsystems | |
633 was developing their own development environment (called ``SPARCWorks'') | |
634 and also decided to use Emacs. They joined forces with the Epoch team | |
635 at the University of Illinois and later with Lucid. The maintainer of | |
636 the last-released version of Epoch was Marc Andreessen, but he dropped | |
637 out and the Epoch project, headed by Simon Kaplan, lured Chuck Thompson | |
638 away from a system administration job to become the primary Lucid Emacs | |
639 author for Epoch and Sun. Chuck's area of specialty became the | |
640 redisplay engine (he replaced the old Lucid Emacs redisplay engine with | |
641 a ported version from Epoch and then later rewrote it from scratch). | |
642 Sun also hired Ben Wing (the author of Win-Emacs, a port of Lucid Emacs | |
643 to Microsoft Windows 3.1) in 1993, for what was initially a one-month | |
644 contract to fix some event problems but later became a many-year | |
645 involvement, punctuated by a six-month contract with Amdahl Corporation. | |
646 | |
647 @cindex rename to XEmacs | |
648 In 1994, Sun and Lucid agreed to rename Lucid Emacs to XEmacs (a name | |
649 not favorable to either company); the first release called XEmacs was | |
650 version 19.11. In June 1994, Lucid folded and Jamie quit to work for | |
651 the newly formed Mosaic Communications Corp., later Netscape | |
652 Communications Corp. (co-founded by the same Marc Andreessen, who had | |
653 quit his Epoch job to work on a graphical browser for the World Wide | |
654 Web). Chuck then become the primary maintainer of XEmacs, and put out | |
655 versions 19.11 through 19.14 in conjunction with Ben. For 19.12 and | |
656 19.13, Chuck added the new redisplay and many other display improvements | |
657 and Ben added MULE support (support for Asian and other languages) and | |
658 redesigned most of the internal Lisp subsystems to better support the | |
659 MULE work and the various other features being added to XEmacs. After | |
660 19.14 Chuck retired as primary maintainer and Steve Baur stepped in. | |
661 | |
662 @cindex MULE merged XEmacs appears | |
663 Soon after 19.13 was released, work began in earnest on the MULE | |
664 internationalization code and the source tree was divided into two | |
665 development paths. The MULE version was initially called 19.20, but was | |
666 soon renamed to 20.0. In 1996 Martin Buchholz of Sun Microsystems took | |
667 over the care and feeding of it and worked on it in parallel with the | |
668 19.14 development that was occurring at the same time. After much work | |
669 by Martin, it was decided to release 20.0 ahead of 19.15 in February | |
670 1997. The source tree remained divided until 20.2 when the version 19 | |
671 source was finally retired at version 19.16. | |
672 | |
673 @cindex Baur, Steve | |
674 @cindex Buchholz, Martin | |
675 @cindex Jones, Kyle | |
676 @cindex Niksic, Hrvoje | |
677 @cindex XEmacs goes it alone | |
678 In 1997, Sun finally dropped all pretense of support for XEmacs and | |
679 Martin Buchholz left the company in November. Since then, and mostly | |
680 for the previous year, because Steve Baur was never paid to work on | |
681 XEmacs, XEmacs has existed solely on the contributions of volunteers | |
682 from the Free Software Community. Starting from 1997, Hrvoje Niksic and | |
683 Kyle Jones have figured prominently in XEmacs development. | |
684 | |
685 @cindex merging attempts | |
686 Many attempts have been made to merge XEmacs and GNU Emacs, but they | |
687 have consistently failed. | |
688 | |
689 A more detailed history is contained in the XEmacs About page. | |
690 | |
691 @node XEmacs From the Outside, The Lisp Language, A History of Emacs, Top | |
692 @chapter XEmacs From the Outside | |
693 @cindex read-eval-print | |
694 | |
695 XEmacs appears to the outside world as an editor, but it is really a | |
696 Lisp environment. At its heart is a Lisp interpreter; it also | |
697 ``happens'' to contain many specialized object types (e.g. buffers, | |
698 windows, frames, events) that are useful for implementing an editor. | |
699 Some of these objects (in particular windows and frames) have | |
700 displayable representations, and XEmacs provides a function | |
701 @code{redisplay()} that ensures that the display of all such objects | |
702 matches their internal state. Most of the time, a standard Lisp | |
703 environment is in a @dfn{read-eval-print} loop -- i.e. ``read some Lisp | |
704 code, execute it, and print the results''. XEmacs has a similar loop: | |
705 | |
706 @itemize @bullet | |
707 @item | |
708 read an event | |
709 @item | |
710 dispatch the event (i.e. ``do it'') | |
711 @item | |
712 redisplay | |
713 @end itemize | |
714 | |
715 Reading an event is done using the Lisp function @code{next-event}, | |
716 which waits for something to happen (typically, the user presses a key | |
717 or moves the mouse) and returns an event object describing this. | |
718 Dispatching an event is done using the Lisp function | |
719 @code{dispatch-event}, which looks up the event in a keymap object (a | |
720 particular kind of object that associates an event with a Lisp function) | |
721 and calls that function. The function ``does'' what the user has | |
722 requested by changing the state of particular frame objects, buffer | |
723 objects, etc. Finally, @code{redisplay()} is called, which updates the | |
724 display to reflect those changes just made. Thus is an ``editor'' born. | |
725 | |
726 @cindex bridge, playing | |
727 @cindex taxes, doing | |
728 @cindex pi, calculating | |
729 Note that you do not have to use XEmacs as an editor; you could just | |
730 as well make it do your taxes, compute pi, play bridge, etc. You'd just | |
731 have to write functions to do those operations in Lisp. | |
732 | |
733 @node The Lisp Language, XEmacs From the Perspective of Building, XEmacs From the Outside, Top | |
734 @chapter The Lisp Language | |
735 @cindex Lisp vs. C | |
736 @cindex C vs. Lisp | |
737 @cindex Lisp vs. Java | |
738 @cindex Java vs. Lisp | |
739 @cindex dynamic scoping | |
740 @cindex scoping, dynamic | |
741 @cindex dynamic types | |
742 @cindex types, dynamic | |
743 @cindex Java | |
744 @cindex Common Lisp | |
745 @cindex Gosling, James | |
746 | |
747 Lisp is a general-purpose language that is higher-level than C and in | |
748 many ways more powerful than C. Powerful dialects of Lisp such as | |
749 Common Lisp are probably much better languages for writing very large | |
750 applications than is C. (Unfortunately, for many non-technical | |
751 reasons C and its successor C++ have become the dominant languages for | |
752 application development. These languages are both inadequate for | |
753 extremely large applications, which is evidenced by the fact that newer, | |
754 larger programs are becoming ever harder to write and are requiring ever | |
755 more programmers despite great increases in C development environments; | |
756 and by the fact that, although hardware speeds and reliability have been | |
757 growing at an exponential rate, most software is still generally | |
758 considered to be slow and buggy.) | |
759 | |
760 The new Java language holds promise as a better general-purpose | |
761 development language than C. Java has many features in common with | |
762 Lisp that are not shared by C (this is not a coincidence, since | |
763 Java was designed by James Gosling, a former Lisp hacker). This | |
764 will be discussed more later. | |
765 | |
766 For those used to C, here is a summary of the basic differences between | |
767 C and Lisp: | |
768 | |
769 @enumerate | |
770 @item | |
771 Lisp has an extremely regular syntax. Every function, expression, | |
772 and control statement is written in the form | |
773 | |
774 @example | |
775 (@var{func} @var{arg1} @var{arg2} ...) | |
776 @end example | |
777 | |
778 This is as opposed to C, which writes functions as | |
779 | |
780 @example | |
781 func(@var{arg1}, @var{arg2}, ...) | |
782 @end example | |
783 | |
784 but writes expressions involving operators as (e.g.) | |
785 | |
786 @example | |
787 @var{arg1} + @var{arg2} | |
788 @end example | |
789 | |
790 and writes control statements as (e.g.) | |
791 | |
792 @example | |
793 while (@var{expr}) @{ @var{statement1}; @var{statement2}; ... @} | |
794 @end example | |
795 | |
796 Lisp equivalents of the latter two would be | |
797 | |
798 @example | |
799 (+ @var{arg1} @var{arg2} ...) | |
800 @end example | |
801 | |
802 and | |
803 | |
804 @example | |
805 (while @var{expr} @var{statement1} @var{statement2} ...) | |
806 @end example | |
807 | |
808 @item | |
809 Lisp is a safe language. Assuming there are no bugs in the Lisp | |
810 interpreter/compiler, it is impossible to write a program that ``core | |
811 dumps'' or otherwise causes the machine to execute an illegal | |
812 instruction. This is very different from C, where perhaps the most | |
813 common outcome of a bug is exactly such a crash. A corollary of this is that | |
814 the C operation of casting a pointer is impossible (and unnecessary) in | |
815 Lisp, and that it is impossible to access memory outside the bounds of | |
816 an array. | |
817 | |
818 @item | |
819 Programs and data are written in the same form. The | |
820 parenthesis-enclosing form described above for statements is the same | |
821 form used for the most common data type in Lisp, the list. Thus, it is | |
822 possible to represent any Lisp program using Lisp data types, and for | |
823 one program to construct Lisp statements and then dynamically | |
824 @dfn{evaluate} them, or cause them to execute. | |
825 | |
826 @item | |
827 All objects are @dfn{dynamically typed}. This means that part of every | |
828 object is an indication of what type it is. A Lisp program can | |
829 manipulate an object without knowing what type it is, and can query an | |
830 object to determine its type. This means that, correspondingly, | |
831 variables and function parameters can hold objects of any type and are | |
832 not normally declared as being of any particular type. This is opposed | |
833 to the @dfn{static typing} of C, where variables can hold exactly one | |
834 type of object and must be declared as such, and objects do not contain | |
835 an indication of their type because it's implicit in the variables they | |
836 are stored in. It is possible in C to have a variable hold different | |
837 types of objects (e.g. through the use of @code{void *} pointers or | |
838 variable-argument functions), but the type information must then be | |
839 passed explicitly in some other fashion, leading to additional program | |
840 complexity. | |
841 | |
842 @item | |
843 Allocated memory is automatically reclaimed when it is no longer in use. | |
844 This operation is called @dfn{garbage collection} and involves looking | |
845 through all variables to see what memory is being pointed to, and | |
846 reclaiming any memory that is not pointed to and is thus | |
847 ``inaccessible'' and out of use. This is as opposed to C, in which | |
848 allocated memory must be explicitly reclaimed using @code{free()}. If | |
849 you simply drop all pointers to memory without freeing it, it becomes | |
850 ``leaked'' memory that still takes up space. Over a long period of | |
851 time, this can cause your program to grow and grow until it runs out of | |
852 memory. | |
853 | |
854 @item | |
855 Lisp has built-in facilities for handling errors and exceptions. In C, | |
856 when an error occurs, usually either the program exits entirely or the | |
857 routine in which the error occurs returns a value indicating this. If | |
858 an error occurs in a deeply-nested routine, then every routine currently | |
859 called must unwind itself normally and return an error value back up to | |
860 the next routine. This means that every routine must explicitly check | |
861 for an error in all the routines it calls; if it does not do so, | |
862 unexpected and often random behavior results. This is an extremely | |
863 common source of bugs in C programs. An alternative would be to do a | |
864 non-local exit using @code{longjmp()}, but that is often very dangerous | |
865 because the routines that were exited past had no opportunity to clean | |
866 up after themselves and may leave things in an inconsistent state, | |
867 causing a crash shortly afterwards. | |
868 | |
869 Lisp provides mechanisms to make such non-local exits safe. When an | |
870 error occurs, a routine simply signals that an error of a particular | |
871 class has occurred, and a non-local exit takes place. Any routine can | |
872 trap errors occurring in routines it calls by registering an error | |
873 handler for some or all classes of errors. (If no handler is registered, | |
874 a default handler, generally installed by the top-level event loop, is | |
875 executed; this prints out the error and continues.) Routines can also | |
876 specify cleanup code (called an @dfn{unwind-protect}) that will be | |
877 called when control exits from a block of code, no matter how that exit | |
878 occurs -- i.e. even if a function deeply nested below it causes a | |
879 non-local exit back to the top level. | |
880 | |
881 Note that this facility has appeared in some recent vintages of C, in | |
882 particular Visual C++ and other PC compilers written for the Microsoft | |
883 Win32 API. | |
884 | |
885 @item | |
886 In Emacs Lisp, local variables are @dfn{dynamically scoped}. This means | |
887 that if you declare a local variable in a particular function, and then | |
888 call another function, that subfunction can ``see'' the local variable | |
889 you declared. This is actually considered a bug in Emacs Lisp and in | |
890 all other early dialects of Lisp, and was corrected in Common Lisp. (In | |
891 Common Lisp, you can still declare dynamically scoped variables if you | |
892 want to -- they are sometimes useful -- but variables by default are | |
893 @dfn{lexically scoped} as in C.) | |
894 @end enumerate | |
895 | |
896 For those familiar with Lisp, Emacs Lisp is modelled after MacLisp, an | |
897 early dialect of Lisp developed at MIT (no relation to the Macintosh | |
898 computer). There is a Common Lisp compatibility package available for | |
899 Emacs that provides many of the features of Common Lisp. | |
900 | |
901 The Java language is derived in many ways from C, and shares a similar | |
902 syntax, but has the following features in common with Lisp (and different | |
903 from C): | |
904 | |
905 @enumerate | |
906 @item | |
907 Java is a safe language, like Lisp. | |
908 @item | |
909 Java provides garbage collection, like Lisp. | |
910 @item | |
911 Java has built-in facilities for handling errors and exceptions, like | |
912 Lisp. | |
913 @item | |
914 Java has a type system that combines the best advantages of both static | |
915 and dynamic typing. Objects (except very simple types) are explicitly | |
916 marked with their type, as in dynamic typing; but there is a hierarchy | |
917 of types and functions are declared to accept only certain types, thus | |
918 providing the increased compile-time error-checking of static typing. | |
919 @end enumerate | |
920 | |
921 The Java language also has some negative attributes: | |
922 | |
923 @enumerate | |
924 @item | |
925 Java uses the edit/compile/run model of software development. This | |
926 makes it hard to use interactively. For example, to use Java like | |
927 @code{bc} it is necessary to write a special purpose, albeit tiny, | |
928 application. In Emacs Lisp, a calculator comes built-in without any | |
929 effort - one can always just type an expression in the @code{*scratch*} | |
930 buffer. | |
931 @item | |
932 Java tries too hard to enforce, not merely enable, portability, making | |
933 ordinary access to standard OS facilities painful. Java has an | |
934 @dfn{agenda}. I think this is why @code{chdir} is not part of standard | |
935 Java, which is inexcusable. | |
936 @end enumerate | |
937 | |
938 Unfortunately, there is no perfect language. Static typing allows a | |
939 compiler to catch programmer errors and produce more efficient code, but | |
940 makes programming more tedious and less fun. For the forseeable future, | |
941 an Ideal Editing and Programming Environment (and that is what XEmacs | |
942 aspires to) will be programmable in multiple languages: high level ones | |
943 like Lisp for user customization and prototyping, and lower level ones | |
944 for infrastructure and industrial strength applications. If I had my | |
945 way, XEmacs would be friendly towards the Python, Scheme, C++, ML, | |
946 etc... communities. But there are serious technical difficulties to | |
947 achieving that goal. | |
948 | |
949 The word @dfn{application} in the previous paragraph was used | |
950 intentionally. XEmacs implements an API for programs written in Lisp | |
951 that makes it a full-fledged application platform, very much like an OS | |
952 inside the real OS. | |
953 | |
954 @node XEmacs From the Perspective of Building, XEmacs From the Inside, The Lisp Language, Top | |
955 @chapter XEmacs From the Perspective of Building | |
956 | |
957 The heart of XEmacs is the Lisp environment, which is written in C. | |
958 This is contained in the @file{src/} subdirectory. Underneath | |
959 @file{src/} are two subdirectories of header files: @file{s/} (header | |
960 files for particular operating systems) and @file{m/} (header files for | |
961 particular machine types). In practice the distinction between the two | |
962 types of header files is blurred. These header files define or undefine | |
963 certain preprocessor constants and macros to indicate particular | |
964 characteristics of the associated machine or operating system. As part | |
965 of the configure process, one @file{s/} file and one @file{m/} file is | |
966 identified for the particular environment in which XEmacs is being | |
967 built. | |
968 | |
969 XEmacs also contains a great deal of Lisp code. This implements the | |
970 operations that make XEmacs useful as an editor as well as just a Lisp | |
971 environment, and also contains many add-on packages that allow XEmacs to | |
972 browse directories, act as a mail and Usenet news reader, compile Lisp | |
973 code, etc. There is actually more Lisp code than C code associated with | |
974 XEmacs, but much of the Lisp code is peripheral to the actual operation | |
975 of the editor. The Lisp code all lies in subdirectories underneath the | |
976 @file{lisp/} directory. | |
977 | |
978 The @file{lwlib/} directory contains C code that implements a | |
979 generalized interface onto different X widget toolkits and also | |
980 implements some widgets of its own that behave like Motif widgets but | |
981 are faster, free, and in some cases more powerful. The code in this | |
982 directory compiles into a library and is mostly independent from XEmacs. | |
983 | |
984 The @file{etc/} directory contains various data files associated with | |
985 XEmacs. Some of them are actually read by XEmacs at startup; others | |
986 merely contain useful information of various sorts. | |
987 | |
988 The @file{lib-src/} directory contains C code for various auxiliary | |
989 programs that are used in connection with XEmacs. Some of them are used | |
990 during the build process; others are used to perform certain functions | |
991 that cannot conveniently be placed in the XEmacs executable (e.g. the | |
992 @file{movemail} program for fetching mail out of @file{/var/spool/mail}, | |
993 which must be setgid to @file{mail} on many systems; and the | |
994 @file{gnuclient} program, which allows an external script to communicate | |
995 with a running XEmacs process). | |
996 | |
997 The @file{man/} directory contains the sources for the XEmacs | |
998 documentation. It is mostly in a form called Texinfo, which can be | |
999 converted into either a printed document (by passing it through @TeX{}) | |
1000 or into on-line documentation called @dfn{info files}. | |
1001 | |
1002 The @file{info/} directory contains the results of formatting the XEmacs | |
1003 documentation as @dfn{info files}, for on-line use. These files are | |
1004 used when you enter the Info system using @kbd{C-h i} or through the | |
1005 Help menu. | |
1006 | |
1007 The @file{dynodump/} directory contains auxiliary code used to build | |
1008 XEmacs on Solaris platforms. | |
1009 | |
1010 The other directories contain various miscellaneous code and information | |
1011 that is not normally used or needed. | |
1012 | |
1013 The first step of building involves running the @file{configure} program | |
1014 and passing it various parameters to specify any optional features you | |
1015 want and compiler arguments and such, as described in the @file{INSTALL} | |
1016 file. This determines what the build environment is, chooses the | |
1017 appropriate @file{s/} and @file{m/} file, and runs a series of tests to | |
1018 determine many details about your environment, such as which library | |
1019 functions are available and exactly how they work. The reason for | |
1020 running these tests is that it allows XEmacs to be compiled on a much | |
1021 wider variety of platforms than those that the XEmacs developers happen | |
1022 to be familiar with, including various sorts of hybrid platforms. This | |
1023 is especially important now that many operating systems give you a great | |
1024 deal of control over exactly what features you want installed, and allow | |
1025 for easy upgrading of parts of a system without upgrading the rest. It | |
1026 would be impossible to pre-determine and pre-specify the information for | |
1027 all possible configurations. | |
1028 | |
1029 In fact, the @file{s/} and @file{m/} files are basically @emph{evil}, | |
1030 since they contain unmaintainable platform-specific hard-coded | |
1031 information. XEmacs has been moving in the direction of having all | |
1032 system-specific information be determined dynamically by | |
1033 @file{configure}. Perhaps someday we can @code{rm -rf src/s src/m}. | |
1034 | |
1035 When configure is done running, it generates @file{Makefile}s and | |
1036 @file{GNUmakefile}s and the file @file{src/config.h} (which describes | |
1037 the features of your system) from template files. You then run | |
1038 @file{make}, which compiles the auxiliary code and programs in | |
1039 @file{lib-src/} and @file{lwlib/} and the main XEmacs executable in | |
1040 @file{src/}. The result of compiling and linking is an executable | |
1041 called @file{temacs}, which is @emph{not} the final XEmacs executable. | |
1042 @file{temacs} by itself is not intended to function as an editor or even | |
1043 display any windows on the screen, and if you simply run it, it will | |
1044 exit immediately. The @file{Makefile} runs @file{temacs} with certain | |
1045 options that cause it to initialize itself, read in a number of basic | |
1046 Lisp files, and then dump itself out into a new executable called | |
1047 @file{xemacs}. This new executable has been pre-initialized and | |
1048 contains pre-digested Lisp code that is necessary for the editor to | |
1049 function (this includes most basic editing functions, | |
1050 e.g. @code{kill-line}, that can be defined in terms of other Lisp | |
1051 primitives; some initialization code that is called when certain | |
1052 objects, such as frames, are created; and all of the standard | |
1053 keybindings and code for the actions they result in). This executable, | |
1054 @file{xemacs}, is the executable that you run to use the XEmacs editor. | |
1055 | |
1056 Although @file{temacs} is not intended to be run as an editor, it can, | |
1057 by using the incantation @code{temacs -batch -l loadup.el run-temacs}. | |
1058 This is useful when the dumping procedure described above is broken, or | |
1059 when using certain program debugging tools such as Purify. These tools | |
1060 get mighty confused by the tricks played by the XEmacs build process, | |
1061 such as allocation memory in one process, and freeing it in the next. | |
1062 | |
1063 @node XEmacs From the Inside, The XEmacs Object System (Abstractly Speaking), XEmacs From the Perspective of Building, Top | |
1064 @chapter XEmacs From the Inside | |
1065 | |
1066 Internally, XEmacs is quite complex, and can be very confusing. To | |
1067 simplify things, it can be useful to think of XEmacs as containing an | |
1068 event loop that ``drives'' everything, and a number of other subsystems, | |
1069 such as a Lisp engine and a redisplay mechanism. Each of these other | |
1070 subsystems exists simultaneously in XEmacs, and each has a certain | |
1071 state. The flow of control continually passes in and out of these | |
1072 different subsystems in the course of normal operation of the editor. | |
1073 | |
1074 It is important to keep in mind that, most of the time, the editor is | |
1075 ``driven'' by the event loop. Except during initialization and batch | |
1076 mode, all subsystems are entered directly or indirectly through the | |
1077 event loop, and ultimately, control exits out of all subsystems back up | |
1078 to the event loop. This cycle of entering a subsystem, exiting back out | |
1079 to the event loop, and starting another iteration of the event loop | |
1080 occurs once each keystroke, mouse motion, etc. | |
1081 | |
1082 If you're trying to understand a particular subsystem (other than the | |
1083 event loop), think of it as a ``daemon'' process or ``servant'' that is | |
1084 responsible for one particular aspect of a larger system, and | |
1085 periodically receives commands or environment changes that cause it to | |
1086 do something. Ultimately, these commands and environment changes are | |
1087 always triggered by the event loop. For example: | |
1088 | |
1089 @itemize @bullet | |
1090 @item | |
1091 The window and frame mechanism is responsible for keeping track of what | |
1092 windows and frames exist, what buffers are in them, etc. It is | |
1093 periodically given commands (usually from the user) to make a change to | |
1094 the current window/frame state: i.e. create a new frame, delete a | |
1095 window, etc. | |
1096 | |
1097 @item | |
1098 The buffer mechanism is responsible for keeping track of what buffers | |
1099 exist and what text is in them. It is periodically given commands | |
1100 (usually from the user) to insert or delete text, create a buffer, etc. | |
1101 When it receives a text-change command, it notifies the redisplay | |
1102 mechanism. | |
1103 | |
1104 @item | |
1105 The redisplay mechanism is responsible for making sure that windows and | |
1106 frames are displayed correctly. It is periodically told (by the event | |
1107 loop) to actually ``do its job'', i.e. snoop around and see what the | |
1108 current state of the environment (mostly of the currently-existing | |
1109 windows, frames, and buffers) is, and make sure that that state matches | |
1110 what's actually displayed. It keeps lots and lots of information around | |
1111 (such as what is actually being displayed currently, and what the | |
1112 environment was last time it checked) so that it can minimize the work | |
1113 it has to do. It is also helped along in that whenever a relevant | |
1114 change to the environment occurs, the redisplay mechanism is told about | |
1115 this, so it has a pretty good idea of where it has to look to find | |
1116 possible changes and doesn't have to look everywhere. | |
1117 | |
1118 @item | |
1119 The Lisp engine is responsible for executing the Lisp code in which most | |
1120 user commands are written. It is entered through a call to @code{eval} | |
1121 or @code{funcall}, which occurs as a result of dispatching an event from | |
1122 the event loop. The functions it calls issue commands to the buffer | |
1123 mechanism, the window/frame subsystem, etc. | |
1124 | |
1125 @item | |
1126 The Lisp allocation subsystem is responsible for keeping track of Lisp | |
1127 objects. It is given commands from the Lisp engine to allocate objects, | |
1128 garbage collect, etc. | |
1129 @end itemize | |
1130 | |
1131 etc. | |
1132 | |
1133 The important idea here is that there are a number of independent | |
1134 subsystems each with its own responsibility and persistent state, just | |
1135 like different employees in a company, and each subsystem is | |
1136 periodically given commands from other subsystems. Commands can flow | |
1137 from any one subsystem to any other, but there is usually some sort of | |
1138 hierarchy, with all commands originating from the event subsystem. | |
1139 | |
1140 XEmacs is entered in @code{main()}, which is in @file{emacs.c}. When | |
1141 this is called the first time (in a properly-invoked @file{temacs}), it | |
1142 does the following: | |
1143 | |
1144 @enumerate | |
1145 @item | |
1146 It does some very basic environment initializations, such as determining | |
1147 where it and its directories (e.g. @file{lisp/} and @file{etc/}) reside | |
1148 and setting up signal handlers. | |
1149 @item | |
1150 It initializes the entire Lisp interpreter. | |
1151 @item | |
1152 It sets the initial values of many built-in variables (including many | |
1153 variables that are visible to Lisp programs), such as the global keymap | |
1154 object and the built-in faces (a face is an object that describes the | |
1155 display characteristics of text). This involves creating Lisp objects | |
1156 and thus is dependent on step (2). | |
1157 @item | |
1158 It performs various other initializations that are relevant to the | |
1159 particular environment it is running in, such as retrieving environment | |
1160 variables, determining the current date and the user who is running the | |
1161 program, examining its standard input, creating any necessary file | |
1162 descriptors, etc. | |
1163 @item | |
1164 At this point, the C initialization is complete. A Lisp program that | |
1165 was specified on the command line (usually @file{loadup.el}) is called | |
1166 (temacs is normally invoked as @code{temacs -batch -l loadup.el dump}). | |
1167 @file{loadup.el} loads all of the other Lisp files that are needed for | |
1168 the operation of the editor, calls the @code{dump-emacs} function to | |
1169 write out @file{xemacs}, and then kills the temacs process. | |
1170 @end enumerate | |
1171 | |
1172 When @file{xemacs} is then run, it only redoes steps (1) and (4) | |
1173 above; all variables already contain the values they were set to when | |
1174 the executable was dumped, and all memory that was allocated with | |
1175 @code{malloc()} is still around. (XEmacs knows whether it is being run | |
1176 as @file{xemacs} or @file{temacs} because it sets the global variable | |
1177 @code{initialized} to 1 after step (4) above.) At this point, | |
1178 @file{xemacs} calls a Lisp function to do any further initialization, | |
1179 which includes parsing the command-line (the C code can only do limited | |
1180 command-line parsing, which includes looking for the @samp{-batch} and | |
1181 @samp{-l} flags and a few other flags that it needs to know about before | |
1182 initialization is complete), creating the first frame (or @dfn{window} | |
1183 in standard window-system parlance), running the user's init file | |
1184 (usually the file @file{.emacs} in the user's home directory), etc. The | |
1185 function to do this is usually called @code{normal-top-level}; | |
1186 @file{loadup.el} tells the C code about this function by setting its | |
1187 name as the value of the Lisp variable @code{top-level}. | |
1188 | |
1189 When the Lisp initialization code is done, the C code enters the event | |
1190 loop, and stays there for the duration of the XEmacs process. The code | |
1191 for the event loop is contained in @file{keyboard.c}, and is called | |
1192 @code{Fcommand_loop_1()}. Note that this event loop could very well be | |
1193 written in Lisp, and in fact a Lisp version exists; but apparently, | |
1194 doing this makes XEmacs run noticeably slower. | |
1195 | |
1196 Notice how much of the initialization is done in Lisp, not in C. | |
1197 In general, XEmacs tries to move as much code as is possible | |
1198 into Lisp. Code that remains in C is code that implements the | |
1199 Lisp interpreter itself, or code that needs to be very fast, or | |
1200 code that needs to do system calls or other such stuff that | |
1201 needs to be done in C, or code that needs to have access to | |
1202 ``forbidden'' structures. (One conscious aspect of the design of | |
1203 Lisp under XEmacs is a clean separation between the external | |
1204 interface to a Lisp object's functionality and its internal | |
1205 implementation. Part of this design is that Lisp programs | |
1206 are forbidden from accessing the contents of the object other | |
1207 than through using a standard API. In this respect, XEmacs Lisp | |
1208 is similar to modern Lisp dialects but differs from GNU Emacs, | |
1209 which tends to expose the implementation and allow Lisp | |
1210 programs to look at it directly. The major advantage of | |
1211 hiding the implementation is that it allows the implementation | |
1212 to be redesigned without affecting any Lisp programs, including | |
1213 those that might want to be ``clever'' by looking directly at | |
1214 the object's contents and possibly manipulating them.) | |
1215 | |
1216 Moving code into Lisp makes the code easier to debug and maintain and | |
1217 makes it much easier for people who are not XEmacs developers to | |
1218 customize XEmacs, because they can make a change with much less chance | |
1219 of obscure and unwanted interactions occurring than if they were to | |
1220 change the C code. | |
1221 | |
1222 @node The XEmacs Object System (Abstractly Speaking), How Lisp Objects Are Represented in C, XEmacs From the Inside, Top | |
1223 @chapter The XEmacs Object System (Abstractly Speaking) | |
1224 | |
1225 At the heart of the Lisp interpreter is its management of objects. | |
1226 XEmacs Lisp contains many built-in objects, some of which are | |
1227 simple and others of which can be very complex; and some of which | |
1228 are very common, and others of which are rarely used or are only | |
1229 used internally. (Since the Lisp allocation system, with its | |
1230 automatic reclamation of unused storage, is so much more convenient | |
1231 than @code{malloc()} and @code{free()}, the C code makes extensive use of it | |
1232 in its internal operations.) | |
1233 | |
1234 The basic Lisp objects are | |
1235 | |
1236 @table @code | |
1237 @item integer | |
1238 28 or 31 bits of precision, or 60 or 63 bits on 64-bit machines; the | |
1239 reason for this is described below when the internal Lisp object | |
1240 representation is described. | |
1241 @item float | |
1242 Same precision as a double in C. | |
1243 @item cons | |
1244 A simple container for two Lisp objects, used to implement lists and | |
1245 most other data structures in Lisp. | |
1246 @item char | |
1247 An object representing a single character of text; chars behave like | |
1248 integers in many ways but are logically considered text rather than | |
1249 numbers and have a different read syntax. (the read syntax for a char | |
1250 contains the char itself or some textual encoding of it -- for example, | |
1251 a Japanese Kanji character might be encoded as @samp{^[$(B#&^[(B} using the | |
1252 ISO-2022 encoding standard -- rather than the numerical representation | |
1253 of the char; this way, if the mapping between chars and integers | |
1254 changes, which is quite possible for Kanji characters and other extended | |
1255 characters, the same character will still be created. Note that some | |
1256 primitives confuse chars and integers. The worst culprit is @code{eq}, | |
1257 which makes a special exception and considers a char to be @code{eq} to | |
1258 its integer equivalent, even though in no other case are objects of two | |
1259 different types @code{eq}. The reason for this monstrosity is | |
1260 compatibility with existing code; the separation of char from integer | |
1261 came fairly recently.) | |
1262 @item symbol | |
1263 An object that contains Lisp objects and is referred to by name; | |
1264 symbols are used to implement variables and named functions | |
1265 and to provide the equivalent of preprocessor constants in C. | |
1266 @item vector | |
1267 A one-dimensional array of Lisp objects providing constant-time access | |
1268 to any of the objects; access to an arbitrary object in a vector is | |
1269 faster than for lists, but the operations that can be done on a vector | |
1270 are more limited. | |
1271 @item string | |
1272 Self-explanatory; behaves much like a vector of chars | |
1273 but has a different read syntax and is stored and manipulated | |
1274 more compactly. | |
1275 @item bit-vector | |
1276 A vector of bits; similar to a string in spirit. | |
1277 @item compiled-function | |
1278 An object containing compiled Lisp code, known as @dfn{byte code}. | |
1279 @item subr | |
1280 A Lisp primitive, i.e. a Lisp-callable function implemented in C. | |
1281 @end table | |
1282 | |
1283 @cindex closure | |
1284 Note that there is no basic ``function'' type, as in more powerful | |
1285 versions of Lisp (where it's called a @dfn{closure}). XEmacs Lisp does | |
1286 not provide the closure semantics implemented by Common Lisp and Scheme. | |
1287 The guts of a function in XEmacs Lisp are represented in one of four | |
1288 ways: a symbol specifying another function (when one function is an | |
1289 alias for another), a list (whose first element must be the symbol | |
1290 @code{lambda}) containing the function's source code, a | |
1291 compiled-function object, or a subr object. (In other words, given a | |
1292 symbol specifying the name of a function, calling @code{symbol-function} | |
1293 to retrieve the contents of the symbol's function cell will return one | |
1294 of these types of objects.) | |
1295 | |
1296 XEmacs Lisp also contains numerous specialized objects used to implement | |
1297 the editor: | |
1298 | |
1299 @table @code | |
1300 @item buffer | |
1301 Stores text like a string, but is optimized for insertion and deletion | |
1302 and has certain other properties that can be set. | |
1303 @item frame | |
1304 An object with various properties whose displayable representation is a | |
1305 @dfn{window} in window-system parlance. | |
1306 @item window | |
1307 A section of a frame that displays the contents of a buffer; | |
1308 often called a @dfn{pane} in window-system parlance. | |
1309 @item window-configuration | |
1310 An object that represents a saved configuration of windows in a frame. | |
1311 @item device | |
1312 An object representing a screen on which frames can be displayed; | |
1313 equivalent to a @dfn{display} in the X Window System and a @dfn{TTY} in | |
1314 character mode. | |
1315 @item face | |
1316 An object specifying the appearance of text or graphics; it has | |
1317 properties such as font, foreground color, and background color. | |
1318 @item marker | |
1319 An object that refers to a particular position in a buffer and moves | |
1320 around as text is inserted and deleted to stay in the same relative | |
1321 position to the text around it. | |
1322 @item extent | |
1323 Similar to a marker but covers a range of text in a buffer; can also | |
1324 specify properties of the text, such as a face in which the text is to | |
1325 be displayed, whether the text is invisible or unmodifiable, etc. | |
1326 @item event | |
1327 Generated by calling @code{next-event} and contains information | |
1328 describing a particular event happening in the system, such as the user | |
1329 pressing a key or a process terminating. | |
1330 @item keymap | |
1331 An object that maps from events (described using lists, vectors, and | |
1332 symbols rather than with an event object because the mapping is for | |
1333 classes of events, rather than individual events) to functions to | |
1334 execute or other events to recursively look up; the functions are | |
1335 described by name, using a symbol, or using lists to specify the | |
1336 function's code. | |
1337 @item glyph | |
1338 An object that describes the appearance of an image (e.g. pixmap) on | |
1339 the screen; glyphs can be attached to the beginning or end of extents | |
1340 and in some future version of XEmacs will be able to be inserted | |
1341 directly into a buffer. | |
1342 @item process | |
1343 An object that describes a connection to an externally-running process. | |
1344 @end table | |
1345 | |
1346 There are some other, less-commonly-encountered general objects: | |
1347 | |
1348 @table @code | |
1349 @item hash-table | |
1350 An object that maps from an arbitrary Lisp object to another arbitrary | |
1351 Lisp object, using hashing for fast lookup. | |
1352 @item obarray | |
1353 A limited form of hash-table that maps from strings to symbols; obarrays | |
1354 are used to look up a symbol given its name and are not actually their | |
1355 own object type but are kludgily represented using vectors with hidden | |
1356 fields (this representation derives from GNU Emacs). | |
1357 @item specifier | |
1358 A complex object used to specify the value of a display property; a | |
1359 default value is given and different values can be specified for | |
1360 particular frames, buffers, windows, devices, or classes of device. | |
1361 @item char-table | |
1362 An object that maps from chars or classes of chars to arbitrary Lisp | |
1363 objects; internally char tables use a complex nested-vector | |
1364 representation that is optimized to the way characters are represented | |
1365 as integers. | |
1366 @item range-table | |
1367 An object that maps from ranges of integers to arbitrary Lisp objects. | |
1368 @end table | |
1369 | |
1370 And some strange special-purpose objects: | |
1371 | |
1372 @table @code | |
1373 @item charset | |
1374 @itemx coding-system | |
1375 Objects used when MULE, or multi-lingual/Asian-language, support is | |
1376 enabled. | |
1377 @item color-instance | |
1378 @itemx font-instance | |
1379 @itemx image-instance | |
1380 An object that encapsulates a window-system resource; instances are | |
1381 mostly used internally but are exposed on the Lisp level for cleanness | |
1382 of the specifier model and because it's occasionally useful for Lisp | |
1383 program to create or query the properties of instances. | |
1384 @item subwindow | |
1385 An object that encapsulate a @dfn{subwindow} resource, i.e. a | |
1386 window-system child window that is drawn into by an external process; | |
1387 this object should be integrated into the glyph system but isn't yet, | |
1388 and may change form when this is done. | |
1389 @item tooltalk-message | |
1390 @itemx tooltalk-pattern | |
1391 Objects that represent resources used in the ToolTalk interprocess | |
1392 communication protocol. | |
1393 @item toolbar-button | |
1394 An object used in conjunction with the toolbar. | |
1395 @end table | |
1396 | |
1397 And objects that are only used internally: | |
1398 | |
1399 @table @code | |
1400 @item opaque | |
1401 A generic object for encapsulating arbitrary memory; this allows you the | |
1402 generality of @code{malloc()} and the convenience of the Lisp object | |
1403 system. | |
1404 @item lstream | |
1405 A buffering I/O stream, used to provide a unified interface to anything | |
1406 that can accept output or provide input, such as a file descriptor, a | |
1407 stdio stream, a chunk of memory, a Lisp buffer, a Lisp string, etc.; | |
1408 it's a Lisp object to make its memory management more convenient. | |
1409 @item char-table-entry | |
1410 Subsidiary objects in the internal char-table representation. | |
1411 @item extent-auxiliary | |
1412 @itemx menubar-data | |
1413 @itemx toolbar-data | |
1414 Various special-purpose objects that are basically just used to | |
1415 encapsulate memory for particular subsystems, similar to the more | |
1416 general ``opaque'' object. | |
1417 @item symbol-value-forward | |
1418 @itemx symbol-value-buffer-local | |
1419 @itemx symbol-value-varalias | |
1420 @itemx symbol-value-lisp-magic | |
1421 Special internal-only objects that are placed in the value cell of a | |
1422 symbol to indicate that there is something special with this variable -- | |
1423 e.g. it has no value, it mirrors another variable, or it mirrors some C | |
1424 variable; there is really only one kind of object, called a | |
1425 @dfn{symbol-value-magic}, but it is sort-of halfway kludged into | |
1426 semi-different object types. | |
1427 @end table | |
1428 | |
1429 @cindex permanent objects | |
1430 @cindex temporary objects | |
1431 Some types of objects are @dfn{permanent}, meaning that once created, | |
1432 they do not disappear until explicitly destroyed, using a function such | |
1433 as @code{delete-buffer}, @code{delete-window}, @code{delete-frame}, etc. | |
1434 Others will disappear once they are not longer used, through the garbage | |
1435 collection mechanism. Buffers, frames, windows, devices, and processes | |
1436 are among the objects that are permanent. Note that some objects can go | |
1437 both ways: Faces can be created either way; extents are normally | |
1438 permanent, but detached extents (extents not referring to any text, as | |
1439 happens to some extents when the text they are referring to is deleted) | |
1440 are temporary. Note that some permanent objects, such as faces and | |
1441 coding systems, cannot be deleted. Note also that windows are unique in | |
1442 that they can be @emph{undeleted} after having previously been | |
1443 deleted. (This happens as a result of restoring a window configuration.) | |
1444 | |
1445 @cindex read syntax | |
1446 Note that many types of objects have a @dfn{read syntax}, i.e. a way of | |
1447 specifying an object of that type in Lisp code. When you load a Lisp | |
1448 file, or type in code to be evaluated, what really happens is that the | |
1449 function @code{read} is called, which reads some text and creates an object | |
1450 based on the syntax of that text; then @code{eval} is called, which | |
1451 possibly does something special; then this loop repeats until there's | |
1452 no more text to read. (@code{eval} only actually does something special | |
1453 with symbols, which causes the symbol's value to be returned, | |
1454 similar to referencing a variable; and with conses [i.e. lists], | |
1455 which cause a function invocation. All other values are returned | |
1456 unchanged.) | |
1457 | |
1458 The read syntax | |
1459 | |
1460 @example | |
1461 17297 | |
1462 @end example | |
1463 | |
1464 converts to an integer whose value is 17297. | |
1465 | |
1466 @example | |
1467 1.983e-4 | |
1468 @end example | |
1469 | |
1470 converts to a float whose value is 1.983e-4, or .0001983. | |
1471 | |
1472 @example | |
1473 ?b | |
1474 @end example | |
1475 | |
1476 converts to a char that represents the lowercase letter b. | |
1477 | |
1478 @example | |
1479 ?^[$(B#&^[(B | |
1480 @end example | |
1481 | |
1482 (where @samp{^[} actually is an @samp{ESC} character) converts to a | |
1483 particular Kanji character when using an ISO2022-based coding system for | |
1484 input. (To decode this goo: @samp{ESC} begins an escape sequence; | |
1485 @samp{ESC $ (} is a class of escape sequences meaning ``switch to a | |
1486 94x94 character set''; @samp{ESC $ ( B} means ``switch to Japanese | |
1487 Kanji''; @samp{#} and @samp{&} collectively index into a 94-by-94 array | |
1488 of characters [subtract 33 from the ASCII value of each character to get | |
1489 the corresponding index]; @samp{ESC (} is a class of escape sequences | |
1490 meaning ``switch to a 94 character set''; @samp{ESC (B} means ``switch | |
1491 to US ASCII''. It is a coincidence that the letter @samp{B} is used to | |
1492 denote both Japanese Kanji and US ASCII. If the first @samp{B} were | |
1493 replaced with an @samp{A}, you'd be requesting a Chinese Hanzi character | |
1494 from the GB2312 character set.) | |
1495 | |
1496 @example | |
1497 "foobar" | |
1498 @end example | |
1499 | |
1500 converts to a string. | |
1501 | |
1502 @example | |
1503 foobar | |
1504 @end example | |
1505 | |
1506 converts to a symbol whose name is @code{"foobar"}. This is done by | |
1507 looking up the string equivalent in the global variable | |
1508 @code{obarray}, whose contents should be an obarray. If no symbol | |
1509 is found, a new symbol with the name @code{"foobar"} is automatically | |
1510 created and added to @code{obarray}; this process is called | |
1511 @dfn{interning} the symbol. | |
1512 @cindex interning | |
1513 | |
1514 @example | |
1515 (foo . bar) | |
1516 @end example | |
1517 | |
1518 converts to a cons cell containing the symbols @code{foo} and @code{bar}. | |
1519 | |
1520 @example | |
1521 (1 a 2.5) | |
1522 @end example | |
1523 | |
1524 converts to a three-element list containing the specified objects | |
1525 (note that a list is actually a set of nested conses; see the | |
1526 XEmacs Lisp Reference). | |
1527 | |
1528 @example | |
1529 [1 a 2.5] | |
1530 @end example | |
1531 | |
1532 converts to a three-element vector containing the specified objects. | |
1533 | |
1534 @example | |
1535 #[... ... ... ...] | |
1536 @end example | |
1537 | |
1538 converts to a compiled-function object (the actual contents are not | |
1539 shown since they are not relevant here; look at a file that ends with | |
1540 @file{.elc} for examples). | |
1541 | |
1542 @example | |
1543 #*01110110 | |
1544 @end example | |
1545 | |
1546 converts to a bit-vector. | |
1547 | |
1548 @example | |
1549 #s(hash-table ... ...) | |
1550 @end example | |
1551 | |
1552 converts to a hash table (the actual contents are not shown). | |
1553 | |
1554 @example | |
1555 #s(range-table ... ...) | |
1556 @end example | |
1557 | |
1558 converts to a range table (the actual contents are not shown). | |
1559 | |
1560 @example | |
1561 #s(char-table ... ...) | |
1562 @end example | |
1563 | |
1564 converts to a char table (the actual contents are not shown). | |
1565 | |
1566 Note that the @code{#s()} syntax is the general syntax for structures, | |
1567 which are not really implemented in XEmacs Lisp but should be. | |
1568 | |
1569 When an object is printed out (using @code{print} or a related | |
1570 function), the read syntax is used, so that the same object can be read | |
1571 in again. | |
1572 | |
1573 The other objects do not have read syntaxes, usually because it does not | |
1574 really make sense to create them in this fashion (i.e. processes, where | |
1575 it doesn't make sense to have a subprocess created as a side effect of | |
1576 reading some Lisp code), or because they can't be created at all | |
1577 (e.g. subrs). Permanent objects, as a rule, do not have a read syntax; | |
1578 nor do most complex objects, which contain too much state to be easily | |
1579 initialized through a read syntax. | |
1580 | |
1581 @node How Lisp Objects Are Represented in C, Rules When Writing New C Code, The XEmacs Object System (Abstractly Speaking), Top | |
1582 @chapter How Lisp Objects Are Represented in C | |
1583 | |
1584 Lisp objects are represented in C using a 32-bit or 64-bit machine word | |
1585 (depending on the processor; i.e. DEC Alphas use 64-bit Lisp objects and | |
1586 most other processors use 32-bit Lisp objects). The representation | |
1587 stuffs a pointer together with a tag, as follows: | |
1588 | |
1589 @example | |
1590 [ 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ] | |
1591 [ 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 ] | |
1592 | |
1593 <---> ^ <------------------------------------------------------> | |
1594 tag | a pointer to a structure, or an integer | |
1595 | | |
1596 mark bit | |
1597 @end example | |
1598 | |
1599 The tag describes the type of the Lisp object. For integers and chars, | |
1600 the lower 28 bits contain the value of the integer or char; for all | |
1601 others, the lower 28 bits contain a pointer. The mark bit is used | |
1602 during garbage-collection, and is always 0 when garbage collection is | |
1603 not happening. (The way that garbage collection works, basically, is that it | |
1604 loops over all places where Lisp objects could exist -- this includes | |
1605 all global variables in C that contain Lisp objects [including | |
1606 @code{Vobarray}, the C equivalent of @code{obarray}; through this, all | |
1607 Lisp variables will get marked], plus various other places -- and | |
1608 recursively scans through the Lisp objects, marking each object it finds | |
1609 by setting the mark bit. Then it goes through the lists of all objects | |
1610 allocated, freeing the ones that are not marked and turning off the mark | |
1611 bit of the ones that are marked.) | |
1612 | |
1613 Lisp objects use the typedef @code{Lisp_Object}, but the actual C type | |
1614 used for the Lisp object can vary. It can be either a simple type | |
1615 (@code{long} on the DEC Alpha, @code{int} on other machines) or a | |
1616 structure whose fields are bit fields that line up properly (actually, a | |
1617 union of structures is used). Generally the simple integral type is | |
1618 preferable because it ensures that the compiler will actually use a | |
1619 machine word to represent the object (some compilers will use more | |
1620 general and less efficient code for unions and structs even if they can | |
1621 fit in a machine word). The union type, however, has the advantage of | |
1622 stricter type checking (if you accidentally pass an integer where a Lisp | |
1623 object is desired, you get a compile error), and it makes it easier to | |
1624 decode Lisp objects when debugging. The choice of which type to use is | |
1625 determined by the preprocessor constant @code{USE_UNION_TYPE} which is | |
1626 defined via the @code{--use-union-type} option to @code{configure}. | |
1627 | |
1628 @cindex record type | |
1629 | |
1630 Note that there are only eight types that the tag can represent, but | |
1631 many more actual types than this. This is handled by having one of the | |
1632 tag types specify a meta-type called a @dfn{record}; for all such | |
1633 objects, the first four bytes of the pointed-to structure indicate what | |
1634 the actual type is. | |
1635 | |
1636 Note also that having 28 bits for pointers and integers restricts a lot | |
1637 of things to 256 megabytes of memory. (Basically, enough pointers and | |
1638 indices and whatnot get stuffed into Lisp objects that the total amount | |
1639 of memory used by XEmacs can't grow above 256 megabytes. In older | |
1640 versions of XEmacs and GNU Emacs, the tag was 5 bits wide, allowing for | |
1641 32 types, which was more than the actual number of types that existed at | |
1642 the time, and no ``record'' type was necessary. However, this limited | |
1643 the editor to 64 megabytes total, which some users who edited large | |
1644 files might conceivably exceed.) | |
1645 | |
1646 Also, note that there is an implicit assumption here that all pointers | |
1647 are low enough that the top bits are all zero and can just be chopped | |
1648 off. On standard machines that allocate memory from the bottom up (and | |
1649 give each process its own address space), this works fine. Some | |
1650 machines, however, put the data space somewhere else in memory | |
1651 (e.g. beginning at 0x80000000). Those machines cope by defining | |
1652 @code{DATA_SEG_BITS} in the corresponding @file{m/} or @file{s/} file to | |
1653 the proper mask. Then, pointers retrieved from Lisp objects are | |
1654 automatically OR'ed with this value prior to being used. | |
1655 | |
1656 A corollary of the previous paragraph is that @strong{(pointers to) | |
1657 stack-allocated structures cannot be put into Lisp objects}. The stack | |
1658 is generally located near the top of memory; if you put such a pointer | |
1659 into a Lisp object, it will get its top bits chopped off, and you will | |
1660 lose. | |
1661 | |
1662 Actually, there's an alternative representation of a @code{Lisp_Object}, | |
1663 invented by Kyle Jones, that is used when the | |
1664 @code{--use-minimal-tagbits} option to @code{configure} is used. In | |
1665 this case the 2 lower bits are used for the tag bits. This | |
1666 representation assumes that pointers to structs are always aligned to | |
1667 multiples of 4, so the lower 2 bits are always zero. | |
1668 | |
1669 @example | |
1670 [ 3 3 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 ] | |
1671 [ 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 ] | |
1672 | |
1673 <---------------------------------------------------------> <-> | |
1674 a pointer to a structure, or an integer tag | |
1675 @end example | |
1676 | |
1677 A tag of 00 is used for all pointer object types, a tag of 10 is used | |
1678 for characters, and the other two tags 01 and 11 are joined together to | |
1679 form the integer object type. The markbit is moved to part of the | |
1680 structure being pointed at (integers and chars do not need to be marked, | |
1681 since no memory is allocated). This representation has these | |
1682 advantages: | |
1683 | |
1684 @enumerate | |
1685 @item | |
1686 31 bits can be used for Lisp Integers. | |
1687 @item | |
1688 @emph{Any} pointer can be represented directly, and no bit masking | |
1689 operations are necessary. | |
1690 @end enumerate | |
1691 | |
1692 The disadvantages are: | |
1693 | |
1694 @enumerate | |
1695 @item | |
1696 An extra level of indirection is needed when accessing the object types | |
1697 that were not record types. So checking whether a Lisp object is a cons | |
1698 cell becomes a slower operation. | |
1699 @item | |
1700 Mark bits can no longer be stored directly in Lisp objects, so another | |
1701 place for them must be found. This means that a cons cell requires more | |
1702 memory than merely room for 2 lisp objects, leading to extra memory use. | |
1703 @end enumerate | |
1704 | |
1705 Various macros are used to construct Lisp objects and extract the | |
1706 components. Macros of the form @code{XINT()}, @code{XCHAR()}, | |
1707 @code{XSTRING()}, @code{XSYMBOL()}, etc. mask out the pointer/integer | |
1708 field and cast it to the appropriate type. All of the macros that | |
1709 construct pointers will @code{OR} with @code{DATA_SEG_BITS} if | |
1710 necessary. @code{XINT()} needs to be a bit tricky so that negative | |
1711 numbers are properly sign-extended: Usually it does this by shifting the | |
1712 number four bits to the left and then four bits to the right. This | |
1713 assumes that the right-shift operator does an arithmetic shift (i.e. it | |
1714 leaves the most-significant bit as-is rather than shifting in a zero, so | |
1715 that it mimics a divide-by-two even for negative numbers). Not all | |
1716 machines/compilers do this, and on the ones that don't, a more | |
1717 complicated definition is selected by defining | |
1718 @code{EXPLICIT_SIGN_EXTEND}. | |
1719 | |
1720 Note that when @code{ERROR_CHECK_TYPECHECK} is defined, the extractor | |
1721 macros become more complicated -- they check the tag bits and/or the | |
1722 type field in the first four bytes of a record type to ensure that the | |
1723 object is really of the correct type. This is great for catching places | |
1724 where an incorrect type is being dereferenced -- this typically results | |
1725 in a pointer being dereferenced as the wrong type of structure, with | |
1726 unpredictable (and sometimes not easily traceable) results. | |
1727 | |
1728 There are similar @code{XSET@var{TYPE}()} macros that construct a Lisp | |
1729 object. These macros are of the form @code{XSET@var{TYPE} | |
1730 (@var{lvalue}, @var{result})}, | |
1731 i.e. they have to be a statement rather than just used in an expression. | |
1732 The reason for this is that standard C doesn't let you ``construct'' a | |
1733 structure (but GCC does). Granted, this sometimes isn't too convenient; | |
1734 for the case of integers, at least, you can use the function | |
1735 @code{make_int()}, which constructs and @emph{returns} an integer | |
1736 Lisp object. Note that the @code{XSET@var{TYPE}()} macros are also | |
1737 affected by @code{ERROR_CHECK_TYPECHECK} and make sure that the | |
1738 structure is of the right type in the case of record types, where the | |
1739 type is contained in the structure. | |
1740 | |
1741 The C programmer is responsible for @strong{guaranteeing} that a | |
1742 Lisp_Object is is the correct type before using the @code{X@var{TYPE}} | |
1743 macros. This is especially important in the case of lists. Use | |
1744 @code{XCAR} and @code{XCDR} if a Lisp_Object is certainly a cons cell, | |
1745 else use @code{Fcar()} and @code{Fcdr()}. Trust other C code, but not | |
1746 Lisp code. On the other hand, if XEmacs has an internal logic error, | |
1747 it's better to crash immediately, so sprinkle ``unreachable'' | |
1748 @code{abort()}s liberally about the source code. | |
1749 | |
1750 @node Rules When Writing New C Code, A Summary of the Various XEmacs Modules, How Lisp Objects Are Represented in C, Top | |
1751 @chapter Rules When Writing New C Code | |
1752 | |
1753 The XEmacs C Code is extremely complex and intricate, and there are many | |
1754 rules that are more or less consistently followed throughout the code. | |
1755 Many of these rules are not obvious, so they are explained here. It is | |
1756 of the utmost importance that you follow them. If you don't, you may | |
1757 get something that appears to work, but which will crash in odd | |
1758 situations, often in code far away from where the actual breakage is. | |
1759 | |
1760 @menu | |
1761 * General Coding Rules:: | |
1762 * Writing Lisp Primitives:: | |
1763 * Adding Global Lisp Variables:: | |
1764 * Coding for Mule:: | |
1765 * Techniques for XEmacs Developers:: | |
1766 @end menu | |
1767 | |
1768 @node General Coding Rules | |
1769 @section General Coding Rules | |
1770 | |
1771 The C code is actually written in a dialect of C called @dfn{Clean C}, | |
1772 meaning that it can be compiled, mostly warning-free, with either a C or | |
1773 C++ compiler. Coding in Clean C has several advantages over plain C. | |
1774 C++ compilers are more nit-picking, and a number of coding errors have | |
1775 been found by compiling with C++. The ability to use both C and C++ | |
1776 tools means that a greater variety of development tools are available to | |
1777 the developer. | |
1778 | |
1779 Almost every module contains a @code{syms_of_*()} function and a | |
1780 @code{vars_of_*()} function. The former declares any Lisp primitives | |
1781 you have defined and defines any symbols you will be using. The latter | |
1782 declares any global Lisp variables you have added and initializes global | |
1783 C variables in the module. For each such function, declare it in | |
1784 @file{symsinit.h} and make sure it's called in the appropriate place in | |
1785 @file{emacs.c}. @strong{Important}: There are stringent requirements on | |
1786 exactly what can go into these functions. See the comment in | |
1787 @file{emacs.c}. The reason for this is to avoid obscure unwanted | |
1788 interactions during initialization. If you don't follow these rules, | |
1789 you'll be sorry! If you want to do anything that isn't allowed, create | |
1790 a @code{complex_vars_of_*()} function for it. Doing this is tricky, | |
1791 though: You have to make sure your function is called at the right time | |
1792 so that all the initialization dependencies work out. | |
1793 | |
1794 Every module includes @file{<config.h>} (angle brackets so that | |
1795 @samp{--srcdir} works correctly; @file{config.h} may or may not be in | |
1796 the same directory as the C sources) and @file{lisp.h}. @file{config.h} | |
1797 must always be included before any other header files (including | |
1798 system header files) to ensure that certain tricks played by various | |
1799 @file{s/} and @file{m/} files work out correctly. | |
1800 | |
1801 @strong{All global and static variables that are to be modifiable must | |
1802 be declared uninitialized.} This means that you may not use the | |
1803 ``declare with initializer'' form for these variables, such as @code{int | |
1804 some_variable = 0;}. The reason for this has to do with some kludges | |
1805 done during the dumping process: If possible, the initialized data | |
1806 segment is re-mapped so that it becomes part of the (unmodifiable) code | |
1807 segment in the dumped executable. This allows this memory to be shared | |
1808 among multiple running XEmacs processes. XEmacs is careful to place as | |
1809 much constant data as possible into initialized variables (in | |
1810 particular, into what's called the @dfn{pure space} -- see below) during | |
1811 the @file{temacs} phase. | |
1812 | |
1813 @cindex copy-on-write | |
1814 @strong{Please note:} This kludge only works on a few systems nowadays, | |
1815 and is rapidly becoming irrelevant because most modern operating systems | |
1816 provide @dfn{copy-on-write} semantics. All data is initially shared | |
1817 between processes, and a private copy is automatically made (on a | |
1818 page-by-page basis) when a process first attempts to write to a page of | |
1819 memory. | |
1820 | |
1821 Formerly, there was a requirement that static variables not be declared | |
1822 inside of functions. This had to do with another hack along the same | |
1823 vein as what was just described: old USG systems put statically-declared | |
1824 variables in the initialized data space, so those header files had a | |
1825 @code{#define static} declaration. (That way, the data-segment remapping | |
1826 described above could still work.) This fails badly on static variables | |
1827 inside of functions, which suddenly become automatic variables; | |
1828 therefore, you weren't supposed to have any of them. This awful kludge | |
1829 has been removed in XEmacs because | |
1830 | |
1831 @enumerate | |
1832 @item | |
1833 almost all of the systems that used this kludge ended up having | |
1834 to disable the data-segment remapping anyway; | |
1835 @item | |
1836 the only systems that didn't were extremely outdated ones; | |
1837 @item | |
1838 this hack completely messed up inline functions. | |
1839 @end enumerate | |
1840 | |
1841 The C source code makes heavy use of C preprocessor macros. One popular | |
1842 macro style is: | |
1843 | |
1844 @example | |
1845 #define FOO(var, value) do @{ \ | |
1846 Lisp_Object FOO_value = (value); \ | |
1847 ... /* compute using FOO_value */ \ | |
1848 (var) = bar; \ | |
1849 @} while (0) | |
1850 @end example | |
1851 | |
1852 The @code{do @{...@} while (0)} is a standard trick to allow FOO to have | |
1853 statement semantics, so that it can safely be used within an @code{if} | |
1854 statement in C, for example. Multiple evaluation is prevented by | |
1855 copying a supplied argument into a local variable, so that | |
1856 @code{FOO(var,fun(1))} only calls @code{fun} once. | |
1857 | |
1858 Lisp lists are popular data structures in the C code as well as in | |
1859 Elisp. There are two sets of macros that iterate over lists. | |
1860 @code{EXTERNAL_LIST_LOOP_@var{n}} should be used when the list has been | |
1861 supplied by the user, and cannot be trusted to be acyclic and | |
1862 nil-terminated. A @code{malformed-list} or @code{circular-list} error | |
1863 will be generated if the list being iterated over is not entirely | |
1864 kosher. @code{LIST_LOOP_@var{n}}, on the other hand, is faster and less | |
1865 safe, and can be used only on trusted lists. | |
1866 | |
1867 Related macros are @code{GET_EXTERNAL_LIST_LENGTH} and | |
1868 @code{GET_LIST_LENGTH}, which calculate the length of a list, and in the | |
1869 case of @code{GET_EXTERNAL_LIST_LENGTH}, validating the properness of | |
1870 the list. The macros @code{EXTERNAL_LIST_LOOP_DELETE_IF} and | |
1871 @code{LIST_LOOP_DELETE_IF} delete elements from a lisp list satisfying some | |
1872 predicate. | |
1873 | |
1874 @node Writing Lisp Primitives | |
1875 @section Writing Lisp Primitives | |
1876 | |
1877 Lisp primitives are Lisp functions implemented in C. The details of | |
1878 interfacing the C function so that Lisp can call it are handled by a few | |
1879 C macros. The only way to really understand how to write new C code is | |
1880 to read the source, but we can explain some things here. | |
1881 | |
1882 An example of a special form is the definition of @code{prog1}, from | |
1883 @file{eval.c}. (An ordinary function would have the same general | |
1884 appearance.) | |
1885 | |
1886 @cindex garbage collection protection | |
1887 @smallexample | |
1888 @group | |
1889 DEFUN ("prog1", Fprog1, 1, UNEVALLED, 0, /* | |
1890 Similar to `progn', but the value of the first form is returned. | |
1891 \(prog1 FIRST BODY...): All the arguments are evaluated sequentially. | |
1892 The value of FIRST is saved during evaluation of the remaining args, | |
1893 whose values are discarded. | |
1894 */ | |
1895 (args)) | |
1896 @{ | |
1897 /* This function can GC */ | |
1898 REGISTER Lisp_Object val, form, tail; | |
1899 struct gcpro gcpro1; | |
1900 | |
1901 val = Feval (XCAR (args)); | |
1902 | |
1903 GCPRO1 (val); | |
1904 | |
1905 LIST_LOOP_3 (form, XCDR (args), tail) | |
1906 Feval (form); | |
1907 | |
1908 UNGCPRO; | |
1909 return val; | |
1910 @} | |
1911 @end group | |
1912 @end smallexample | |
1913 | |
1914 Let's start with a precise explanation of the arguments to the | |
1915 @code{DEFUN} macro. Here is a template for them: | |
1916 | |
1917 @example | |
1918 @group | |
1919 DEFUN (@var{lname}, @var{fname}, @var{min_args}, @var{max_args}, @var{interactive}, /* | |
1920 @var{docstring} | |
1921 */ | |
1922 (@var{arglist})) | |
1923 @end group | |
1924 @end example | |
1925 | |
1926 @table @var | |
1927 @item lname | |
1928 This string is the name of the Lisp symbol to define as the function | |
1929 name; in the example above, it is @code{"prog1"}. | |
1930 | |
1931 @item fname | |
1932 This is the C function name for this function. This is the name that is | |
1933 used in C code for calling the function. The name is, by convention, | |
1934 @samp{F} prepended to the Lisp name, with all dashes (@samp{-}) in the | |
1935 Lisp name changed to underscores. Thus, to call this function from C | |
1936 code, call @code{Fprog1}. Remember that the arguments are of type | |
1937 @code{Lisp_Object}; various macros and functions for creating values of | |
1938 type @code{Lisp_Object} are declared in the file @file{lisp.h}. | |
1939 | |
1940 Primitives whose names are special characters (e.g. @code{+} or | |
1941 @code{<}) are named by spelling out, in some fashion, the special | |
1942 character: e.g. @code{Fplus()} or @code{Flss()}. Primitives whose names | |
1943 begin with normal alphanumeric characters but also contain special | |
1944 characters are spelled out in some creative way, e.g. @code{let*} | |
1945 becomes @code{FletX()}. | |
1946 | |
1947 Each function also has an associated structure that holds the data for | |
1948 the subr object that represents the function in Lisp. This structure | |
1949 conveys the Lisp symbol name to the initialization routine that will | |
1950 create the symbol and store the subr object as its definition. The C | |
1951 variable name of this structure is always @samp{S} prepended to the | |
1952 @var{fname}. You hardly ever need to be aware of the existence of this | |
1953 structure, since @code{DEFUN} plus @code{DEFSUBR} takes care of all the | |
1954 details. | |
1955 | |
1956 @item min_args | |
1957 This is the minimum number of arguments that the function requires. The | |
1958 function @code{prog1} allows a minimum of one argument. | |
1959 | |
1960 @item max_args | |
1961 This is the maximum number of arguments that the function accepts, if | |
1962 there is a fixed maximum. Alternatively, it can be @code{UNEVALLED}, | |
1963 indicating a special form that receives unevaluated arguments, or | |
1964 @code{MANY}, indicating an unlimited number of evaluated arguments (the | |
1965 C equivalent of @code{&rest}). Both @code{UNEVALLED} and @code{MANY} | |
1966 are macros. If @var{max_args} is a number, it may not be less than | |
1967 @var{min_args} and it may not be greater than 8. (If you need to add a | |
1968 function with more than 8 arguments, use the @code{MANY} form. Resist | |
1969 the urge to edit the definition of @code{DEFUN} in @file{lisp.h}. If | |
1970 you do it anyways, make sure to also add another clause to the switch | |
1971 statement in @code{primitive_funcall().}) | |
1972 | |
1973 @item interactive | |
1974 This is an interactive specification, a string such as might be used as | |
1975 the argument of @code{interactive} in a Lisp function. In the case of | |
1976 @code{prog1}, it is 0 (a null pointer), indicating that @code{prog1} | |
1977 cannot be called interactively. A value of @code{""} indicates a | |
1978 function that should receive no arguments when called interactively. | |
1979 | |
1980 @item docstring | |
1981 This is the documentation string. It is written just like a | |
1982 documentation string for a function defined in Lisp; in particular, the | |
1983 first line should be a single sentence. Note how the documentation | |
1984 string is enclosed in a comment, none of the documentation is placed on | |
1985 the same lines as the comment-start and comment-end characters, and the | |
1986 comment-start characters are on the same line as the interactive | |
1987 specification. @file{make-docfile}, which scans the C files for | |
1988 documentation strings, is very particular about what it looks for, and | |
1989 will not properly extract the doc string if it's not in this exact format. | |
1990 | |
1991 In order to make both @file{etags} and @file{make-docfile} happy, make | |
1992 sure that the @code{DEFUN} line contains the @var{lname} and | |
1993 @var{fname}, and that the comment-start characters for the doc string | |
1994 are on the same line as the interactive specification, and put a newline | |
1995 directly after them (and before the comment-end characters). | |
1996 | |
1997 @item arglist | |
1998 This is the comma-separated list of arguments to the C function. For a | |
1999 function with a fixed maximum number of arguments, provide a C argument | |
2000 for each Lisp argument. In this case, unlike regular C functions, the | |
2001 types of the arguments are not declared; they are simply always of type | |
2002 @code{Lisp_Object}. | |
2003 | |
2004 The names of the C arguments will be used as the names of the arguments | |
2005 to the Lisp primitive as displayed in its documentation, modulo the same | |
2006 concerns described above for @code{F...} names (in particular, | |
2007 underscores in the C arguments become dashes in the Lisp arguments). | |
2008 | |
2009 There is one additional kludge: A trailing `_' on the C argument is | |
2010 discarded when forming the Lisp argument. This allows C language | |
2011 reserved words (like @code{default}) or global symbols (like | |
2012 @code{dirname}) to be used as argument names without compiler warnings | |
2013 or errors. | |
2014 | |
2015 A Lisp function with @w{@var{max_args} = @code{UNEVALLED}} is a | |
2016 @w{@dfn{special form}}; its arguments are not evaluated. Instead it | |
2017 receives one argument of type @code{Lisp_Object}, a (Lisp) list of the | |
2018 unevaluated arguments, conventionally named @code{(args)}. | |
2019 | |
2020 When a Lisp function has no upper limit on the number of arguments, | |
2021 specify @w{@var{max_args} = @code{MANY}}. In this case its implementation in | |
2022 C actually receives exactly two arguments: the number of Lisp arguments | |
2023 (an @code{int}) and the address of a block containing their values (a | |
2024 @w{@code{Lisp_Object *}}). In this case only are the C types specified | |
2025 in the @var{arglist}: @w{@code{(int nargs, Lisp_Object *args)}}. | |
2026 | |
2027 @end table | |
2028 | |
2029 Within the function @code{Fprog1} itself, note the use of the macros | |
2030 @code{GCPRO1} and @code{UNGCPRO}. @code{GCPRO1} is used to ``protect'' | |
2031 a variable from garbage collection---to inform the garbage collector | |
2032 that it must look in that variable and regard the object pointed at by | |
2033 its contents as an accessible object. This is necessary whenever you | |
2034 call @code{Feval} or anything that can directly or indirectly call | |
2035 @code{Feval} (this includes the @code{QUIT} macro!). At such a time, | |
2036 any Lisp object that you intend to refer to again must be protected | |
2037 somehow. @code{UNGCPRO} cancels the protection of the variables that | |
2038 are protected in the current function. It is necessary to do this | |
2039 explicitly. | |
2040 | |
2041 The macro @code{GCPRO1} protects just one local variable. If you want | |
2042 to protect two, use @code{GCPRO2} instead; repeating @code{GCPRO1} will | |
2043 not work. Macros @code{GCPRO3} and @code{GCPRO4} also exist. | |
2044 | |
2045 These macros implicitly use local variables such as @code{gcpro1}; you | |
2046 must declare these explicitly, with type @code{struct gcpro}. Thus, if | |
2047 you use @code{GCPRO2}, you must declare @code{gcpro1} and @code{gcpro2}. | |
2048 | |
2049 @cindex caller-protects (@code{GCPRO} rule) | |
2050 Note also that the general rule is @dfn{caller-protects}; i.e. you are | |
2051 only responsible for protecting those Lisp objects that you create. Any | |
2052 objects passed to you as arguments should have been protected by whoever | |
2053 created them, so you don't in general have to protect them. | |
2054 | |
2055 In particular, the arguments to any Lisp primitive are always | |
2056 automatically @code{GCPRO}ed, when called ``normally'' from Lisp code or | |
2057 bytecode. So only a few Lisp primitives that are called frequently from | |
2058 C code, such as @code{Fprogn} protect their arguments as a service to | |
2059 their caller. You don't need to protect your arguments when writing a | |
2060 new @code{DEFUN}. | |
2061 | |
2062 @code{GCPRO}ing is perhaps the trickiest and most error-prone part of | |
2063 XEmacs coding. It is @strong{extremely} important that you get this | |
2064 right and use a great deal of discipline when writing this code. | |
2065 @xref{GCPROing, ,@code{GCPRO}ing}, for full details on how to do this. | |
2066 | |
2067 What @code{DEFUN} actually does is declare a global structure of type | |
2068 @code{Lisp_Subr} whose name begins with capital @samp{SF} and which | |
2069 contains information about the primitive (e.g. a pointer to the | |
2070 function, its minimum and maximum allowed arguments, a string describing | |
2071 its Lisp name); @code{DEFUN} then begins a normal C function declaration | |
2072 using the @code{F...} name. The Lisp subr object that is the function | |
2073 definition of a primitive (i.e. the object in the function slot of the | |
2074 symbol that names the primitive) actually points to this @samp{SF} | |
2075 structure; when @code{Feval} encounters a subr, it looks in the | |
2076 structure to find out how to call the C function. | |
2077 | |
2078 Defining the C function is not enough to make a Lisp primitive | |
2079 available; you must also create the Lisp symbol for the primitive (the | |
2080 symbol is @dfn{interned}; @pxref{Obarrays}) and store a suitable subr | |
2081 object in its function cell. (If you don't do this, the primitive won't | |
2082 be seen by Lisp code.) The code looks like this: | |
2083 | |
2084 @example | |
2085 DEFSUBR (@var{fname}); | |
2086 @end example | |
2087 | |
2088 @noindent | |
2089 Here @var{fname} is the same name you used as the second argument to | |
2090 @code{DEFUN}. | |
2091 | |
2092 This call to @code{DEFSUBR} should go in the @code{syms_of_*()} function | |
2093 at the end of the module. If no such function exists, create it and | |
2094 make sure to also declare it in @file{symsinit.h} and call it from the | |
2095 appropriate spot in @code{main()}. @xref{General Coding Rules}. | |
2096 | |
2097 Note that C code cannot call functions by name unless they are defined | |
2098 in C. The way to call a function written in Lisp from C is to use | |
2099 @code{Ffuncall}, which embodies the Lisp function @code{funcall}. Since | |
2100 the Lisp function @code{funcall} accepts an unlimited number of | |
2101 arguments, in C it takes two: the number of Lisp-level arguments, and a | |
2102 one-dimensional array containing their values. The first Lisp-level | |
2103 argument is the Lisp function to call, and the rest are the arguments to | |
2104 pass to it. Since @code{Ffuncall} can call the evaluator, you must | |
2105 protect pointers from garbage collection around the call to | |
2106 @code{Ffuncall}. (However, @code{Ffuncall} explicitly protects all of | |
2107 its parameters, so you don't have to protect any pointers passed as | |
2108 parameters to it.) | |
2109 | |
2110 The C functions @code{call0}, @code{call1}, @code{call2}, and so on, | |
2111 provide handy ways to call a Lisp function conveniently with a fixed | |
2112 number of arguments. They work by calling @code{Ffuncall}. | |
2113 | |
2114 @file{eval.c} is a very good file to look through for examples; | |
2115 @file{lisp.h} contains the definitions for important macros and | |
2116 functions. | |
2117 | |
2118 @node Adding Global Lisp Variables | |
2119 @section Adding Global Lisp Variables | |
2120 | |
2121 Global variables whose names begin with @samp{Q} are constants whose | |
2122 value is a symbol of a particular name. The name of the variable should | |
2123 be derived from the name of the symbol using the same rules as for Lisp | |
2124 primitives. These variables are initialized using a call to | |
2125 @code{defsymbol()} in the @code{syms_of_*()} function. (This call | |
2126 interns a symbol, sets the C variable to the resulting Lisp object, and | |
2127 calls @code{staticpro()} on the C variable to tell the | |
2128 garbage-collection mechanism about this variable. What | |
2129 @code{staticpro()} does is add a pointer to the variable to a large | |
2130 global array; when garbage-collection happens, all pointers listed in | |
2131 the array are used as starting points for marking Lisp objects. This is | |
2132 important because it's quite possible that the only current reference to | |
2133 the object is the C variable. In the case of symbols, the | |
2134 @code{staticpro()} doesn't matter all that much because the symbol is | |
2135 contained in @code{obarray}, which is itself @code{staticpro()}ed. | |
2136 However, it's possible that a naughty user could do something like | |
2137 uninterning the symbol out of @code{obarray} or even setting | |
2138 @code{obarray} to a different value [although this is likely to make | |
2139 XEmacs crash!].) | |
2140 | |
2141 @strong{Please note:} It is potentially deadly if you declare a | |
2142 @samp{Q...} variable in two different modules. The two calls to | |
2143 @code{defsymbol()} are no problem, but some linkers will complain about | |
2144 multiply-defined symbols. The most insidious aspect of this is that | |
2145 often the link will succeed anyway, but then the resulting executable | |
2146 will sometimes crash in obscure ways during certain operations! To | |
2147 avoid this problem, declare any symbols with common names (such as | |
2148 @code{text}) that are not obviously associated with this particular | |
2149 module in the module @file{general.c}. | |
2150 | |
2151 Global variables whose names begin with @samp{V} are variables that | |
2152 contain Lisp objects. The convention here is that all global variables | |
2153 of type @code{Lisp_Object} begin with @samp{V}, and all others don't | |
2154 (including integer and boolean variables that have Lisp | |
2155 equivalents). Most of the time, these variables have equivalents in | |
2156 Lisp, but some don't. Those that do are declared this way by a call to | |
2157 @code{DEFVAR_LISP()} in the @code{vars_of_*()} initializer for the | |
2158 module. What this does is create a special @dfn{symbol-value-forward} | |
2159 Lisp object that contains a pointer to the C variable, intern a symbol | |
2160 whose name is as specified in the call to @code{DEFVAR_LISP()}, and set | |
2161 its value to the symbol-value-forward Lisp object; it also calls | |
2162 @code{staticpro()} on the C variable to tell the garbage-collection | |
2163 mechanism about the variable. When @code{eval} (or actually | |
2164 @code{symbol-value}) encounters this special object in the process of | |
2165 retrieving a variable's value, it follows the indirection to the C | |
2166 variable and gets its value. @code{setq} does similar things so that | |
2167 the C variable gets changed. | |
2168 | |
2169 Whether or not you @code{DEFVAR_LISP()} a variable, you need to | |
2170 initialize it in the @code{vars_of_*()} function; otherwise it will end | |
2171 up as all zeroes, which is the integer 0 (@emph{not} @code{nil}), and | |
2172 this is probably not what you want. Also, if the variable is not | |
2173 @code{DEFVAR_LISP()}ed, @strong{you must call} @code{staticpro()} on the | |
2174 C variable in the @code{vars_of_*()} function. Otherwise, the | |
2175 garbage-collection mechanism won't know that the object in this variable | |
2176 is in use, and will happily collect it and reuse its storage for another | |
2177 Lisp object, and you will be the one who's unhappy when you can't figure | |
2178 out how your variable got overwritten. | |
2179 | |
2180 @node Coding for Mule | |
2181 @section Coding for Mule | |
2182 @cindex Coding for Mule | |
2183 | |
2184 Although Mule support is not compiled by default in XEmacs, many people | |
2185 are using it, and we consider it crucial that new code works correctly | |
2186 with multibyte characters. This is not hard; it is only a matter of | |
2187 following several simple user-interface guidelines. Even if you never | |
2188 compile with Mule, with a little practice you will find it quite easy | |
2189 to code Mule-correctly. | |
2190 | |
2191 Note that these guidelines are not necessarily tied to the current Mule | |
2192 implementation; they are also a good idea to follow on the grounds of | |
2193 code generalization for future I18N work. | |
2194 | |
2195 @menu | |
2196 * Character-Related Data Types:: | |
2197 * Working With Character and Byte Positions:: | |
2198 * Conversion to and from External Data:: | |
2199 * General Guidelines for Writing Mule-Aware Code:: | |
2200 * An Example of Mule-Aware Code:: | |
2201 @end menu | |
2202 | |
2203 @node Character-Related Data Types | |
2204 @subsection Character-Related Data Types | |
2205 | |
2206 First, let's review the basic character-related datatypes used by | |
2207 XEmacs. Note that the separate @code{typedef}s are not mandatory in the | |
2208 current implementation (all of them boil down to @code{unsigned char} or | |
2209 @code{int}), but they improve clarity of code a great deal, because one | |
2210 glance at the declaration can tell the intended use of the variable. | |
2211 | |
2212 @table @code | |
2213 @item Emchar | |
2214 @cindex Emchar | |
2215 An @code{Emchar} holds a single Emacs character. | |
2216 | |
2217 Obviously, the equality between characters and bytes is lost in the Mule | |
2218 world. Characters can be represented by one or more bytes in the | |
2219 buffer, and @code{Emchar} is the C type large enough to hold any | |
2220 character. | |
2221 | |
2222 Without Mule support, an @code{Emchar} is equivalent to an | |
2223 @code{unsigned char}. | |
2224 | |
2225 @item Bufbyte | |
2226 @cindex Bufbyte | |
2227 The data representing the text in a buffer or string is logically a set | |
2228 of @code{Bufbyte}s. | |
2229 | |
2230 XEmacs does not work with character formats all the time; when reading | |
2231 characters from the outside, it decodes them to an internal format, and | |
2232 likewise encodes them when writing. @code{Bufbyte} (in fact | |
2233 @code{unsigned char}) is the basic unit of XEmacs internal buffers and | |
2234 strings format. | |
2235 | |
2236 One character can correspond to one or more @code{Bufbyte}s. In the | |
2237 current implementation, an ASCII character is represented by the same | |
2238 @code{Bufbyte}, and extended characters are represented by a sequence of | |
2239 @code{Bufbyte}s. | |
2240 | |
2241 Without Mule support, a @code{Bufbyte} is equivalent to an | |
2242 @code{Emchar}. | |
2243 | |
2244 @item Bufpos | |
2245 @itemx Charcount | |
2246 @cindex Bufpos | |
2247 @cindex Charcount | |
2248 A @code{Bufpos} represents a character position in a buffer or string. | |
2249 A @code{Charcount} represents a number (count) of characters. | |
2250 Logically, subtracting two @code{Bufpos} values yields a | |
2251 @code{Charcount} value. Although all of these are @code{typedef}ed to | |
2252 @code{int}, we use them in preference to @code{int} to make it clear | |
2253 what sort of position is being used. | |
2254 | |
2255 @code{Bufpos} and @code{Charcount} values are the only ones that are | |
2256 ever visible to Lisp. | |
2257 | |
2258 @item Bytind | |
2259 @itemx Bytecount | |
2260 @cindex Bytind | |
2261 @cindex Bytecount | |
2262 A @code{Bytind} represents a byte position in a buffer or string. A | |
2263 @code{Bytecount} represents the distance between two positions in bytes. | |
2264 The relationship between @code{Bytind} and @code{Bytecount} is the same | |
2265 as the relationship between @code{Bufpos} and @code{Charcount}. | |
2266 | |
2267 @item Extbyte | |
2268 @itemx Extcount | |
2269 @cindex Extbyte | |
2270 @cindex Extcount | |
2271 When dealing with the outside world, XEmacs works with @code{Extbyte}s, | |
2272 which are equivalent to @code{unsigned char}. Obviously, an | |
2273 @code{Extcount} is the distance between two @code{Extbyte}s. Extbytes | |
2274 and Extcounts are not all that frequent in XEmacs code. | |
2275 @end table | |
2276 | |
2277 @node Working With Character and Byte Positions | |
2278 @subsection Working With Character and Byte Positions | |
2279 | |
2280 Now that we have defined the basic character-related types, we can look | |
2281 at the macros and functions designed for work with them and for | |
2282 conversion between them. Most of these macros are defined in | |
2283 @file{buffer.h}, and we don't discuss all of them here, but only the | |
2284 most important ones. Examining the existing code is the best way to | |
2285 learn about them. | |
2286 | |
2287 @table @code | |
2288 @item MAX_EMCHAR_LEN | |
2289 @cindex MAX_EMCHAR_LEN | |
2290 This preprocessor constant is the maximum number of buffer bytes per | |
2291 Emacs character, i.e. the byte length of an @code{Emchar}. It is useful | |
2292 when allocating temporary strings to keep a known number of characters. | |
2293 For instance: | |
2294 | |
2295 @example | |
2296 @group | |
2297 @{ | |
2298 Charcount cclen; | |
2299 ... | |
2300 @{ | |
2301 /* Allocate place for @var{cclen} characters. */ | |
2302 Bufbyte *buf = (Bufbyte *)alloca (cclen * MAX_EMCHAR_LEN); | |
2303 ... | |
2304 @end group | |
2305 @end example | |
2306 | |
2307 If you followed the previous section, you can guess that, logically, | |
2308 multiplying a @code{Charcount} value with @code{MAX_EMCHAR_LEN} produces | |
2309 a @code{Bytecount} value. | |
2310 | |
2311 In the current Mule implementation, @code{MAX_EMCHAR_LEN} equals 4. | |
2312 Without Mule, it is 1. | |
2313 | |
2314 @item charptr_emchar | |
2315 @itemx set_charptr_emchar | |
2316 @cindex charptr_emchar | |
2317 @cindex set_charptr_emchar | |
2318 The @code{charptr_emchar} macro takes a @code{Bufbyte} pointer and | |
2319 returns the @code{Emchar} stored at that position. If it were a | |
2320 function, its prototype would be: | |
2321 | |
2322 @example | |
2323 Emchar charptr_emchar (Bufbyte *p); | |
2324 @end example | |
2325 | |
2326 @code{set_charptr_emchar} stores an @code{Emchar} to the specified byte | |
2327 position. It returns the number of bytes stored: | |
2328 | |
2329 @example | |
2330 Bytecount set_charptr_emchar (Bufbyte *p, Emchar c); | |
2331 @end example | |
2332 | |
2333 It is important to note that @code{set_charptr_emchar} is safe only for | |
2334 appending a character at the end of a buffer, not for overwriting a | |
2335 character in the middle. This is because the width of characters | |
2336 varies, and @code{set_charptr_emchar} cannot resize the string if it | |
2337 writes, say, a two-byte character where a single-byte character used to | |
2338 reside. | |
2339 | |
2340 A typical use of @code{set_charptr_emchar} can be demonstrated by this | |
2341 example, which copies characters from buffer @var{buf} to a temporary | |
2342 string of Bufbytes. | |
2343 | |
2344 @example | |
2345 @group | |
2346 @{ | |
2347 Bufpos pos; | |
2348 for (pos = beg; pos < end; pos++) | |
2349 @{ | |
2350 Emchar c = BUF_FETCH_CHAR (buf, pos); | |
2351 p += set_charptr_emchar (buf, c); | |
2352 @} | |
2353 @} | |
2354 @end group | |
2355 @end example | |
2356 | |
2357 Note how @code{set_charptr_emchar} is used to store the @code{Emchar} | |
2358 and increment the counter, at the same time. | |
2359 | |
2360 @item INC_CHARPTR | |
2361 @itemx DEC_CHARPTR | |
2362 @cindex INC_CHARPTR | |
2363 @cindex DEC_CHARPTR | |
2364 These two macros increment and decrement a @code{Bufbyte} pointer, | |
2365 respectively. They will adjust the pointer by the appropriate number of | |
2366 bytes according to the byte length of the character stored there. Both | |
2367 macros assume that the memory address is located at the beginning of a | |
2368 valid character. | |
2369 | |
2370 Without Mule support, @code{INC_CHARPTR (p)} and @code{DEC_CHARPTR (p)} | |
2371 simply expand to @code{p++} and @code{p--}, respectively. | |
2372 | |
2373 @item bytecount_to_charcount | |
2374 @cindex bytecount_to_charcount | |
2375 Given a pointer to a text string and a length in bytes, return the | |
2376 equivalent length in characters. | |
2377 | |
2378 @example | |
2379 Charcount bytecount_to_charcount (Bufbyte *p, Bytecount bc); | |
2380 @end example | |
2381 | |
2382 @item charcount_to_bytecount | |
2383 @cindex charcount_to_bytecount | |
2384 Given a pointer to a text string and a length in characters, return the | |
2385 equivalent length in bytes. | |
2386 | |
2387 @example | |
2388 Bytecount charcount_to_bytecount (Bufbyte *p, Charcount cc); | |
2389 @end example | |
2390 | |
2391 @item charptr_n_addr | |
2392 @cindex charptr_n_addr | |
2393 Return a pointer to the beginning of the character offset @var{cc} (in | |
2394 characters) from @var{p}. | |
2395 | |
2396 @example | |
2397 Bufbyte *charptr_n_addr (Bufbyte *p, Charcount cc); | |
2398 @end example | |
2399 @end table | |
2400 | |
2401 @node Conversion to and from External Data | |
2402 @subsection Conversion to and from External Data | |
2403 | |
2404 When an external function, such as a C library function, returns a | |
2405 @code{char} pointer, you should almost never treat it as @code{Bufbyte}. | |
2406 This is because these returned strings may contain 8bit characters which | |
2407 can be misinterpreted by XEmacs, and cause a crash. Likewise, when | |
2408 exporting a piece of internal text to the outside world, you should | |
2409 always convert it to an appropriate external encoding, lest the internal | |
2410 stuff (such as the infamous \201 characters) leak out. | |
2411 | |
2412 The interface to conversion between the internal and external | |
2413 representations of text are the numerous conversion macros defined in | |
2414 @file{buffer.h}. Before looking at them, we'll look at the external | |
2415 formats supported by these macros. | |
2416 | |
2417 Currently meaningful formats are @code{FORMAT_BINARY}, | |
2418 @code{FORMAT_FILENAME}, @code{FORMAT_OS}, and @code{FORMAT_CTEXT}. Here | |
2419 is a description of these. | |
2420 | |
2421 @table @code | |
2422 @item FORMAT_BINARY | |
2423 Binary format. This is the simplest format and is what we use in the | |
2424 absence of a more appropriate format. This converts according to the | |
2425 @code{binary} coding system: | |
2426 | |
2427 @enumerate a | |
2428 @item | |
2429 On input, bytes 0--255 are converted into characters 0--255. | |
2430 @item | |
2431 On output, characters 0--255 are converted into bytes 0--255 and other | |
2432 characters are converted into `X'. | |
2433 @end enumerate | |
2434 | |
2435 @item FORMAT_FILENAME | |
2436 Format used for filenames. In the original Mule, this is user-definable | |
2437 with the @code{pathname-coding-system} variable. For the moment, we | |
2438 just use the @code{binary} coding system. | |
2439 | |
2440 @item FORMAT_OS | |
2441 Format used for the external Unix environment---@code{argv[]}, stuff | |
2442 from @code{getenv()}, stuff from the @file{/etc/passwd} file, etc. | |
2443 | |
2444 Perhaps should be the same as FORMAT_FILENAME. | |
2445 | |
2446 @item FORMAT_CTEXT | |
2447 Compound--text format. This is the standard X format used for data | |
2448 stored in properties, selections, and the like. This is an 8-bit | |
2449 no-lock-shift ISO2022 coding system. | |
2450 @end table | |
2451 | |
2452 The macros to convert between these formats and the internal format, and | |
2453 vice versa, follow. | |
2454 | |
2455 @table @code | |
2456 @item GET_CHARPTR_INT_DATA_ALLOCA | |
2457 @itemx GET_CHARPTR_EXT_DATA_ALLOCA | |
2458 These two are the most basic conversion macros. | |
2459 @code{GET_CHARPTR_INT_DATA_ALLOCA} converts external data to internal | |
2460 format, and @code{GET_CHARPTR_EXT_DATA_ALLOCA} converts the other way | |
2461 around. The arguments each of these receives are @var{ptr} (pointer to | |
2462 the text in external format), @var{len} (length of texts in bytes), | |
2463 @var{fmt} (format of the external text), @var{ptr_out} (lvalue to which | |
2464 new text should be copied), and @var{len_out} (lvalue which will be | |
2465 assigned the length of the internal text in bytes). The resulting text | |
2466 is stored to a stack-allocated buffer. If the text doesn't need | |
2467 changing, these macros will do nothing, except for setting | |
2468 @var{len_out}. | |
2469 | |
2470 The macros above take many arguments which makes them unwieldy. For | |
2471 this reason, a number of convenience macros are defined with obvious | |
2472 functionality, but accepting less arguments. The general rule is that | |
2473 macros with @samp{INT} in their name convert text to internal Emacs | |
2474 representation, whereas the @samp{EXT} macros convert to external | |
2475 representation. | |
2476 | |
2477 @item GET_C_CHARPTR_INT_DATA_ALLOCA | |
2478 @itemx GET_C_CHARPTR_EXT_DATA_ALLOCA | |
2479 As their names imply, these macros work on C char pointers, which are | |
2480 zero-terminated, and thus do not need @var{len} or @var{len_out} | |
2481 parameters. | |
2482 | |
2483 @item GET_STRING_EXT_DATA_ALLOCA | |
2484 @itemx GET_C_STRING_EXT_DATA_ALLOCA | |
2485 These two macros convert a Lisp string into an external representation. | |
2486 The difference between them is that @code{GET_STRING_EXT_DATA_ALLOCA} | |
2487 stores its output to a generic string, providing @var{len_out}, the | |
2488 length of the resulting external string. On the other hand, | |
2489 @code{GET_C_STRING_EXT_DATA_ALLOCA} assumes that the caller will be | |
2490 satisfied with output string being zero-terminated. | |
2491 | |
2492 Note that for Lisp strings only one conversion direction makes sense. | |
2493 | |
2494 @item GET_C_CHARPTR_EXT_BINARY_DATA_ALLOCA | |
2495 @itemx GET_CHARPTR_EXT_BINARY_DATA_ALLOCA | |
2496 @itemx GET_STRING_BINARY_DATA_ALLOCA | |
2497 @itemx GET_C_STRING_BINARY_DATA_ALLOCA | |
2498 @itemx GET_C_CHARPTR_EXT_FILENAME_DATA_ALLOCA | |
2499 @itemx ... | |
2500 These macros convert internal text to a specific external | |
2501 representation, with the external format being encoded into the name of | |
2502 the macro. Note that the @code{GET_STRING_...} and | |
2503 @code{GET_C_STRING...} macros lack the @samp{EXT} tag, because they | |
2504 only make sense in that direction. | |
2505 | |
2506 @item GET_C_CHARPTR_INT_BINARY_DATA_ALLOCA | |
2507 @itemx GET_CHARPTR_INT_BINARY_DATA_ALLOCA | |
2508 @itemx GET_C_CHARPTR_INT_FILENAME_DATA_ALLOCA | |
2509 @itemx ... | |
2510 These macros convert external text of a specific format to its internal | |
2511 representation, with the external format being incoded into the name of | |
2512 the macro. | |
2513 @end table | |
2514 | |
2515 @node General Guidelines for Writing Mule-Aware Code | |
2516 @subsection General Guidelines for Writing Mule-Aware Code | |
2517 | |
2518 This section contains some general guidance on how to write Mule-aware | |
2519 code, as well as some pitfalls you should avoid. | |
2520 | |
2521 @table @emph | |
2522 @item Never use @code{char} and @code{char *}. | |
2523 In XEmacs, the use of @code{char} and @code{char *} is almost always a | |
2524 mistake. If you want to manipulate an Emacs character from ``C'', use | |
2525 @code{Emchar}. If you want to examine a specific octet in the internal | |
2526 format, use @code{Bufbyte}. If you want a Lisp-visible character, use a | |
2527 @code{Lisp_Object} and @code{make_char}. If you want a pointer to move | |
2528 through the internal text, use @code{Bufbyte *}. Also note that you | |
2529 almost certainly do not need @code{Emchar *}. | |
2530 | |
2531 @item Be careful not to confuse @code{Charcount}, @code{Bytecount}, and @code{Bufpos}. | |
2532 The whole point of using different types is to avoid confusion about the | |
2533 use of certain variables. Lest this effect be nullified, you need to be | |
2534 careful about using the right types. | |
2535 | |
2536 @item Always convert external data | |
2537 It is extremely important to always convert external data, because | |
2538 XEmacs can crash if unexpected 8bit sequences are copied to its internal | |
2539 buffers literally. | |
2540 | |
2541 This means that when a system function, such as @code{readdir}, returns | |
2542 a string, you need to convert it using one of the conversion macros | |
2543 described in the previous chapter, before passing it further to Lisp. | |
2544 In the case of @code{readdir}, you would use the | |
2545 @code{GET_C_CHARPTR_INT_FILENAME_DATA_ALLOCA} macro. | |
2546 | |
2547 Also note that many internal functions, such as @code{make_string}, | |
2548 accept Bufbytes, which removes the need for them to convert the data | |
2549 they receive. This increases efficiency because that way external data | |
2550 needs to be decoded only once, when it is read. After that, it is | |
2551 passed around in internal format. | |
2552 @end table | |
2553 | |
2554 @node An Example of Mule-Aware Code | |
2555 @subsection An Example of Mule-Aware Code | |
2556 | |
2557 As an example of Mule-aware code, we shall will analyze the | |
2558 @code{string} function, which conses up a Lisp string from the character | |
2559 arguments it receives. Here is the definition, pasted from | |
2560 @code{alloc.c}: | |
2561 | |
2562 @example | |
2563 @group | |
2564 DEFUN ("string", Fstring, 0, MANY, 0, /* | |
2565 Concatenate all the argument characters and make the result a string. | |
2566 */ | |
2567 (int nargs, Lisp_Object *args)) | |
2568 @{ | |
2569 Bufbyte *storage = alloca_array (Bufbyte, nargs * MAX_EMCHAR_LEN); | |
2570 Bufbyte *p = storage; | |
2571 | |
2572 for (; nargs; nargs--, args++) | |
2573 @{ | |
2574 Lisp_Object lisp_char = *args; | |
2575 CHECK_CHAR_COERCE_INT (lisp_char); | |
2576 p += set_charptr_emchar (p, XCHAR (lisp_char)); | |
2577 @} | |
2578 return make_string (storage, p - storage); | |
2579 @} | |
2580 @end group | |
2581 @end example | |
2582 | |
2583 Now we can analyze the source line by line. | |
2584 | |
2585 Obviously, string will be as long as there are arguments to the | |
2586 function. This is why we allocate @code{MAX_EMCHAR_LEN} * @var{nargs} | |
2587 bytes on the stack, i.e. the worst-case number of bytes for @var{nargs} | |
2588 @code{Emchar}s to fit in the string. | |
2589 | |
2590 Then, the loop checks that each element is a character, converting | |
2591 integers in the process. Like many other functions in XEmacs, this | |
2592 function silently accepts integers where characters are expected, for | |
2593 historical and compatibility reasons. Unless you know what you are | |
2594 doing, @code{CHECK_CHAR} will also suffice. @code{XCHAR (lisp_char)} | |
2595 extracts the @code{Emchar} from the @code{Lisp_Object}, and | |
2596 @code{set_charptr_emchar} stores it to storage, increasing @code{p} in | |
2597 the process. | |
2598 | |
2599 Other instructive examples of correct coding under Mule can be found all | |
2600 over the XEmacs code. For starters, I recommend | |
2601 @code{Fnormalize_menu_item_name} in @file{menubar.c}. After you have | |
2602 understood this section of the manual and studied the examples, you can | |
2603 proceed writing new Mule-aware code. | |
2604 | |
2605 @node Techniques for XEmacs Developers | |
2606 @section Techniques for XEmacs Developers | |
2607 | |
2608 To make a quantified XEmacs, do: @code{make quantmacs}. | |
2609 | |
2610 You simply can't dump Quantified and Purified images. Run the image | |
2611 like so: @code{quantmacs -batch -l loadup.el run-temacs @var{xemacs-args...}}. | |
2612 | |
2613 Before you go through the trouble, are you compiling with all | |
2614 debugging and error-checking off? If not try that first. Be warned | |
2615 that while Quantify is directly responsible for quite a few | |
2616 optimizations which have been made to XEmacs, doing a run which | |
2617 generates results which can be acted upon is not necessarily a trivial | |
2618 task. | |
2619 | |
2620 Also, if you're still willing to do some runs make sure you configure | |
2621 with the @samp{--quantify} flag. That will keep Quantify from starting | |
2622 to record data until after the loadup is completed and will shut off | |
2623 recording right before it shuts down (which generates enough bogus data | |
2624 to throw most results off). It also enables three additional elisp | |
2625 commands: @code{quantify-start-recording-data}, | |
2626 @code{quantify-stop-recording-data} and @code{quantify-clear-data}. | |
2627 | |
2628 If you want to make XEmacs faster, target your favorite slow benchmark, | |
2629 run a profiler like Quantify, @code{gprof}, or @code{tcov}, and figure | |
2630 out where the cycles are going. Specific projects: | |
2631 | |
2632 @itemize @bullet | |
2633 @item | |
2634 Make the garbage collector faster. Figure out how to write an | |
2635 incremental garbage collector. | |
2636 @item | |
2637 Write a compiler that takes bytecode and spits out C code. | |
2638 Unfortunately, you will then need a C compiler and a more fully | |
2639 developed module system. | |
2640 @item | |
2641 Speed up redisplay. | |
2642 @item | |
2643 Speed up syntax highlighting. Maybe moving some of the syntax | |
2644 highlighting capabilities into C would make a difference. | |
2645 @item | |
2646 Implement tail recursion in Emacs Lisp (hard!). | |
2647 @end itemize | |
2648 | |
2649 Unfortunately, Emacs Lisp is slow, and is going to stay slow. Function | |
2650 calls in elisp are especially expensive. Iterating over a long list is | |
2651 going to be 30 times faster implemented in C than in Elisp. | |
2652 | |
2653 To get started debugging XEmacs, take a look at the @file{gdbinit} and | |
2654 @file{dbxrc} files in the @file{src} directory. | |
2655 @xref{Q2.1.15 - How to Debug an XEmacs problem with a debugger,,, | |
2656 xemacs-faq, XEmacs FAQ}. | |
2657 | |
2658 After making source code changes, run @code{make check} to ensure that | |
2659 you haven't introduced any regressions. If you're feeling ambitious, | |
2660 you can try to improve the test suite in @file{tests/automated}. | |
2661 | |
2662 Here are things to know when you create a new source file: | |
2663 | |
2664 @itemize @bullet | |
2665 @item | |
2666 All @file{.c} files should @code{#include <config.h>} first. Almost all | |
2667 @file{.c} files should @code{#include "lisp.h"} second. | |
2668 | |
2669 @item | |
2670 Generated header files should be included using the @code{#include <...>} syntax, | |
2671 not the @code{#include "..."} syntax. The generated headers are: | |
2672 | |
2673 @file{config.h puresize-adjust.h sheap-adjust.h paths.h Emacs.ad.h} | |
2674 | |
2675 The basic rule is that you should assume builds using @code{--srcdir} | |
2676 and the @code{#include <...>} syntax needs to be used when the | |
2677 to-be-included generated file is in a potentially different directory | |
2678 @emph{at compile time}. The non-obvious C rule is that @code{#include "..."} | |
2679 means to search for the included file in the same directory as the | |
2680 including file, @emph{not} in the current directory. | |
2681 | |
2682 @item | |
2683 Header files should @emph{not} include @code{<config.h>} and | |
2684 @code{"lisp.h"}. It is the responsibility of the @file{.c} files that | |
2685 use it to do so. | |
2686 | |
2687 @item | |
2688 If the header uses @code{INLINE}, either directly or through | |
2689 @code{DECLARE_LRECORD}, then it must be added to @file{inline.c}'s | |
2690 includes. | |
2691 | |
2692 @item | |
2693 Try compiling at least once with | |
2694 | |
2695 @example | |
2696 gcc --with-mule --with-union-type --error-checking=all | |
2697 @end example | |
2698 | |
2699 @item | |
2700 Did I mention that you should run the test suite? | |
2701 @example | |
2702 make check | |
2703 @end example | |
2704 @end itemize | |
2705 | |
2706 | |
2707 @node A Summary of the Various XEmacs Modules, Allocation of Objects in XEmacs Lisp, Rules When Writing New C Code, Top | |
2708 @chapter A Summary of the Various XEmacs Modules | |
2709 | |
2710 This is accurate as of XEmacs 20.0. | |
2711 | |
2712 @menu | |
2713 * Low-Level Modules:: | |
2714 * Basic Lisp Modules:: | |
2715 * Modules for Standard Editing Operations:: | |
2716 * Editor-Level Control Flow Modules:: | |
2717 * Modules for the Basic Displayable Lisp Objects:: | |
2718 * Modules for other Display-Related Lisp Objects:: | |
2719 * Modules for the Redisplay Mechanism:: | |
2720 * Modules for Interfacing with the File System:: | |
2721 * Modules for Other Aspects of the Lisp Interpreter and Object System:: | |
2722 * Modules for Interfacing with the Operating System:: | |
2723 * Modules for Interfacing with X Windows:: | |
2724 * Modules for Internationalization:: | |
2725 @end menu | |
2726 | |
2727 @node Low-Level Modules | |
2728 @section Low-Level Modules | |
2729 | |
2730 @example | |
2731 config.h | |
2732 @end example | |
2733 | |
2734 This is automatically generated from @file{config.h.in} based on the | |
2735 results of configure tests and user-selected optional features and | |
2736 contains preprocessor definitions specifying the nature of the | |
2737 environment in which XEmacs is being compiled. | |
2738 | |
2739 | |
2740 | |
2741 @example | |
2742 paths.h | |
2743 @end example | |
2744 | |
2745 This is automatically generated from @file{paths.h.in} based on supplied | |
2746 configure values, and allows for non-standard installed configurations | |
2747 of the XEmacs directories. It's currently broken, though. | |
2748 | |
2749 | |
2750 | |
2751 @example | |
2752 emacs.c | |
2753 signal.c | |
2754 @end example | |
2755 | |
2756 @file{emacs.c} contains @code{main()} and other code that performs the most | |
2757 basic environment initializations and handles shutting down the XEmacs | |
2758 process (this includes @code{kill-emacs}, the normal way that XEmacs is | |
2759 exited; @code{dump-emacs}, which is used during the build process to | |
2760 write out the XEmacs executable; @code{run-emacs-from-temacs}, which can | |
2761 be used to start XEmacs directly when temacs has finished loading all | |
2762 the Lisp code; and emergency code to handle crashes [XEmacs tries to | |
2763 auto-save all files before it crashes]). | |
2764 | |
2765 Low-level code that directly interacts with the Unix signal mechanism, | |
2766 however, is in @file{signal.c}. Note that this code does not handle system | |
2767 dependencies in interfacing to signals; that is handled using the | |
2768 @file{syssignal.h} header file, described in section J below. | |
2769 | |
2770 | |
2771 | |
2772 @example | |
2773 unexaix.c | |
2774 unexalpha.c | |
2775 unexapollo.c | |
2776 unexconvex.c | |
2777 unexec.c | |
2778 unexelf.c | |
2779 unexelfsgi.c | |
2780 unexencap.c | |
2781 unexenix.c | |
2782 unexfreebsd.c | |
2783 unexfx2800.c | |
2784 unexhp9k3.c | |
2785 unexhp9k800.c | |
2786 unexmips.c | |
2787 unexnext.c | |
2788 unexsol2.c | |
2789 unexsunos4.c | |
2790 @end example | |
2791 | |
2792 These modules contain code dumping out the XEmacs executable on various | |
2793 different systems. (This process is highly machine-specific and | |
2794 requires intimate knowledge of the executable format and the memory map | |
2795 of the process.) Only one of these modules is actually used; this is | |
2796 chosen by @file{configure}. | |
2797 | |
2798 | |
2799 | |
2800 @example | |
2801 crt0.c | |
2802 lastfile.c | |
2803 pre-crt0.c | |
2804 @end example | |
2805 | |
2806 These modules are used in conjunction with the dump mechanism. On some | |
2807 systems, an alternative version of the C startup code (the actual code | |
2808 that receives control from the operating system when the process is | |
2809 started, and which calls @code{main()}) is required so that the dumping | |
2810 process works properly; @file{crt0.c} provides this. | |
2811 | |
2812 @file{pre-crt0.c} and @file{lastfile.c} should be the very first and | |
2813 very last file linked, respectively. (Actually, this is not really true. | |
2814 @file{lastfile.c} should be after all Emacs modules whose initialized | |
2815 data should be made constant, and before all other Emacs files and all | |
2816 libraries. In particular, the allocation modules @file{gmalloc.c}, | |
2817 @file{alloca.c}, etc. are normally placed past @file{lastfile.c}, and | |
2818 all of the files that implement Xt widget classes @emph{must} be placed | |
2819 after @file{lastfile.c} because they contain various structures that | |
2820 must be statically initialized and into which Xt writes at various | |
2821 times.) @file{pre-crt0.c} and @file{lastfile.c} contain exported symbols | |
2822 that are used to determine the start and end of XEmacs' initialized | |
2823 data space when dumping. | |
2824 | |
2825 | |
2826 | |
2827 @example | |
2828 alloca.c | |
2829 free-hook.c | |
2830 getpagesize.h | |
2831 gmalloc.c | |
2832 malloc.c | |
2833 mem-limits.h | |
2834 ralloc.c | |
2835 vm-limit.c | |
2836 @end example | |
2837 | |
2838 These handle basic C allocation of memory. @file{alloca.c} is an emulation of | |
2839 the stack allocation function @code{alloca()} on machines that lack | |
2840 this. (XEmacs makes extensive use of @code{alloca()} in its code.) | |
2841 | |
2842 @file{gmalloc.c} and @file{malloc.c} are two implementations of the standard C | |
2843 functions @code{malloc()}, @code{realloc()} and @code{free()}. They are | |
2844 often used in place of the standard system-provided @code{malloc()} | |
2845 because they usually provide a much faster implementation, at the | |
2846 expense of additional memory use. @file{gmalloc.c} is a newer implementation | |
2847 that is much more memory-efficient for large allocations than @file{malloc.c}, | |
2848 and should always be preferred if it works. (At one point, @file{gmalloc.c} | |
2849 didn't work on some systems where @file{malloc.c} worked; but this should be | |
2850 fixed now.) | |
2851 | |
2852 @cindex relocating allocator | |
2853 @file{ralloc.c} is the @dfn{relocating allocator}. It provides | |
2854 functions similar to @code{malloc()}, @code{realloc()} and @code{free()} | |
2855 that allocate memory that can be dynamically relocated in memory. The | |
2856 advantage of this is that allocated memory can be shuffled around to | |
2857 place all the free memory at the end of the heap, and the heap can then | |
2858 be shrunk, releasing the memory back to the operating system. The use | |
2859 of this can be controlled with the configure option @code{--rel-alloc}; | |
2860 if enabled, memory allocated for buffers will be relocatable, so that if | |
2861 a very large file is visited and the buffer is later killed, the memory | |
2862 can be released to the operating system. (The disadvantage of this | |
2863 mechanism is that it can be very slow. On systems with the | |
2864 @code{mmap()} system call, the XEmacs version of @file{ralloc.c} uses | |
2865 this to move memory around without actually having to block-copy it, | |
2866 which can speed things up; but it can still cause noticeable performance | |
2867 degradation.) | |
2868 | |
2869 @file{free-hook.c} contains some debugging functions for checking for invalid | |
2870 arguments to @code{free()}. | |
2871 | |
2872 @file{vm-limit.c} contains some functions that warn the user when memory is | |
2873 getting low. These are callback functions that are called by @file{gmalloc.c} | |
2874 and @file{malloc.c} at appropriate times. | |
2875 | |
2876 @file{getpagesize.h} provides a uniform interface for retrieving the size of a | |
2877 page in virtual memory. @file{mem-limits.h} provides a uniform interface for | |
2878 retrieving the total amount of available virtual memory. Both are | |
2879 similar in spirit to the @file{sys*.h} files described in section J, below. | |
2880 | |
2881 | |
2882 | |
2883 @example | |
2884 blocktype.c | |
2885 blocktype.h | |
2886 dynarr.c | |
2887 @end example | |
2888 | |
2889 These implement a couple of basic C data types to facilitate memory | |
2890 allocation. The @code{Blocktype} type efficiently manages the | |
2891 allocation of fixed-size blocks by minimizing the number of times that | |
2892 @code{malloc()} and @code{free()} are called. It allocates memory in | |
2893 large chunks, subdivides the chunks into blocks of the proper size, and | |
2894 returns the blocks as requested. When blocks are freed, they are placed | |
2895 onto a linked list, so they can be efficiently reused. This data type | |
2896 is not much used in XEmacs currently, because it's a fairly new | |
2897 addition. | |
2898 | |
2899 @cindex dynamic array | |
2900 The @code{Dynarr} type implements a @dfn{dynamic array}, which is | |
2901 similar to a standard C array but has no fixed limit on the number of | |
2902 elements it can contain. Dynamic arrays can hold elements of any type, | |
2903 and when you add a new element, the array automatically resizes itself | |
2904 if it isn't big enough. Dynarrs are extensively used in the redisplay | |
2905 mechanism. | |
2906 | |
2907 | |
2908 | |
2909 @example | |
2910 inline.c | |
2911 @end example | |
2912 | |
2913 This module is used in connection with inline functions (available in | |
2914 some compilers). Often, inline functions need to have a corresponding | |
2915 non-inline function that does the same thing. This module is where they | |
2916 reside. It contains no actual code, but defines some special flags that | |
2917 cause inline functions defined in header files to be rendered as actual | |
2918 functions. It then includes all header files that contain any inline | |
2919 function definitions, so that each one gets a real function equivalent. | |
2920 | |
2921 | |
2922 | |
2923 @example | |
2924 debug.c | |
2925 debug.h | |
2926 @end example | |
2927 | |
2928 These functions provide a system for doing internal consistency checks | |
2929 during code development. This system is not currently used; instead the | |
2930 simpler @code{assert()} macro is used along with the various checks | |
2931 provided by the @samp{--error-check-*} configuration options. | |
2932 | |
2933 | |
2934 | |
2935 @example | |
2936 prefix-args.c | |
2937 @end example | |
2938 | |
2939 This is actually the source for a small, self-contained program | |
2940 used during building. | |
2941 | |
2942 | |
2943 @example | |
2944 universe.h | |
2945 @end example | |
2946 | |
2947 This is not currently used. | |
2948 | |
2949 | |
2950 | |
2951 @node Basic Lisp Modules | |
2952 @section Basic Lisp Modules | |
2953 | |
2954 @example | |
2955 emacsfns.h | |
2956 lisp-disunion.h | |
2957 lisp-union.h | |
2958 lisp.h | |
2959 lrecord.h | |
2960 symsinit.h | |
2961 @end example | |
2962 | |
2963 These are the basic header files for all XEmacs modules. Each module | |
2964 includes @file{lisp.h}, which brings the other header files in. | |
2965 @file{lisp.h} contains the definitions of the structures and extractor | |
2966 and constructor macros for the basic Lisp objects and various other | |
2967 basic definitions for the Lisp environment, as well as some | |
2968 general-purpose definitions (e.g. @code{min()} and @code{max()}). | |
2969 @file{lisp.h} includes either @file{lisp-disunion.h} or | |
2970 @file{lisp-union.h}, depending on whether @code{USE_UNION_TYPE} is | |
2971 defined. These files define the typedef of the Lisp object itself (as | |
2972 described above) and the low-level macros that hide the actual | |
2973 implementation of the Lisp object. All extractor and constructor macros | |
2974 for particular types of Lisp objects are defined in terms of these | |
2975 low-level macros. | |
2976 | |
2977 As a general rule, all typedefs should go into the typedefs section of | |
2978 @file{lisp.h} rather than into a module-specific header file even if the | |
2979 structure is defined elsewhere. This allows function prototypes that | |
2980 use the typedef to be placed into other header files. Forward structure | |
2981 declarations (i.e. a simple declaration like @code{struct foo;} where | |
2982 the structure itself is defined elsewhere) should be placed into the | |
2983 typedefs section as necessary. | |
2984 | |
2985 @file{lrecord.h} contains the basic structures and macros that implement | |
2986 all record-type Lisp objects -- i.e. all objects whose type is a field | |
2987 in their C structure, which includes all objects except the few most | |
2988 basic ones. | |
2989 | |
2990 @file{lisp.h} contains prototypes for most of the exported functions in | |
2991 the various modules. Lisp primitives defined using @code{DEFUN} that | |
2992 need to be called by C code should be declared using @code{EXFUN}. | |
2993 Other function prototypes should be placed either into the appropriate | |
2994 section of @code{lisp.h}, or into a module-specific header file, | |
2995 depending on how general-purpose the function is and whether it has | |
2996 special-purpose argument types requiring definitions not in | |
2997 @file{lisp.h}.) All initialization functions are prototyped in | |
2998 @file{symsinit.h}. | |
2999 | |
3000 | |
3001 | |
3002 @example | |
3003 alloc.c | |
3004 pure.c | |
3005 puresize.h | |
3006 @end example | |
3007 | |
3008 The large module @file{alloc.c} implements all of the basic allocation and | |
3009 garbage collection for Lisp objects. The most commonly used Lisp | |
3010 objects are allocated in chunks, similar to the Blocktype data type | |
3011 described above; others are allocated in individually @code{malloc()}ed | |
3012 blocks. This module provides the foundation on which all other aspects | |
3013 of the Lisp environment sit, and is the first module initialized at | |
3014 startup. | |
3015 | |
3016 Note that @file{alloc.c} provides a series of generic functions that are | |
3017 not dependent on any particular object type, and interfaces to | |
3018 particular types of objects using a standardized interface of | |
3019 type-specific methods. This scheme is a fundamental principle of | |
3020 object-oriented programming and is heavily used throughout XEmacs. The | |
3021 great advantage of this is that it allows for a clean separation of | |
3022 functionality into different modules -- new classes of Lisp objects, new | |
3023 event interfaces, new device types, new stream interfaces, etc. can be | |
3024 added transparently without affecting code anywhere else in XEmacs. | |
3025 Because the different subsystems are divided into general and specific | |
3026 code, adding a new subtype within a subsystem will in general not | |
3027 require changes to the generic subsystem code or affect any of the other | |
3028 subtypes in the subsystem; this provides a great deal of robustness to | |
3029 the XEmacs code. | |
3030 | |
3031 @cindex pure space | |
3032 @file{pure.c} contains the declaration of the @dfn{purespace} array. | |
3033 Pure space is a hack used to place some constant Lisp data into the code | |
3034 segment of the XEmacs executable, even though the data needs to be | |
3035 initialized through function calls. (See above in section VIII for more | |
3036 info about this.) During startup, certain sorts of data is | |
3037 automatically copied into pure space, and other data is copied manually | |
3038 in some of the basic Lisp files by calling the function @code{purecopy}, | |
3039 which copies the object if possible (this only works in temacs, of | |
3040 course) and returns the new object. In particular, while temacs is | |
3041 executing, the Lisp reader automatically copies all compiled-function | |
3042 objects that it reads into pure space. Since compiled-function objects | |
3043 are large, are never modified, and typically comprise the majority of | |
3044 the contents of a compiled-Lisp file, this works well. While XEmacs is | |
3045 running, any attempt to modify an object that resides in pure space | |
3046 causes an error. Objects in pure space are never garbage collected -- | |
3047 almost all of the time, they're intended to be permanent, and in any | |
3048 case you can't write into pure space to set the mark bits. | |
3049 | |
3050 @file{puresize.h} contains the declaration of the size of the pure space | |
3051 array. This depends on the optional features that are compiled in, any | |
3052 extra purespace requested by the user at compile time, and certain other | |
3053 factors (e.g. 64-bit machines need more pure space because their Lisp | |
3054 objects are larger). The smallest size that suffices should be used, so | |
3055 that there's no wasted space. If there's not enough pure space, you | |
3056 will get an error during the build process, specifying how much more | |
3057 pure space is needed. | |
3058 | |
3059 | |
3060 | |
3061 @example | |
3062 eval.c | |
3063 backtrace.h | |
3064 @end example | |
3065 | |
3066 This module contains all of the functions to handle the flow of control. | |
3067 This includes the mechanisms of defining functions, calling functions, | |
3068 traversing stack frames, and binding variables; the control primitives | |
3069 and other special forms such as @code{while}, @code{if}, @code{eval}, | |
3070 @code{let}, @code{and}, @code{or}, @code{progn}, etc.; handling of | |
3071 non-local exits, unwind-protects, and exception handlers; entering the | |
3072 debugger; methods for the subr Lisp object type; etc. It does | |
3073 @emph{not} include the @code{read} function, the @code{print} function, | |
3074 or the handling of symbols and obarrays. | |
3075 | |
3076 @file{backtrace.h} contains some structures related to stack frames and the | |
3077 flow of control. | |
3078 | |
3079 | |
3080 | |
3081 @example | |
3082 lread.c | |
3083 @end example | |
3084 | |
3085 This module implements the Lisp reader and the @code{read} function, | |
3086 which converts text into Lisp objects, according to the read syntax of | |
3087 the objects, as described above. This is similar to the parser that is | |
3088 a part of all compilers. | |
3089 | |
3090 | |
3091 | |
3092 @example | |
3093 print.c | |
3094 @end example | |
3095 | |
3096 This module implements the Lisp print mechanism and the @code{print} | |
3097 function and related functions. This is the inverse of the Lisp reader | |
3098 -- it converts Lisp objects to a printed, textual representation. | |
3099 (Hopefully something that can be read back in using @code{read} to get | |
3100 an equivalent object.) | |
3101 | |
3102 | |
3103 | |
3104 @example | |
3105 general.c | |
3106 symbols.c | |
3107 symeval.h | |
3108 @end example | |
3109 | |
3110 @file{symbols.c} implements the handling of symbols, obarrays, and | |
3111 retrieving the values of symbols. Much of the code is devoted to | |
3112 handling the special @dfn{symbol-value-magic} objects that define | |
3113 special types of variables -- this includes buffer-local variables, | |
3114 variable aliases, variables that forward into C variables, etc. This | |
3115 module is initialized extremely early (right after @file{alloc.c}), | |
3116 because it is here that the basic symbols @code{t} and @code{nil} are | |
3117 created, and those symbols are used everywhere throughout XEmacs. | |
3118 | |
3119 @file{symeval.h} contains the definitions of symbol structures and the | |
3120 @code{DEFVAR_LISP()} and related macros for declaring variables. | |
3121 | |
3122 | |
3123 | |
3124 @example | |
3125 data.c | |
3126 floatfns.c | |
3127 fns.c | |
3128 @end example | |
3129 | |
3130 These modules implement the methods and standard Lisp primitives for all | |
3131 the basic Lisp object types other than symbols (which are described | |
3132 above). @file{data.c} contains all the predicates (primitives that return | |
3133 whether an object is of a particular type); the integer arithmetic | |
3134 functions; and the basic accessor and mutator primitives for the various | |
3135 object types. @file{fns.c} contains all the standard predicates for working | |
3136 with sequences (where, abstractly speaking, a sequence is an ordered set | |
3137 of objects, and can be represented by a list, string, vector, or | |
3138 bit-vector); it also contains @code{equal}, perhaps on the grounds that | |
3139 bulk of the operation of @code{equal} is comparing sequences. | |
3140 @file{floatfns.c} contains methods and primitives for floats and floating-point | |
3141 arithmetic. | |
3142 | |
3143 | |
3144 | |
3145 @example | |
3146 bytecode.c | |
3147 bytecode.h | |
3148 @end example | |
3149 | |
3150 @file{bytecode.c} implements the byte-code interpreter and | |
3151 compiled-function objects, and @file{bytecode.h} contains associated | |
3152 structures. Note that the byte-code @emph{compiler} is written in Lisp. | |
3153 | |
3154 | |
3155 | |
3156 | |
3157 @node Modules for Standard Editing Operations | |
3158 @section Modules for Standard Editing Operations | |
3159 | |
3160 @example | |
3161 buffer.c | |
3162 buffer.h | |
3163 bufslots.h | |
3164 @end example | |
3165 | |
3166 @file{buffer.c} implements the @dfn{buffer} Lisp object type. This | |
3167 includes functions that create and destroy buffers; retrieve buffers by | |
3168 name or by other properties; manipulate lists of buffers (remember that | |
3169 buffers are permanent objects and stored in various ordered lists); | |
3170 retrieve or change buffer properties; etc. It also contains the | |
3171 definitions of all the built-in buffer-local variables (which can be | |
3172 viewed as buffer properties). It does @emph{not} contain code to | |
3173 manipulate buffer-local variables (that's in @file{symbols.c}, described | |
3174 above); or code to manipulate the text in a buffer. | |
3175 | |
3176 @file{buffer.h} defines the structures associated with a buffer and the various | |
3177 macros for retrieving text from a buffer and special buffer positions | |
3178 (e.g. @code{point}, the default location for text insertion). It also | |
3179 contains macros for working with buffer positions and converting between | |
3180 their representations as character offsets and as byte offsets (under | |
3181 MULE, they are different, because characters can be multi-byte). It is | |
3182 one of the largest header files. | |
3183 | |
3184 @file{bufslots.h} defines the fields in the buffer structure that correspond to | |
3185 the built-in buffer-local variables. It is its own header file because | |
3186 it is included many times in @file{buffer.c}, as a way of iterating over all | |
3187 the built-in buffer-local variables. | |
3188 | |
3189 | |
3190 | |
3191 @example | |
3192 insdel.c | |
3193 insdel.h | |
3194 @end example | |
3195 | |
3196 @file{insdel.c} contains low-level functions for inserting and deleting text in | |
3197 a buffer, keeping track of changed regions for use by redisplay, and | |
3198 calling any before-change and after-change functions that may have been | |
3199 registered for the buffer. It also contains the actual functions that | |
3200 convert between byte offsets and character offsets. | |
3201 | |
3202 @file{insdel.h} contains associated headers. | |
3203 | |
3204 | |
3205 | |
3206 @example | |
3207 marker.c | |
3208 @end example | |
3209 | |
3210 This module implements the @dfn{marker} Lisp object type, which | |
3211 conceptually is a pointer to a text position in a buffer that moves | |
3212 around as text is inserted and deleted, so as to remain in the same | |
3213 relative position. This module doesn't actually move the markers around | |
3214 -- that's handled in @file{insdel.c}. This module just creates them and | |
3215 implements the primitives for working with them. As markers are simple | |
3216 objects, this does not entail much. | |
3217 | |
3218 Note that the standard arithmetic primitives (e.g. @code{+}) accept | |
3219 markers in place of integers and automatically substitute the value of | |
3220 @code{marker-position} for the marker, i.e. an integer describing the | |
3221 current buffer position of the marker. | |
3222 | |
3223 | |
3224 | |
3225 @example | |
3226 extents.c | |
3227 extents.h | |
3228 @end example | |
3229 | |
3230 This module implements the @dfn{extent} Lisp object type, which is like | |
3231 a marker that works over a range of text rather than a single position. | |
3232 Extents are also much more complex and powerful than markers and have a | |
3233 more efficient (and more algorithmically complex) implementation. The | |
3234 implementation is described in detail in comments in @file{extents.c}. | |
3235 | |
3236 The code in @file{extents.c} works closely with @file{insdel.c} so that | |
3237 extents are properly moved around as text is inserted and deleted. | |
3238 There is also code in @file{extents.c} that provides information needed | |
3239 by the redisplay mechanism for efficient operation. (Remember that | |
3240 extents can have display properties that affect [sometimes drastically, | |
3241 as in the @code{invisible} property] the display of the text they | |
3242 cover.) | |
3243 | |
3244 | |
3245 | |
3246 @example | |
3247 editfns.c | |
3248 @end example | |
3249 | |
3250 @file{editfns.c} contains the standard Lisp primitives for working with | |
3251 a buffer's text, and calls the low-level functions in @file{insdel.c}. | |
3252 It also contains primitives for working with @code{point} (the default | |
3253 buffer insertion location). | |
3254 | |
3255 @file{editfns.c} also contains functions for retrieving various | |
3256 characteristics from the external environment: the current time, the | |
3257 process ID of the running XEmacs process, the name of the user who ran | |
3258 this XEmacs process, etc. It's not clear why this code is in | |
3259 @file{editfns.c}. | |
3260 | |
3261 | |
3262 | |
3263 @example | |
3264 callint.c | |
3265 cmds.c | |
3266 commands.h | |
3267 @end example | |
3268 | |
3269 @cindex interactive | |
3270 These modules implement the basic @dfn{interactive} commands, | |
3271 i.e. user-callable functions. Commands, as opposed to other functions, | |
3272 have special ways of getting their parameters interactively (by querying | |
3273 the user), as opposed to having them passed in a normal function | |
3274 invocation. Many commands are not really meant to be called from other | |
3275 Lisp functions, because they modify global state in a way that's often | |
3276 undesired as part of other Lisp functions. | |
3277 | |
3278 @file{callint.c} implements the mechanism for querying the user for | |
3279 parameters and calling interactive commands. The bulk of this module is | |
3280 code that parses the interactive spec that is supplied with an | |
3281 interactive command. | |
3282 | |
3283 @file{cmds.c} implements the basic, most commonly used editing commands: | |
3284 commands to move around the current buffer and insert and delete | |
3285 characters. These commands are implemented using the Lisp primitives | |
3286 defined in @file{editfns.c}. | |
3287 | |
3288 @file{commands.h} contains associated structure definitions and prototypes. | |
3289 | |
3290 | |
3291 | |
3292 @example | |
3293 regex.c | |
3294 regex.h | |
3295 search.c | |
3296 @end example | |
3297 | |
3298 @file{search.c} implements the Lisp primitives for searching for text in | |
3299 a buffer, and some of the low-level algorithms for doing this. In | |
3300 particular, the fast fixed-string Boyer-Moore search algorithm is | |
3301 implemented in @file{search.c}. The low-level algorithms for doing | |
3302 regular-expression searching, however, are implemented in @file{regex.c} | |
3303 and @file{regex.h}. These two modules are largely independent of | |
3304 XEmacs, and are similar to (and based upon) the regular-expression | |
3305 routines used in @file{grep} and other GNU utilities. | |
3306 | |
3307 | |
3308 | |
3309 @example | |
3310 doprnt.c | |
3311 @end example | |
3312 | |
3313 @file{doprnt.c} implements formatted-string processing, similar to | |
3314 @code{printf()} command in C. | |
3315 | |
3316 | |
3317 | |
3318 @example | |
3319 undo.c | |
3320 @end example | |
3321 | |
3322 This module implements the undo mechanism for tracking buffer changes. | |
3323 Most of this could be implemented in Lisp. | |
3324 | |
3325 | |
3326 | |
3327 @node Editor-Level Control Flow Modules | |
3328 @section Editor-Level Control Flow Modules | |
3329 | |
3330 @example | |
3331 event-Xt.c | |
3332 event-stream.c | |
3333 event-tty.c | |
3334 events.c | |
3335 events.h | |
3336 @end example | |
3337 | |
3338 These implement the handling of events (user input and other system | |
3339 notifications). | |
3340 | |
3341 @file{events.c} and @file{events.h} define the @dfn{event} Lisp object | |
3342 type and primitives for manipulating it. | |
3343 | |
3344 @file{event-stream.c} implements the basic functions for working with | |
3345 event queues, dispatching an event by looking it up in relevant keymaps | |
3346 and such, and handling timeouts; this includes the primitives | |
3347 @code{next-event} and @code{dispatch-event}, as well as related | |
3348 primitives such as @code{sit-for}, @code{sleep-for}, and | |
3349 @code{accept-process-output}. (@file{event-stream.c} is one of the | |
3350 hairiest and trickiest modules in XEmacs. Beware! You can easily mess | |
3351 things up here.) | |
3352 | |
3353 @file{event-Xt.c} and @file{event-tty.c} implement the low-level | |
3354 interfaces onto retrieving events from Xt (the X toolkit) and from TTY's | |
3355 (using @code{read()} and @code{select()}), respectively. The event | |
3356 interface enforces a clean separation between the specific code for | |
3357 interfacing with the operating system and the generic code for working | |
3358 with events, by defining an API of basic, low-level event methods; | |
3359 @file{event-Xt.c} and @file{event-tty.c} are two different | |
3360 implementations of this API. To add support for a new operating system | |
3361 (e.g. NeXTstep), one merely needs to provide another implementation of | |
3362 those API functions. | |
3363 | |
3364 Note that the choice of whether to use @file{event-Xt.c} or | |
3365 @file{event-tty.c} is made at compile time! Or at the very latest, it | |
3366 is made at startup time. @file{event-Xt.c} handles events for | |
3367 @emph{both} X and TTY frames; @file{event-tty.c} is only used when X | |
3368 support is not compiled into XEmacs. The reason for this is that there | |
3369 is only one event loop in XEmacs: thus, it needs to be able to receive | |
3370 events from all different kinds of frames. | |
3371 | |
3372 | |
3373 | |
3374 @example | |
3375 keymap.c | |
3376 keymap.h | |
3377 @end example | |
3378 | |
3379 @file{keymap.c} and @file{keymap.h} define the @dfn{keymap} Lisp object | |
3380 type and associated methods and primitives. (Remember that keymaps are | |
3381 objects that associate event descriptions with functions to be called to | |
3382 ``execute'' those events; @code{dispatch-event} looks up events in the | |
3383 relevant keymaps.) | |
3384 | |
3385 | |
3386 | |
3387 @example | |
3388 keyboard.c | |
3389 @end example | |
3390 | |
3391 @file{keyboard.c} contains functions that implement the actual editor | |
3392 command loop -- i.e. the event loop that cyclically retrieves and | |
3393 dispatches events. This code is also rather tricky, just like | |
3394 @file{event-stream.c}. | |
3395 | |
3396 | |
3397 | |
3398 @example | |
3399 macros.c | |
3400 macros.h | |
3401 @end example | |
3402 | |
3403 These two modules contain the basic code for defining keyboard macros. | |
3404 These functions don't actually do much; most of the code that handles keyboard | |
3405 macros is mixed in with the event-handling code in @file{event-stream.c}. | |
3406 | |
3407 | |
3408 | |
3409 @example | |
3410 minibuf.c | |
3411 @end example | |
3412 | |
3413 This contains some miscellaneous code related to the minibuffer (most of | |
3414 the minibuffer code was moved into Lisp by Richard Mlynarik). This | |
3415 includes the primitives for completion (although filename completion is | |
3416 in @file{dired.c}), the lowest-level interface to the minibuffer (if the | |
3417 command loop were cleaned up, this too could be in Lisp), and code for | |
3418 dealing with the echo area (this, too, was mostly moved into Lisp, and | |
3419 the only code remaining is code to call out to Lisp or provide simple | |
3420 bootstrapping implementations early in temacs, before the echo-area Lisp | |
3421 code is loaded). | |
3422 | |
3423 | |
3424 | |
3425 @node Modules for the Basic Displayable Lisp Objects | |
3426 @section Modules for the Basic Displayable Lisp Objects | |
3427 | |
3428 @example | |
3429 device-ns.h | |
3430 device-stream.c | |
3431 device-stream.h | |
3432 device-tty.c | |
3433 device-tty.h | |
3434 device-x.c | |
3435 device-x.h | |
3436 device.c | |
3437 device.h | |
3438 @end example | |
3439 | |
3440 These modules implement the @dfn{device} Lisp object type. This | |
3441 abstracts a particular screen or connection on which frames are | |
3442 displayed. As with Lisp objects, event interfaces, and other | |
3443 subsystems, the device code is separated into a generic component that | |
3444 contains a standardized interface (in the form of a set of methods) onto | |
3445 particular device types. | |
3446 | |
3447 The device subsystem defines all the methods and provides method | |
3448 services for not only device operations but also for the frame, window, | |
3449 menubar, scrollbar, toolbar, and other displayable-object subsystems. | |
3450 The reason for this is that all of these subsystems have the same | |
3451 subtypes (X, TTY, NeXTstep, Microsoft Windows, etc.) as devices do. | |
3452 | |
3453 | |
3454 | |
3455 @example | |
3456 frame-ns.h | |
3457 frame-tty.c | |
3458 frame-x.c | |
3459 frame-x.h | |
3460 frame.c | |
3461 frame.h | |
3462 @end example | |
3463 | |
3464 Each device contains one or more frames in which objects (e.g. text) are | |
3465 displayed. A frame corresponds to a window in the window system; | |
3466 usually this is a top-level window but it could potentially be one of a | |
3467 number of overlapping child windows within a top-level window, using the | |
3468 MDI (Multiple Document Interface) protocol in Microsoft Windows or a | |
3469 similar scheme. | |
3470 | |
3471 The @file{frame-*} files implement the @dfn{frame} Lisp object type and | |
3472 provide the generic and device-type-specific operations on frames | |
3473 (e.g. raising, lowering, resizing, moving, etc.). | |
3474 | |
3475 | |
3476 | |
3477 @example | |
3478 window.c | |
3479 window.h | |
3480 @end example | |
3481 | |
3482 @cindex window (in Emacs) | |
3483 @cindex pane | |
3484 Each frame consists of one or more non-overlapping @dfn{windows} (better | |
3485 known as @dfn{panes} in standard window-system terminology) in which a | |
3486 buffer's text can be displayed. Windows can also have scrollbars | |
3487 displayed around their edges. | |
3488 | |
3489 @file{window.c} and @file{window.h} implement the @dfn{window} Lisp | |
3490 object type and provide code to manage windows. Since windows have no | |
3491 associated resources in the window system (the window system knows only | |
3492 about the frame; no child windows or anything are used for XEmacs | |
3493 windows), there is no device-type-specific code here; all of that code | |
3494 is part of the redisplay mechanism or the code for particular object | |
3495 types such as scrollbars. | |
3496 | |
3497 | |
3498 | |
3499 @node Modules for other Display-Related Lisp Objects | |
3500 @section Modules for other Display-Related Lisp Objects | |
3501 | |
3502 @example | |
3503 faces.c | |
3504 faces.h | |
3505 @end example | |
3506 | |
3507 | |
3508 | |
3509 @example | |
3510 bitmaps.h | |
3511 glyphs-ns.h | |
3512 glyphs-x.c | |
3513 glyphs-x.h | |
3514 glyphs.c | |
3515 glyphs.h | |
3516 @end example | |
3517 | |
3518 | |
3519 | |
3520 @example | |
3521 objects-ns.h | |
3522 objects-tty.c | |
3523 objects-tty.h | |
3524 objects-x.c | |
3525 objects-x.h | |
3526 objects.c | |
3527 objects.h | |
3528 @end example | |
3529 | |
3530 | |
3531 | |
3532 @example | |
3533 menubar-x.c | |
3534 menubar.c | |
3535 @end example | |
3536 | |
3537 | |
3538 | |
3539 @example | |
3540 scrollbar-x.c | |
3541 scrollbar-x.h | |
3542 scrollbar.c | |
3543 scrollbar.h | |
3544 @end example | |
3545 | |
3546 | |
3547 | |
3548 @example | |
3549 toolbar-x.c | |
3550 toolbar.c | |
3551 toolbar.h | |
3552 @end example | |
3553 | |
3554 | |
3555 | |
3556 @example | |
3557 font-lock.c | |
3558 @end example | |
3559 | |
3560 This file provides C support for syntax highlighting -- i.e. | |
3561 highlighting different syntactic constructs of a source file in | |
3562 different colors, for easy reading. The C support is provided so that | |
3563 this is fast. | |
3564 | |
3565 | |
3566 | |
3567 @example | |
3568 dgif_lib.c | |
3569 gif_err.c | |
3570 gif_lib.h | |
3571 gifalloc.c | |
3572 @end example | |
3573 | |
3574 These modules decode GIF-format image files, for use with glyphs. | |
3575 | |
3576 | |
3577 | |
3578 @node Modules for the Redisplay Mechanism | |
3579 @section Modules for the Redisplay Mechanism | |
3580 | |
3581 @example | |
3582 redisplay-output.c | |
3583 redisplay-tty.c | |
3584 redisplay-x.c | |
3585 redisplay.c | |
3586 redisplay.h | |
3587 @end example | |
3588 | |
3589 These files provide the redisplay mechanism. As with many other | |
3590 subsystems in XEmacs, there is a clean separation between the general | |
3591 and device-specific support. | |
3592 | |
3593 @file{redisplay.c} contains the bulk of the redisplay engine. These | |
3594 functions update the redisplay structures (which describe how the screen | |
3595 is to appear) to reflect any changes made to the state of any | |
3596 displayable objects (buffer, frame, window, etc.) since the last time | |
3597 that redisplay was called. These functions are highly optimized to | |
3598 avoid doing more work than necessary (since redisplay is called | |
3599 extremely often and is potentially a huge time sink), and depend heavily | |
3600 on notifications from the objects themselves that changes have occurred, | |
3601 so that redisplay doesn't explicitly have to check each possible object. | |
3602 The redisplay mechanism also contains a great deal of caching to further | |
3603 speed things up; some of this caching is contained within the various | |
3604 displayable objects. | |
3605 | |
3606 @file{redisplay-output.c} goes through the redisplay structures and converts | |
3607 them into calls to device-specific methods to actually output the screen | |
3608 changes. | |
3609 | |
3610 @file{redisplay-x.c} and @file{redisplay-tty.c} are two implementations | |
3611 of these redisplay output methods, for X frames and TTY frames, | |
3612 respectively. | |
3613 | |
3614 | |
3615 | |
3616 @example | |
3617 indent.c | |
3618 @end example | |
3619 | |
3620 This module contains various functions and Lisp primitives for | |
3621 converting between buffer positions and screen positions. These | |
3622 functions call the redisplay mechanism to do most of the work, and then | |
3623 examine the redisplay structures to get the necessary information. This | |
3624 module needs work. | |
3625 | |
3626 | |
3627 | |
3628 @example | |
3629 termcap.c | |
3630 terminfo.c | |
3631 tparam.c | |
3632 @end example | |
3633 | |
3634 These files contain functions for working with the termcap (BSD-style) | |
3635 and terminfo (System V style) databases of terminal capabilities and | |
3636 escape sequences, used when XEmacs is displaying in a TTY. | |
3637 | |
3638 | |
3639 | |
3640 @example | |
3641 cm.c | |
3642 cm.h | |
3643 @end example | |
3644 | |
3645 These files provide some miscellaneous TTY-output functions and should | |
3646 probably be merged into @file{redisplay-tty.c}. | |
3647 | |
3648 | |
3649 | |
3650 @node Modules for Interfacing with the File System | |
3651 @section Modules for Interfacing with the File System | |
3652 | |
3653 @example | |
3654 lstream.c | |
3655 lstream.h | |
3656 @end example | |
3657 | |
3658 These modules implement the @dfn{stream} Lisp object type. This is an | |
3659 internal-only Lisp object that implements a generic buffering stream. | |
3660 The idea is to provide a uniform interface onto all sources and sinks of | |
3661 data, including file descriptors, stdio streams, chunks of memory, Lisp | |
3662 buffers, Lisp strings, etc. That way, I/O functions can be written to | |
3663 the stream interface and can transparently handle all possible sources | |
3664 and sinks. (For example, the @code{read} function can read data from a | |
3665 file, a string, a buffer, or even a function that is called repeatedly | |
3666 to return data, without worrying about where the data is coming from or | |
3667 what-size chunks it is returned in.) | |
3668 | |
3669 @cindex lstream | |
3670 Note that in the C code, streams are called @dfn{lstreams} (for ``Lisp | |
3671 streams'') to distinguish them from other kinds of streams, e.g. stdio | |
3672 streams and C++ I/O streams. | |
3673 | |
3674 Similar to other subsystems in XEmacs, lstreams are separated into | |
3675 generic functions and a set of methods for the different types of | |
3676 lstreams. @file{lstream.c} provides implementations of many different | |
3677 types of streams; others are provided, e.g., in @file{mule-coding.c}. | |
3678 | |
3679 | |
3680 | |
3681 @example | |
3682 fileio.c | |
3683 @end example | |
3684 | |
3685 This implements the basic primitives for interfacing with the file | |
3686 system. This includes primitives for reading files into buffers, | |
3687 writing buffers into files, checking for the presence or accessibility | |
3688 of files, canonicalizing file names, etc. Note that these primitives | |
3689 are usually not invoked directly by the user: There is a great deal of | |
3690 higher-level Lisp code that implements the user commands such as | |
3691 @code{find-file} and @code{save-buffer}. This is similar to the | |
3692 distinction between the lower-level primitives in @file{editfns.c} and | |
3693 the higher-level user commands in @file{commands.c} and | |
3694 @file{simple.el}. | |
3695 | |
3696 | |
3697 | |
3698 @example | |
3699 filelock.c | |
3700 @end example | |
3701 | |
3702 This file provides functions for detecting clashes between different | |
3703 processes (e.g. XEmacs and some external process, or two different | |
3704 XEmacs processes) modifying the same file. (XEmacs can optionally use | |
3705 the @file{lock/} subdirectory to provide a form of ``locking'' between | |
3706 different XEmacs processes.) This module is also used by the low-level | |
3707 functions in @file{insdel.c} to ensure that, if the first modification | |
3708 is being made to a buffer whose corresponding file has been externally | |
3709 modified, the user is made aware of this so that the buffer can be | |
3710 synched up with the external changes if necessary. | |
3711 | |
3712 | |
3713 @example | |
3714 filemode.c | |
3715 @end example | |
3716 | |
3717 This file provides some miscellaneous functions that construct a | |
3718 @samp{rwxr-xr-x}-type permissions string (as might appear in an | |
3719 @file{ls}-style directory listing) given the information returned by the | |
3720 @code{stat()} system call. | |
3721 | |
3722 | |
3723 | |
3724 @example | |
3725 dired.c | |
3726 ndir.h | |
3727 @end example | |
3728 | |
3729 These files implement the XEmacs interface to directory searching. This | |
3730 includes a number of primitives for determining the files in a directory | |
3731 and for doing filename completion. (Remember that generic completion is | |
3732 handled by a different mechanism, in @file{minibuf.c}.) | |
3733 | |
3734 @file{ndir.h} is a header file used for the directory-searching | |
3735 emulation functions provided in @file{sysdep.c} (see section J below), | |
3736 for systems that don't provide any directory-searching functions. (On | |
3737 those systems, directories can be read directly as files, and parsed.) | |
3738 | |
3739 | |
3740 | |
3741 @example | |
3742 realpath.c | |
3743 @end example | |
3744 | |
3745 This file provides an implementation of the @code{realpath()} function | |
3746 for expanding symbolic links, on systems that don't implement it or have | |
3747 a broken implementation. | |
3748 | |
3749 | |
3750 | |
3751 @node Modules for Other Aspects of the Lisp Interpreter and Object System | |
3752 @section Modules for Other Aspects of the Lisp Interpreter and Object System | |
3753 | |
3754 @example | |
3755 elhash.c | |
3756 elhash.h | |
3757 hash.c | |
3758 hash.h | |
3759 @end example | |
3760 | |
3761 These files provide two implementations of hash tables. Files | |
3762 @file{hash.c} and @file{hash.h} provide a generic C implementation of | |
3763 hash tables which can stand independently of XEmacs. Files | |
3764 @file{elhash.c} and @file{elhash.h} provide a separate implementation of | |
3765 hash tables that can store only Lisp objects, and knows about Lispy | |
3766 things like garbage collection, and implement the @dfn{hash-table} Lisp | |
3767 object type. | |
3768 | |
3769 | |
3770 @example | |
3771 specifier.c | |
3772 specifier.h | |
3773 @end example | |
3774 | |
3775 This module implements the @dfn{specifier} Lisp object type. This is | |
3776 primarily used for displayable properties, and allows for values that | |
3777 are specific to a particular buffer, window, frame, device, or device | |
3778 class, as well as a default value existing. This is used, for example, | |
3779 to control the height of the horizontal scrollbar or the appearance of | |
3780 the @code{default}, @code{bold}, or other faces. The specifier object | |
3781 consists of a number of specifications, each of which maps from a | |
3782 buffer, window, etc. to a value. The function @code{specifier-instance} | |
3783 looks up a value given a window (from which a buffer, frame, and device | |
3784 can be derived). | |
3785 | |
3786 | |
3787 @example | |
3788 chartab.c | |
3789 chartab.h | |
3790 casetab.c | |
3791 @end example | |
3792 | |
3793 @file{chartab.c} and @file{chartab.h} implement the @dfn{char table} | |
3794 Lisp object type, which maps from characters or certain sorts of | |
3795 character ranges to Lisp objects. The implementation of this object | |
3796 type is optimized for the internal representation of characters. Char | |
3797 tables come in different types, which affect the allowed object types to | |
3798 which a character can be mapped and also dictate certain other | |
3799 properties of the char table. | |
3800 | |
3801 @cindex case table | |
3802 @file{casetab.c} implements one sort of char table, the @dfn{case | |
3803 table}, which maps characters to other characters of possibly different | |
3804 case. These are used by XEmacs to implement case-changing primitives | |
3805 and to do case-insensitive searching. | |
3806 | |
3807 | |
3808 | |
3809 @example | |
3810 syntax.c | |
3811 syntax.h | |
3812 @end example | |
3813 | |
3814 @cindex scanner | |
3815 This module implements @dfn{syntax tables}, another sort of char table | |
3816 that maps characters into syntax classes that define the syntax of these | |
3817 characters (e.g. a parenthesis belongs to a class of @samp{open} | |
3818 characters that have corresponding @samp{close} characters and can be | |
3819 nested). This module also implements the Lisp @dfn{scanner}, a set of | |
3820 primitives for scanning over text based on syntax tables. This is used, | |
3821 for example, to find the matching parenthesis in a command such as | |
3822 @code{forward-sexp}, and by @file{font-lock.c} to locate quoted strings, | |
3823 comments, etc. | |
3824 | |
3825 | |
3826 | |
3827 @example | |
3828 casefiddle.c | |
3829 @end example | |
3830 | |
3831 This module implements various Lisp primitives for upcasing, downcasing | |
3832 and capitalizing strings or regions of buffers. | |
3833 | |
3834 | |
3835 | |
3836 @example | |
3837 rangetab.c | |
3838 @end example | |
3839 | |
3840 This module implements the @dfn{range table} Lisp object type, which | |
3841 provides for a mapping from ranges of integers to arbitrary Lisp | |
3842 objects. | |
3843 | |
3844 | |
3845 | |
3846 @example | |
3847 opaque.c | |
3848 opaque.h | |
3849 @end example | |
3850 | |
3851 This module implements the @dfn{opaque} Lisp object type, an | |
3852 internal-only Lisp object that encapsulates an arbitrary block of memory | |
3853 so that it can be managed by the Lisp allocation system. To create an | |
3854 opaque object, you call @code{make_opaque()}, passing a pointer to a | |
3855 block of memory. An object is created that is big enough to hold the | |
3856 memory, which is copied into the object's storage. The object will then | |
3857 stick around as long as you keep pointers to it, after which it will be | |
3858 automatically reclaimed. | |
3859 | |
3860 @cindex mark method | |
3861 Opaque objects can also have an arbitrary @dfn{mark method} associated | |
3862 with them, in case the block of memory contains other Lisp objects that | |
3863 need to be marked for garbage-collection purposes. (If you need other | |
3864 object methods, such as a finalize method, you should just go ahead and | |
3865 create a new Lisp object type -- it's not hard.) | |
3866 | |
3867 | |
3868 | |
3869 @example | |
3870 abbrev.c | |
3871 @end example | |
3872 | |
3873 This function provides a few primitives for doing dynamic abbreviation | |
3874 expansion. In XEmacs, most of the code for this has been moved into | |
3875 Lisp. Some C code remains for speed and because the primitive | |
3876 @code{self-insert-command} (which is executed for all self-inserting | |
3877 characters) hooks into the abbrev mechanism. (@code{self-insert-command} | |
3878 is itself in C only for speed.) | |
3879 | |
3880 | |
3881 | |
3882 @example | |
3883 doc.c | |
3884 @end example | |
3885 | |
3886 This function provides primitives for retrieving the documentation | |
3887 strings of functions and variables. These documentation strings contain | |
3888 certain special markers that get dynamically expanded (e.g. a | |
3889 reverse-lookup is performed on some named functions to retrieve their | |
3890 current key bindings). Some documentation strings (in particular, for | |
3891 the built-in primitives and pre-loaded Lisp functions) are stored | |
3892 externally in a file @file{DOC} in the @file{lib-src/} directory and | |
3893 need to be fetched from that file. (Part of the build stage involves | |
3894 building this file, and another part involves constructing an index for | |
3895 this file and embedding it into the executable, so that the functions in | |
3896 @file{doc.c} do not have to search the entire @file{DOC} file to find | |
3897 the appropriate documentation string.) | |
3898 | |
3899 | |
3900 | |
3901 @example | |
3902 md5.c | |
3903 @end example | |
3904 | |
3905 This function provides a Lisp primitive that implements the MD5 secure | |
3906 hashing scheme, used to create a large hash value of a string of data such that | |
3907 the data cannot be derived from the hash value. This is used for | |
3908 various security applications on the Internet. | |
3909 | |
3910 | |
3911 | |
3912 | |
3913 @node Modules for Interfacing with the Operating System | |
3914 @section Modules for Interfacing with the Operating System | |
3915 | |
3916 @example | |
3917 callproc.c | |
3918 process.c | |
3919 process.h | |
3920 @end example | |
3921 | |
3922 These modules allow XEmacs to spawn and communicate with subprocesses | |
3923 and network connections. | |
3924 | |
3925 @cindex synchronous subprocesses | |
3926 @cindex subprocesses, synchronous | |
3927 @file{callproc.c} implements (through the @code{call-process} | |
3928 primitive) what are called @dfn{synchronous subprocesses}. This means | |
3929 that XEmacs runs a program, waits till it's done, and retrieves its | |
3930 output. A typical example might be calling the @file{ls} program to get | |
3931 a directory listing. | |
3932 | |
3933 @cindex asynchronous subprocesses | |
3934 @cindex subprocesses, asynchronous | |
3935 @file{process.c} and @file{process.h} implement @dfn{asynchronous | |
3936 subprocesses}. This means that XEmacs starts a program and then | |
3937 continues normally, not waiting for the process to finish. Data can be | |
3938 sent to the process or retrieved from it as it's running. This is used | |
3939 for the @code{shell} command (which provides a front end onto a shell | |
3940 program such as @file{csh}), the mail and news readers implemented in | |
3941 XEmacs, etc. The result of calling @code{start-process} to start a | |
3942 subprocess is a process object, a particular kind of object used to | |
3943 communicate with the subprocess. You can send data to the process by | |
3944 passing the process object and the data to @code{send-process}, and you | |
3945 can specify what happens to data retrieved from the process by setting | |
3946 properties of the process object. (When the process sends data, XEmacs | |
3947 receives a process event, which says that there is data ready. When | |
3948 @code{dispatch-event} is called on this event, it reads the data from | |
3949 the process and does something with it, as specified by the process | |
3950 object's properties. Typically, this means inserting the data into a | |
3951 buffer or calling a function.) Another property of the process object is | |
3952 called the @dfn{sentinel}, which is a function that is called when the | |
3953 process terminates. | |
3954 | |
3955 @cindex network connections | |
3956 Process objects are also used for network connections (connections to a | |
3957 process running on another machine). Network connections are started | |
3958 with @code{open-network-stream} but otherwise work just like | |
3959 subprocesses. | |
3960 | |
3961 | |
3962 | |
3963 @example | |
3964 sysdep.c | |
3965 sysdep.h | |
3966 @end example | |
3967 | |
3968 These modules implement most of the low-level, messy operating-system | |
3969 interface code. This includes various device control (ioctl) operations | |
3970 for file descriptors, TTY's, pseudo-terminals, etc. (usually this stuff | |
3971 is fairly system-dependent; thus the name of this module), and emulation | |
3972 of standard library functions and system calls on systems that don't | |
3973 provide them or have broken versions. | |
3974 | |
3975 | |
3976 | |
3977 @example | |
3978 sysdir.h | |
3979 sysfile.h | |
3980 sysfloat.h | |
3981 sysproc.h | |
3982 syspwd.h | |
3983 syssignal.h | |
3984 systime.h | |
3985 systty.h | |
3986 syswait.h | |
3987 @end example | |
3988 | |
3989 These header files provide consistent interfaces onto system-dependent | |
3990 header files and system calls. The idea is that, instead of including a | |
3991 standard header file like @file{<sys/param.h>} (which may or may not | |
3992 exist on various systems) or having to worry about whether all system | |
3993 provide a particular preprocessor constant, or having to deal with the | |
3994 four different paradigms for manipulating signals, you just include the | |
3995 appropriate @file{sys*.h} header file, which includes all the right | |
3996 system header files, defines and missing preprocessor constants, | |
3997 provides a uniform interface onto system calls, etc. | |
3998 | |
3999 @file{sysdir.h} provides a uniform interface onto directory-querying | |
4000 functions. (In some cases, this is in conjunction with emulation | |
4001 functions in @file{sysdep.c}.) | |
4002 | |
4003 @file{sysfile.h} includes all the necessary header files for standard | |
4004 system calls (e.g. @code{read()}), ensures that all necessary | |
4005 @code{open()} and @code{stat()} preprocessor constants are defined, and | |
4006 possibly (usually) substitutes sugared versions of @code{read()}, | |
4007 @code{write()}, etc. that automatically restart interrupted I/O | |
4008 operations. | |
4009 | |
4010 @file{sysfloat.h} includes the necessary header files for floating-point | |
4011 operations. | |
4012 | |
4013 @file{sysproc.h} includes the necessary header files for calling | |
4014 @code{select()}, @code{fork()}, @code{execve()}, socket operations, and | |
4015 the like, and ensures that the @code{FD_*()} macros for descriptor-set | |
4016 manipulations are available. | |
4017 | |
4018 @file{syspwd.h} includes the necessary header files for obtaining | |
4019 information from @file{/etc/passwd} (the functions are emulated under | |
4020 VMS). | |
4021 | |
4022 @file{syssignal.h} includes the necessary header files for | |
4023 signal-handling and provides a uniform interface onto the different | |
4024 signal-handling and signal-blocking paradigms. | |
4025 | |
4026 @file{systime.h} includes the necessary header files and provides | |
4027 uniform interfaces for retrieving the time of day, setting file | |
4028 access/modification times, getting the amount of time used by the XEmacs | |
4029 process, etc. | |
4030 | |
4031 @file{systty.h} buffers against the infinitude of different ways of | |
4032 controlling TTY's. | |
4033 | |
4034 @file{syswait.h} provides a uniform way of retrieving the exit status | |
4035 from a @code{wait()}ed-on process (some systems use a union, others use | |
4036 an int). | |
4037 | |
4038 | |
4039 | |
4040 @example | |
4041 hpplay.c | |
4042 libsst.c | |
4043 libsst.h | |
4044 libst.h | |
4045 linuxplay.c | |
4046 nas.c | |
4047 sgiplay.c | |
4048 sound.c | |
4049 sunplay.c | |
4050 @end example | |
4051 | |
4052 These files implement the ability to play various sounds on some types | |
4053 of computers. You have to configure your XEmacs with sound support in | |
4054 order to get this capability. | |
4055 | |
4056 @file{sound.c} provides the generic interface. It implements various | |
4057 Lisp primitives and variables that let you specify which sounds should | |
4058 be played in certain conditions. (The conditions are identified by | |
4059 symbols, which are passed to @code{ding} to make a sound. Various | |
4060 standard functions call this function at certain times; if sound support | |
4061 does not exist, a simple beep results. | |
4062 | |
4063 @cindex native sound | |
4064 @cindex sound, native | |
4065 @file{sgiplay.c}, @file{sunplay.c}, @file{hpplay.c}, and | |
4066 @file{linuxplay.c} interface to the machine's speaker for various | |
4067 different kind of machines. This is called @dfn{native} sound. | |
4068 | |
4069 @cindex sound, network | |
4070 @cindex network sound | |
4071 @cindex NAS | |
4072 @file{nas.c} interfaces to a computer somewhere else on the network | |
4073 using the NAS (Network Audio Server) protocol, playing sounds on that | |
4074 machine. This allows you to run XEmacs on a remote machine, with its | |
4075 display set to your local machine, and have the sounds be made on your | |
4076 local machine, provided that you have a NAS server running on your local | |
4077 machine. | |
4078 | |
4079 @file{libsst.c}, @file{libsst.h}, and @file{libst.h} provide some | |
4080 additional functions for playing sound on a Sun SPARC but are not | |
4081 currently in use. | |
4082 | |
4083 | |
4084 | |
4085 @example | |
4086 tooltalk.c | |
4087 tooltalk.h | |
4088 @end example | |
4089 | |
4090 These two modules implement an interface to the ToolTalk protocol, which | |
4091 is an interprocess communication protocol implemented on some versions | |
4092 of Unix. ToolTalk is a high-level protocol that allows processes to | |
4093 register themselves as providers of particular services; other processes | |
4094 can then request a service without knowing or caring exactly who is | |
4095 providing the service. It is similar in spirit to the DDE protocol | |
4096 provided under Microsoft Windows. ToolTalk is a part of the new CDE | |
4097 (Common Desktop Environment) specification and is used to connect the | |
4098 parts of the SPARCWorks development environment. | |
4099 | |
4100 | |
4101 | |
4102 @example | |
4103 getloadavg.c | |
4104 @end example | |
4105 | |
4106 This module provides the ability to retrieve the system's current load | |
4107 average. (The way to do this is highly system-specific, unfortunately, | |
4108 and requires a lot of special-case code.) | |
4109 | |
4110 | |
4111 | |
4112 @example | |
4113 sunpro.c | |
4114 @end example | |
4115 | |
4116 This module provides a small amount of code used internally at Sun to | |
4117 keep statistics on the usage of XEmacs. | |
4118 | |
4119 | |
4120 | |
4121 @example | |
4122 broken-sun.h | |
4123 strcmp.c | |
4124 strcpy.c | |
4125 sunOS-fix.c | |
4126 @end example | |
4127 | |
4128 These files provide replacement functions and prototypes to fix numerous | |
4129 bugs in early releases of SunOS 4.1. | |
4130 | |
4131 | |
4132 | |
4133 @example | |
4134 hftctl.c | |
4135 @end example | |
4136 | |
4137 This module provides some terminal-control code necessary on versions of | |
4138 AIX prior to 4.1. | |
4139 | |
4140 | |
4141 | |
4142 @example | |
4143 msdos.c | |
4144 msdos.h | |
4145 @end example | |
4146 | |
4147 These modules are used for MS-DOS support, which does not work in | |
4148 XEmacs. | |
4149 | |
4150 | |
4151 | |
4152 @node Modules for Interfacing with X Windows | |
4153 @section Modules for Interfacing with X Windows | |
4154 | |
4155 @example | |
4156 Emacs.ad.h | |
4157 @end example | |
4158 | |
4159 A file generated from @file{Emacs.ad}, which contains XEmacs-supplied | |
4160 fallback resources (so that XEmacs has pretty defaults). | |
4161 | |
4162 | |
4163 | |
4164 @example | |
4165 EmacsFrame.c | |
4166 EmacsFrame.h | |
4167 EmacsFrameP.h | |
4168 @end example | |
4169 | |
4170 These modules implement an Xt widget class that encapsulates a frame. | |
4171 This is for ease in integrating with Xt. The EmacsFrame widget covers | |
4172 the entire X window except for the menubar; the scrollbars are | |
4173 positioned on top of the EmacsFrame widget. | |
4174 | |
4175 @strong{Warning:} Abandon hope, all ye who enter here. This code took | |
4176 an ungodly amount of time to get right, and is likely to fall apart | |
4177 mercilessly at the slightest change. Such is life under Xt. | |
4178 | |
4179 | |
4180 | |
4181 @example | |
4182 EmacsManager.c | |
4183 EmacsManager.h | |
4184 EmacsManagerP.h | |
4185 @end example | |
4186 | |
4187 These modules implement a simple Xt manager (i.e. composite) widget | |
4188 class that simply lets its children set whatever geometry they want. | |
4189 It's amazing that Xt doesn't provide this standardly, but on second | |
4190 thought, it makes sense, considering how amazingly broken Xt is. | |
4191 | |
4192 | |
4193 @example | |
4194 EmacsShell-sub.c | |
4195 EmacsShell.c | |
4196 EmacsShell.h | |
4197 EmacsShellP.h | |
4198 @end example | |
4199 | |
4200 These modules implement two Xt widget classes that are subclasses of | |
4201 the TopLevelShell and TransientShell classes. This is necessary to deal | |
4202 with more brokenness that Xt has sadistically thrust onto the backs of | |
4203 developers. | |
4204 | |
4205 | |
4206 | |
4207 @example | |
4208 xgccache.c | |
4209 xgccache.h | |
4210 @end example | |
4211 | |
4212 These modules provide functions for maintenance and caching of GC's | |
4213 (graphics contexts) under the X Window System. This code is junky and | |
4214 needs to be rewritten. | |
4215 | |
4216 | |
4217 | |
4218 @example | |
4219 xselect.c | |
4220 @end example | |
4221 | |
4222 @cindex selections | |
4223 This module provides an interface to the X Window System's concept of | |
4224 @dfn{selections}, the standard way for X applications to communicate | |
4225 with each other. | |
4226 | |
4227 | |
4228 | |
4229 @example | |
4230 xintrinsic.h | |
4231 xintrinsicp.h | |
4232 xmmanagerp.h | |
4233 xmprimitivep.h | |
4234 @end example | |
4235 | |
4236 These header files are similar in spirit to the @file{sys*.h} files and buffer | |
4237 against different implementations of Xt and Motif. | |
4238 | |
4239 @itemize @bullet | |
4240 @item | |
4241 @file{xintrinsic.h} should be included in place of @file{<Intrinsic.h>}. | |
4242 @item | |
4243 @file{xintrinsicp.h} should be included in place of @file{<IntrinsicP.h>}. | |
4244 @item | |
4245 @file{xmmanagerp.h} should be included in place of @file{<XmManagerP.h>}. | |
4246 @item | |
4247 @file{xmprimitivep.h} should be included in place of @file{<XmPrimitiveP.h>}. | |
4248 @end itemize | |
4249 | |
4250 | |
4251 | |
4252 @example | |
4253 xmu.c | |
4254 xmu.h | |
4255 @end example | |
4256 | |
4257 These files provide an emulation of the Xmu library for those systems | |
4258 (i.e. HPUX) that don't provide it as a standard part of X. | |
4259 | |
4260 | |
4261 | |
4262 @example | |
4263 ExternalClient-Xlib.c | |
4264 ExternalClient.c | |
4265 ExternalClient.h | |
4266 ExternalClientP.h | |
4267 ExternalShell.c | |
4268 ExternalShell.h | |
4269 ExternalShellP.h | |
4270 extw-Xlib.c | |
4271 extw-Xlib.h | |
4272 extw-Xt.c | |
4273 extw-Xt.h | |
4274 @end example | |
4275 | |
4276 @cindex external widget | |
4277 These files provide the @dfn{external widget} interface, which allows an | |
4278 XEmacs frame to appear as a widget in another application. To do this, | |
4279 you have to configure with @samp{--external-widget}. | |
4280 | |
4281 @file{ExternalShell*} provides the server (XEmacs) side of the | |
4282 connection. | |
4283 | |
4284 @file{ExternalClient*} provides the client (other application) side of | |
4285 the connection. These files are not compiled into XEmacs but are | |
4286 compiled into libraries that are then linked into your application. | |
4287 | |
4288 @file{extw-*} is common code that is used for both the client and server. | |
4289 | |
4290 Don't touch this code; something is liable to break if you do. | |
4291 | |
4292 | |
4293 | |
4294 @node Modules for Internationalization | |
4295 @section Modules for Internationalization | |
4296 | |
4297 @example | |
4298 mule-canna.c | |
4299 mule-ccl.c | |
4300 mule-charset.c | |
4301 mule-charset.h | |
4302 mule-coding.c | |
4303 mule-coding.h | |
4304 mule-mcpath.c | |
4305 mule-mcpath.h | |
4306 mule-wnnfns.c | |
4307 mule.c | |
4308 @end example | |
4309 | |
4310 These files implement the MULE (Asian-language) support. Note that MULE | |
4311 actually provides a general interface for all sorts of languages, not | |
4312 just Asian languages (although they are generally the most complicated | |
4313 to support). This code is still in beta. | |
4314 | |
4315 @file{mule-charset.*} and @file{mule-coding.*} provide the heart of the | |
4316 XEmacs MULE support. @file{mule-charset.*} implements the @dfn{charset} | |
4317 Lisp object type, which encapsulates a character set (an ordered one- or | |
4318 two-dimensional set of characters, such as US ASCII or JISX0208 Japanese | |
4319 Kanji). | |
4320 | |
4321 @file{mule-coding.*} implements the @dfn{coding-system} Lisp object | |
4322 type, which encapsulates a method of converting between different | |
4323 encodings. An encoding is a representation of a stream of characters, | |
4324 possibly from multiple character sets, using a stream of bytes or words, | |
4325 and defines (e.g.) which escape sequences are used to specify particular | |
4326 character sets, how the indices for a character are converted into bytes | |
4327 (sometimes this involves setting the high bit; sometimes complicated | |
4328 rearranging of the values takes place, as in the Shift-JIS encoding), | |
4329 etc. | |
4330 | |
4331 @file{mule-ccl.c} provides the CCL (Code Conversion Language) | |
4332 interpreter. CCL is similar in spirit to Lisp byte code and is used to | |
4333 implement converters for custom encodings. | |
4334 | |
4335 @file{mule-canna.c} and @file{mule-wnnfns.c} implement interfaces to | |
4336 external programs used to implement the Canna and WNN input methods, | |
4337 respectively. This is currently in beta. | |
4338 | |
4339 @file{mule-mcpath.c} provides some functions to allow for pathnames | |
4340 containing extended characters. This code is fragmentary, obsolete, and | |
4341 completely non-working. Instead, @var{pathname-coding-system} is used | |
4342 to specify conversions of names of files and directories. The standard | |
4343 C I/O functions like @samp{open()} are wrapped so that conversion occurs | |
4344 automatically. | |
4345 | |
4346 @file{mule.c} provides a few miscellaneous things that should probably | |
4347 be elsewhere. | |
4348 | |
4349 | |
4350 | |
4351 @example | |
4352 intl.c | |
4353 @end example | |
4354 | |
4355 This provides some miscellaneous internationalization code for | |
4356 implementing message translation and interfacing to the Ximp input | |
4357 method. None of this code is currently working. | |
4358 | |
4359 | |
4360 | |
4361 @example | |
4362 iso-wide.h | |
4363 @end example | |
4364 | |
4365 This contains leftover code from an earlier implementation of | |
4366 Asian-language support, and is not currently used. | |
4367 | |
4368 | |
4369 | |
4370 | |
4371 @node Allocation of Objects in XEmacs Lisp, Events and the Event Loop, A Summary of the Various XEmacs Modules, Top | |
4372 @chapter Allocation of Objects in XEmacs Lisp | |
4373 | |
4374 @menu | |
4375 * Introduction to Allocation:: | |
4376 * Garbage Collection:: | |
4377 * GCPROing:: | |
4378 * Garbage Collection - Step by Step:: | |
4379 * Integers and Characters:: | |
4380 * Allocation from Frob Blocks:: | |
4381 * lrecords:: | |
4382 * Low-level allocation:: | |
4383 * Pure Space:: | |
4384 * Cons:: | |
4385 * Vector:: | |
4386 * Bit Vector:: | |
4387 * Symbol:: | |
4388 * Marker:: | |
4389 * String:: | |
4390 * Compiled Function:: | |
4391 @end menu | |
4392 | |
4393 @node Introduction to Allocation | |
4394 @section Introduction to Allocation | |
4395 | |
4396 Emacs Lisp, like all Lisps, has garbage collection. This means that | |
4397 the programmer never has to explicitly free (destroy) an object; it | |
4398 happens automatically when the object becomes inaccessible. Most | |
4399 experts agree that garbage collection is a necessity in a modern, | |
4400 high-level language. Its omission from C stems from the fact that C was | |
4401 originally designed to be a nice abstract layer on top of assembly | |
4402 language, for writing kernels and basic system utilities rather than | |
4403 large applications. | |
4404 | |
4405 Lisp objects can be created by any of a number of Lisp primitives. | |
4406 Most object types have one or a small number of basic primitives | |
4407 for creating objects. For conses, the basic primitive is @code{cons}; | |
4408 for vectors, the primitives are @code{make-vector} and @code{vector}; for | |
4409 symbols, the primitives are @code{make-symbol} and @code{intern}; etc. | |
4410 Some Lisp objects, especially those that are primarily used internally, | |
4411 have no corresponding Lisp primitives. Every Lisp object, though, | |
4412 has at least one C primitive for creating it. | |
4413 | |
4414 Recall from section (VII) that a Lisp object, as stored in a 32-bit | |
4415 or 64-bit word, has a mark bit, a few tag bits, and a ``value'' that | |
4416 occupies the remainder of the bits. We can separate the different | |
4417 Lisp object types into four broad categories: | |
4418 | |
4419 @itemize @bullet | |
4420 @item | |
4421 (a) Those for whom the value directly represents the contents of the | |
4422 Lisp object. Only two types are in this category: integers and | |
4423 characters. No special allocation or garbage collection is necessary | |
4424 for such objects. Lisp objects of these types do not need to be | |
4425 @code{GCPRO}ed. | |
4426 @end itemize | |
4427 | |
4428 In the remaining three categories, the value is a pointer to a | |
4429 structure. | |
4430 | |
4431 @itemize @bullet | |
4432 @item | |
4433 @cindex frob block | |
4434 (b) Those for whom the tag directly specifies the type. Recall that | |
4435 there are only three tag bits; this means that at most five types can be | |
4436 specified this way. The most commonly-used types are stored in this | |
4437 format; this includes conses, strings, vectors, and sometimes symbols. | |
4438 With the exception of vectors, objects in this category are allocated in | |
4439 @dfn{frob blocks}, i.e. large blocks of memory that are subdivided into | |
4440 individual objects. This saves a lot on malloc overhead, since there | |
4441 are typically quite a lot of these objects around, and the objects are | |
4442 small. (A cons, for example, occupies 8 bytes on 32-bit machines -- 4 | |
4443 bytes for each of the two objects it contains.) Vectors are individually | |
4444 @code{malloc()}ed since they are of variable size. (It would be | |
4445 possible, and desirable, to allocate vectors of certain small sizes out | |
4446 of frob blocks, but it isn't currently done.) Strings are handled | |
4447 specially: Each string is allocated in two parts, a fixed size structure | |
4448 containing a length and a data pointer, and the actual data of the | |
4449 string. The former structure is allocated in frob blocks as usual, and | |
4450 the latter data is stored in @dfn{string chars blocks} and is relocated | |
4451 during garbage collection to eliminate holes. | |
4452 @end itemize | |
4453 | |
4454 In the remaining two categories, the type is stored in the object | |
4455 itself. The tag for all such objects is the generic @dfn{lrecord} | |
4456 (Lisp_Record) tag. The first four bytes (or eight, for 64-bit machines) | |
4457 of the object's structure are a pointer to a structure that describes | |
4458 the object's type, which includes method pointers and a pointer to a | |
4459 string naming the type. Note that it's possible to save some space by | |
4460 using a one- or two-byte tag, rather than a four- or eight-byte pointer | |
4461 to store the type, but it's not clear it's worth making the change. | |
4462 | |
4463 @itemize @bullet | |
4464 @item | |
4465 (c) Those lrecords that are allocated in frob blocks (see above). This | |
4466 includes the objects that are most common and relatively small, and | |
4467 includes floats, compiled functions, symbols (when not in category (b)), | |
4468 extents, events, and markers. With the cleanup of frob blocks done in | |
4469 19.12, it's not terribly hard to add more objects to this category, but | |
4470 it's a bit trickier than adding an object type to type (d) (esp. if the | |
4471 object needs a finalization method), and is not likely to save much | |
4472 space unless the object is small and there are many of them. (In fact, | |
4473 if there are very few of them, it might actually waste space.) | |
4474 @item | |
4475 (d) Those lrecords that are individually @code{malloc()}ed. These are | |
4476 called @dfn{lcrecords}. All other types are in this category. Adding a | |
4477 new type to this category is comparatively easy, and all types added | |
4478 since 19.8 (when the current allocation scheme was devised, by Richard | |
4479 Mlynarik), with the exception of the character type, have been in this | |
4480 category. | |
4481 @end itemize | |
4482 | |
4483 Note that bit vectors are a bit of a special case. They are | |
4484 simple lrecords as in category (c), but are individually @code{malloc()}ed | |
4485 like vectors. You can basically view them as exactly like vectors | |
4486 except that their type is stored in lrecord fashion rather than | |
4487 in directly-tagged fashion. | |
4488 | |
4489 Note that FSF Emacs redesigned their object system in 19.29 to follow | |
4490 a similar scheme. However, given RMS's expressed dislike for data | |
4491 abstraction, the FSF scheme is not nearly as clean or as easy to | |
4492 extend. (FSF calls items of type (c) @code{Lisp_Misc} and items of type | |
4493 (d) @code{Lisp_Vectorlike}, with separate tags for each, although | |
4494 @code{Lisp_Vectorlike} is also used for vectors.) | |
4495 | |
4496 @node Garbage Collection | |
4497 @section Garbage Collection | |
4498 @cindex garbage collection | |
4499 | |
4500 @cindex mark and sweep | |
4501 Garbage collection is simple in theory but tricky to implement. | |
4502 Emacs Lisp uses the oldest garbage collection method, called | |
4503 @dfn{mark and sweep}. Garbage collection begins by starting with | |
4504 all accessible locations (i.e. all variables and other slots where | |
4505 Lisp objects might occur) and recursively traversing all objects | |
4506 accessible from those slots, marking each one that is found. | |
4507 We then go through all of memory and free each object that is | |
4508 not marked, and unmarking each object that is marked. Note | |
4509 that ``all of memory'' means all currently allocated objects. | |
4510 Traversing all these objects means traversing all frob blocks, | |
4511 all vectors (which are chained in one big list), and all | |
4512 lcrecords (which are likewise chained). | |
4513 | |
4514 Note that, when an object is marked, the mark has to occur | |
4515 inside of the object's structure, rather than in the 32-bit | |
4516 @code{Lisp_Object} holding the object's pointer; i.e. you can't just | |
4517 set the pointer's mark bit. This is because there may be many | |
4518 pointers to the same object. This means that the method of | |
4519 marking an object can differ depending on the type. The | |
4520 different marking methods are approximately as follows: | |
4521 | |
4522 @enumerate | |
4523 @item | |
4524 For conses, the mark bit of the car is set. | |
4525 @item | |
4526 For strings, the mark bit of the string's plist is set. | |
4527 @item | |
4528 For symbols when not lrecords, the mark bit of the | |
4529 symbol's plist is set. | |
4530 @item | |
4531 For vectors, the length is negated after adding 1. | |
4532 @item | |
4533 For lrecords, the pointer to the structure describing | |
4534 the type is changed (see below). | |
4535 @item | |
4536 Integers and characters do not need to be marked, since | |
4537 no allocation occurs for them. | |
4538 @end enumerate | |
4539 | |
4540 The details of this are in the @code{mark_object()} function. | |
4541 | |
4542 Note that any code that operates during garbage collection has | |
4543 to be especially careful because of the fact that some objects | |
4544 may be marked and as such may not look like they normally do. | |
4545 In particular: | |
4546 | |
4547 @itemize @bullet | |
4548 Some object pointers may have their mark bit set. This will make | |
4549 @code{FOOBARP()} predicates fail. Use @code{GC_FOOBARP()} to deal with | |
4550 this. | |
4551 @item | |
4552 Even if you clear the mark bit, @code{FOOBARP()} will still fail | |
4553 for lrecords because the implementation pointer has been | |
4554 changed (see below). @code{GC_FOOBARP()} will correctly deal with | |
4555 this. | |
4556 @item | |
4557 Vectors have their size field munged, so anything that | |
4558 looks at this field will fail. | |
4559 @item | |
4560 Note that @code{XFOOBAR()} macros @emph{will} work correctly on object | |
4561 pointers with their mark bit set, because the logical shift operations | |
4562 that remove the tag also remove the mark bit. | |
4563 @end itemize | |
4564 | |
4565 Finally, note that garbage collection can be invoked explicitly | |
4566 by calling @code{garbage-collect} but is also called automatically | |
4567 by @code{eval}, once a certain amount of memory has been allocated | |
4568 since the last garbage collection (according to @code{gc-cons-threshold}). | |
4569 | |
4570 @node GCPROing | |
4571 @section @code{GCPRO}ing | |
4572 | |
4573 @code{GCPRO}ing is one of the ugliest and trickiest parts of Emacs | |
4574 internals. The basic idea is that whenever garbage collection | |
4575 occurs, all in-use objects must be reachable somehow or | |
4576 other from one of the roots of accessibility. The roots | |
4577 of accessibility are: | |
4578 | |
4579 @enumerate | |
4580 @item | |
4581 All objects that have been @code{staticpro()}d. This is used for | |
4582 any global C variables that hold Lisp objects. A call to | |
4583 @code{staticpro()} happens implicitly as a result of any symbols | |
4584 declared with @code{defsymbol()} and any variables declared with | |
4585 @code{DEFVAR_FOO()}. You need to explicitly call @code{staticpro()} | |
4586 (in the @code{vars_of_foo()} method of a module) for other global | |
4587 C variables holding Lisp objects. (This typically includes | |
4588 internal lists and such things.) | |
4589 | |
4590 Note that @code{obarray} is one of the @code{staticpro()}d things. | |
4591 Therefore, all functions and variables get marked through this. | |
4592 @item | |
4593 Any shadowed bindings that are sitting on the @code{specpdl} stack. | |
4594 @item | |
4595 Any objects sitting in currently active (Lisp) stack frames, | |
4596 catches, and condition cases. | |
4597 @item | |
4598 A couple of special-case places where active objects are | |
4599 located. | |
4600 @item | |
4601 Anything currently marked with @code{GCPRO}. | |
4602 @end enumerate | |
4603 | |
4604 Marking with @code{GCPRO} is necessary because some C functions (quite | |
4605 a lot, in fact), allocate objects during their operation. Quite | |
4606 frequently, there will be no other pointer to the object while the | |
4607 function is running, and if a garbage collection occurs and the object | |
4608 needs to be referenced again, bad things will happen. The solution is | |
4609 to mark those objects with @code{GCPRO}. Unfortunately this is easy to | |
4610 forget, and there is basically no way around this problem. Here are | |
4611 some rules, though: | |
4612 | |
4613 @enumerate | |
4614 @item | |
4615 For every @code{GCPRO@var{n}}, there have to be declarations of | |
4616 @code{struct gcpro gcpro1, gcpro2}, etc. | |
4617 | |
4618 @item | |
4619 You @emph{must} @code{UNGCPRO} anything that's @code{GCPRO}ed, and you | |
4620 @emph{must not} @code{UNGCPRO} if you haven't @code{GCPRO}ed. Getting | |
4621 either of these wrong will lead to crashes, often in completely random | |
4622 places unrelated to where the problem lies. | |
4623 | |
4624 @item | |
4625 The way this actually works is that all currently active @code{GCPRO}s | |
4626 are chained through the @code{struct gcpro} local variables, with the | |
4627 variable @samp{gcprolist} pointing to the head of the list and the nth | |
4628 local @code{gcpro} variable pointing to the first @code{gcpro} variable | |
4629 in the next enclosing stack frame. Each @code{GCPRO}ed thing is an | |
4630 lvalue, and the @code{struct gcpro} local variable contains a pointer to | |
4631 this lvalue. This is why things will mess up badly if you don't pair up | |
4632 the @code{GCPRO}s and @code{UNGCPRO}s -- you will end up with | |
4633 @code{gcprolist}s containing pointers to @code{struct gcpro}s or local | |
4634 @code{Lisp_Object} variables in no-longer-active stack frames. | |
4635 | |
4636 @item | |
4637 It is actually possible for a single @code{struct gcpro} to | |
4638 protect a contiguous array of any number of values, rather than | |
4639 just a single lvalue. To effect this, call @code{GCPRO@var{n}} as usual on | |
4640 the first object in the array and then set @code{gcpro@var{n}.nvars}. | |
4641 | |
4642 @item | |
4643 @strong{Strings are relocated.} What this means in practice is that the | |
4644 pointer obtained using @code{XSTRING_DATA()} is liable to change at any | |
4645 time, and you should never keep it around past any function call, or | |
4646 pass it as an argument to any function that might cause a garbage | |
4647 collection. This is why a number of functions accept either a | |
4648 ``non-relocatable'' @code{char *} pointer or a relocatable Lisp string, | |
4649 and only access the Lisp string's data at the very last minute. In some | |
4650 cases, you may end up having to @code{alloca()} some space and copy the | |
4651 string's data into it. | |
4652 | |
4653 @item | |
4654 By convention, if you have to nest @code{GCPRO}'s, use @code{NGCPRO@var{n}} | |
4655 (along with @code{struct gcpro ngcpro1, ngcpro2}, etc.), @code{NNGCPRO@var{n}}, | |
4656 etc. This avoids compiler warnings about shadowed locals. | |
4657 | |
4658 @item | |
4659 It is @emph{always} better to err on the side of extra @code{GCPRO}s | |
4660 rather than too few. The extra cycles spent on this are | |
4661 almost never going to make a whit of difference in the | |
4662 speed of anything. | |
4663 | |
4664 @item | |
4665 The general rule to follow is that caller, not callee, @code{GCPRO}s. | |
4666 That is, you should not have to explicitly @code{GCPRO} any Lisp objects | |
4667 that are passed in as parameters. | |
4668 | |
4669 One exception from this rule is if you ever plan to change the parameter | |
4670 value, and store a new object in it. In that case, you @emph{must} | |
4671 @code{GCPRO} the parameter, because otherwise the new object will not be | |
4672 protected. | |
4673 | |
4674 So, if you create any Lisp objects (remember, this happens in all sorts | |
4675 of circumstances, e.g. with @code{Fcons()}, etc.), you are responsible | |
4676 for @code{GCPRO}ing them, unless you are @emph{absolutely sure} that | |
4677 there's no possibility that a garbage-collection can occur while you | |
4678 need to use the object. Even then, consider @code{GCPRO}ing. | |
4679 | |
4680 @item | |
4681 A garbage collection can occur whenever anything calls @code{Feval}, or | |
4682 whenever a QUIT can occur where execution can continue past | |
4683 this. (Remember, this is almost anywhere.) | |
4684 | |
4685 @item | |
4686 If you have the @emph{least smidgeon of doubt} about whether | |
4687 you need to @code{GCPRO}, you should @code{GCPRO}. | |
4688 | |
4689 @item | |
4690 Beware of @code{GCPRO}ing something that is uninitialized. If you have | |
4691 any shade of doubt about this, initialize all your variables to @code{Qnil}. | |
4692 | |
4693 @item | |
4694 Be careful of traps, like calling @code{Fcons()} in the argument to | |
4695 another function. By the ``caller protects'' law, you should be | |
4696 @code{GCPRO}ing the newly-created cons, but you aren't. A certain | |
4697 number of functions that are commonly called on freshly created stuff | |
4698 (e.g. @code{nconc2()}, @code{Fsignal()}), break the ``caller protects'' | |
4699 law and go ahead and @code{GCPRO} their arguments so as to simplify | |
4700 things, but make sure and check if it's OK whenever doing something like | |
4701 this. | |
4702 | |
4703 @item | |
4704 Once again, remember to @code{GCPRO}! Bugs resulting from insufficient | |
4705 @code{GCPRO}ing are intermittent and extremely difficult to track down, | |
4706 often showing up in crashes inside of @code{garbage-collect} or in | |
4707 weirdly corrupted objects or even in incorrect values in a totally | |
4708 different section of code. | |
4709 @end enumerate | |
4710 | |
4711 @cindex garbage collection, conservative | |
4712 @cindex conservative garbage collection | |
4713 Given the extremely error-prone nature of the @code{GCPRO} scheme, and | |
4714 the difficulties in tracking down, it should be considered a deficiency | |
4715 in the XEmacs code. A solution to this problem would involve | |
4716 implementing so-called @dfn{conservative} garbage collection for the C | |
4717 stack. That involves looking through all of stack memory and treating | |
4718 anything that looks like a reference to an object as a reference. This | |
4719 will result in a few objects not getting collected when they should, but | |
4720 it obviates the need for @code{GCPRO}ing, and allows garbage collection | |
4721 to happen at any point at all, such as during object allocation. | |
4722 | |
4723 @node Garbage Collection - Step by Step | |
4724 @section Garbage Collection - Step by Step | |
4725 @cindex garbage collection step by step | |
4726 | |
4727 @menu | |
4728 * Invocation:: | |
4729 * garbage_collect_1:: | |
4730 * mark_object:: | |
4731 * gc_sweep:: | |
4732 * sweep_lcrecords_1:: | |
4733 * compact_string_chars:: | |
4734 * sweep_strings:: | |
4735 * sweep_bit_vectors_1:: | |
4736 @end menu | |
4737 | |
4738 @node Invocation | |
4739 @subsection Invocation | |
4740 @cindex garbage collection, invocation | |
4741 | |
4742 The first thing that anyone should know about garbage collection is: | |
4743 when and how the garbage collector is invoked. One might think that this | |
4744 could happen every time new memory is allocated, e.g. new objects are | |
4745 created, but this is @emph{not} the case. Instead, we have the following | |
4746 situation: | |
4747 | |
4748 The entry point of any process of garbage collection is an invocation | |
4749 of the function @code{garbage_collect_1} in file @code{alloc.c}. The | |
4750 invocation can occur @emph{explicitly} by calling the function | |
4751 @code{Fgarbage_collect} (in addition this function provides information | |
4752 about the freed memory), or can occur @emph{implicitly} in four different | |
4753 situations: | |
4754 @enumerate | |
4755 @item | |
4756 In function @code{main_1} in file @code{emacs.c}. This function is called | |
4757 at each startup of xemacs. The garbage collection is invoked after all | |
4758 initial creations are completed, but only if a special internal error | |
4759 checking-constant @code{ERROR_CHECK_GC} is defined. | |
4760 @item | |
4761 In function @code{disksave_object_finalization} in file | |
4762 @code{alloc.c}. The only purpose of this function is to clear the | |
4763 objects from memory which need not be stored with xemacs when we dump out | |
4764 an executable. This is only done by @code{Fdump_emacs} or by | |
4765 @code{Fdump_emacs_data} respectively (both in @code{emacs.c}). The | |
4766 actual clearing is accomplished by making these objects unreachable and | |
4767 starting a garbage collection. The function is only used while building | |
4768 xemacs. | |
4769 @item | |
4770 In function @code{Feval / eval} in file @code{eval.c}. Each time the | |
4771 well known and often used function eval is called to evaluate a form, | |
4772 one of the first things that could happen, is a potential call of | |
4773 @code{garbage_collect_1}. There exist three global variables, | |
4774 @code{consing_since_gc} (counts the created cons-cells since the last | |
4775 garbage collection), @code{gc_cons_threshold} (a specified threshold | |
4776 after which a garbage collection occurs) and @code{always_gc}. If | |
4777 @code{always_gc} is set or if the threshold is exceeded, the garbage | |
4778 collection will start. | |
4779 @item | |
4780 In function @code{Ffuncall / funcall} in file @code{eval.c}. This | |
4781 function evaluates calls of elisp functions and works according to | |
4782 @code{Feval}. | |
4783 @end enumerate | |
4784 | |
4785 The upshot is that garbage collection can basically occur everywhere | |
4786 @code{Feval}, respectively @code{Ffuncall}, is used - either directly or | |
4787 through another function. Since calls to these two functions are | |
4788 hidden in various other functions, many calls to | |
4789 @code{garabge_collect_1} are not obviously foreseeable, and therefore | |
4790 unexpected. Instances where they are used that are worth remembering are | |
4791 various elisp commands, as for example @code{or}, | |
4792 @code{and}, @code{if}, @code{cond}, @code{while}, @code{setq}, etc., | |
4793 miscellaneous @code{gui_item_...} functions, everything related to | |
4794 @code{eval} (@code{Feval_buffer}, @code{call0}, ...) and inside | |
4795 @code{Fsignal}. The latter is used to handle signals, as for example the | |
4796 ones raised by every @code{QUITE}-macro triggered after pressing Ctrl-g. | |
4797 | |
4798 @node garbage_collect_1 | |
4799 @subsection @code{garbage_collect_1} | |
4800 @cindex @code{garbage_collect_1} | |
4801 | |
4802 We can now describe exactly what happens after the invocation takes | |
4803 place. | |
4804 @enumerate | |
4805 @item | |
4806 There are several cases in which the garbage collector is left immediately: | |
4807 when we are already garbage collecting (@code{gc_in_progress}), when | |
4808 the garbage collection is somehow forbidden | |
4809 (@code{gc_currently_forbidden}), when we are currently displaying something | |
4810 (@code{in_display}) or when we are preparing for the armageddon of the | |
4811 whole system (@code{preparing_for_armageddon}). | |
4812 @item | |
4813 Next the correct frame in which to put | |
4814 all the output occurring during garbage collecting is determined. In | |
4815 order to be able to restore the old display's state after displaying the | |
4816 message, some data about the current cursor position has to be | |
4817 saved. The variables @code{pre_gc_curser} and @code{cursor_changed} take | |
4818 care of that. | |
4819 @item | |
4820 The state of @code{gc_currently_forbidden} must be restored after | |
4821 the garbage collection, no matter what happens during the process. We | |
4822 accomplish this by @code{record_unwind_protect}ing the suitable function | |
4823 @code{restore_gc_inhibit} together with the current value of | |
4824 @code{gc_currently_forbidden}. | |
4825 @item | |
4826 If we are concurrently running an interactive xemacs session, the next step | |
4827 is simply to show the garbage collector's cursor/message. | |
4828 @item | |
4829 The following steps are the intrinsic steps of the garbage collector, | |
4830 therefore @code{gc_in_progress} is set. | |
4831 @item | |
4832 For debugging purposes, it is possible to copy the current C stack | |
4833 frame. However, this seems to be a currently unused feature. | |
4834 @item | |
4835 Before actually starting to go over all live objects, references to | |
4836 objects that are no longer used are pruned. We only have to do this for events | |
4837 (@code{clear_event_resource}) and for specifiers | |
4838 (@code{cleanup_specifiers}). | |
4839 @item | |
4840 Now the mark phase begins and marks all accessible elements. In order to | |
4841 start from | |
4842 all slots that serve as roots of accessibility, the function | |
4843 @code{mark_object} is called for each root individually to go out from | |
4844 there to mark all reachable objects. All roots that are traversed are | |
4845 shown in their processed order: | |
4846 @itemize @bullet | |
4847 @item | |
4848 all constant symbols and static variables that are registered via | |
4849 @code{staticpro}@ in the array @code{staticvec}. | |
4850 @xref{Adding Global Lisp Variables}. | |
4851 @item | |
4852 all Lisp objects that are created in C functions and that must be | |
4853 protected from freeing them. They are registered in the global | |
4854 list @code{gcprolist}. | |
4855 @xref{GCPROing}. | |
4856 @item | |
4857 all local variables (i.e. their name fields @code{symbol} and old | |
4858 values @code{old_values}) that are bound during the evaluation by the Lisp | |
4859 engine. They are stored in @code{specbinding} structs pushed on a stack | |
4860 called @code{specpdl}. | |
4861 @xref{Dynamic Binding; The specbinding Stack; Unwind-Protects}. | |
4862 @item | |
4863 all catch blocks that the Lisp engine encounters during the evaluation | |
4864 cause the creation of structs @code{catchtag} inserted in the list | |
4865 @code{catchlist}. Their tag (@code{tag}) and value (@code{val} fields | |
4866 are freshly created objects and therefore have to be marked. | |
4867 @xref{Catch and Throw}. | |
4868 @item | |
4869 every function application pushes new structs @code{backtrace} | |
4870 on the call stack of the Lisp engine (@code{backtrace_list}). The unique | |
4871 parts that have to be marked are the fields for each function | |
4872 (@code{function}) and all their arguments (@code{args}). | |
4873 @xref{Evaluation}. | |
4874 @item | |
4875 all objects that are used by the redisplay engine that must not be freed | |
4876 are marked by a special function called @code{mark_redisplay} (in | |
4877 @code{redisplay.c}). | |
4878 @item | |
4879 all objects created for profiling purposes are allocated by C functions | |
4880 instead of using the lisp allocation mechanisms. In order to receive the | |
4881 right ones during the sweep phase, they also have to be marked | |
4882 manually. That is done by the function @code{mark_profiling_info} | |
4883 @end itemize | |
4884 @item | |
4885 Hash tables in Xemacs belong to a kind of special objects that | |
4886 make use of a concept often called 'weak pointers'. | |
4887 To make a long story short, these kind of pointers are not followed | |
4888 during the estimation of the live objects during garbage collection. | |
4889 Any object referenced only by weak pointers is collected | |
4890 anyway, and the reference to it is cleared. In hash tables there are | |
4891 different usage patterns of them, manifesting in different types of hash | |
4892 tables, namely 'non-weak', 'weak', 'key-weak' and 'value-weak' | |
4893 (internally also 'key-car-weak' and 'value-car-weak') hash tables, each | |
4894 clearing entries depending on different conditions. More information can | |
4895 be found in the documentation to the function @code{make-hash-table}. | |
4896 | |
4897 Because there are complicated dependency rules about when and what to | |
4898 mark while processing weak hash tables, the standard @code{marker} | |
4899 method is only active if it is marking non-weak hash tables. As soon as | |
4900 a weak component is in the table, the hash table entries are ignored | |
4901 while marking. Instead their marking is done each separately by the | |
4902 function @code{finish_marking_weak_hash_tables}. This function iterates | |
4903 over each hash table entry @code{hentries} for each weak hash table in | |
4904 @code{Vall_weak_hash_tables}. Depending on the type of a table, the | |
4905 appropriate action is performed. | |
4906 If a table is acting as @code{HASH_TABLE_KEY_WEAK}, and a key already marked, | |
4907 everything reachable from the @code{value} component is marked. If it is | |
4908 acting as a @code{HASH_TABLE_VALUE_WEAK} and the value component is | |
4909 already marked, the marking starts beginning only from the | |
4910 @code{key} component. | |
4911 If it is a @code{HASH_TABLE_KEY_CAR_WEAK} and the car | |
4912 of the key entry is already marked, we mark both the @code{key} and | |
4913 @code{value} components. | |
4914 Finally, if the table is of the type @code{HASH_TABLE_VALUE_CAR_WEAK} | |
4915 and the car of the value components is already marked, again both the | |
4916 @code{key} and the @code{value} components get marked. | |
4917 | |
4918 Again, there are lists with comparable properties called weak | |
4919 lists. There exist different peculiarities of their types called | |
4920 @code{simple}, @code{assoc}, @code{key-assoc} and | |
4921 @code{value-assoc}. You can find further details about them in the | |
4922 description to the function @code{make-weak-list}. The scheme of their | |
4923 marking is similar: all weak lists are listed in @code{Qall_weak_lists}, | |
4924 therefore we iterate over them. The marking is advanced until we hit an | |
4925 already marked pair. Then we know that during a former run all | |
4926 the rest has been marked completely. Again, depending on the special | |
4927 type of the weak list, our jobs differ. If it is a @code{WEAK_LIST_SIMPLE} | |
4928 and the elem is marked, we mark the @code{cons} part. If it is a | |
4929 @code{WEAK_LIST_ASSOC} and not a pair or a pair with both marked car and | |
4930 cdr, we mark the @code{cons} and the @code{elem}. If it is a | |
4931 @code{WEAK_LIST_KEY_ASSOC} and not a pair or a pair with a marked car of | |
4932 the elem, we mark the @code{cons} and the @code{elem}. Finally, if it is | |
4933 a @code{WEAK_LIST_VALUE_ASSOC} and not a pair or a pair with a marked | |
4934 cdr of the elem, we mark both the @code{cons} and the @code{elem}. | |
4935 | |
4936 Since, by marking objects in reach from weak hash tables and weak lists, | |
4937 other objects could get marked, this perhaps implies further marking of | |
4938 other weak objects, both finishing functions are redone as long as | |
4939 yet unmarked objects get freshly marked. | |
4940 | |
4941 @item | |
4942 After completing the special marking for the weak hash tables and for the weak | |
4943 lists, all entries that point to objects that are going to be swept in | |
4944 the further process are useless, and therefore have to be removed from | |
4945 the table or the list. | |
4946 | |
4947 The function @code{prune_weak_hash_tables} does the job for weak hash | |
4948 tables. Totally unmarked hash tables are removed from the list | |
4949 @code{Vall_weak_hash_tables}. The other ones are treated more carefully | |
4950 by scanning over all entries and removing one as soon as one of | |
4951 the components @code{key} and @code{value} is unmarked. | |
4952 | |
4953 The same idea applies to the weak lists. It is accomplished by | |
4954 @code{prune_weak_lists}: An unmarked list is pruned from | |
4955 @code{Vall_weak_lists} immediately. A marked list is treated more | |
4956 carefully by going over it and removing just the unmarked pairs. | |
4957 | |
4958 @item | |
4959 The function @code{prune_specifiers} checks all listed specifiers held | |
4960 in @code{Vall_speficiers} and removes the ones from the lists that are | |
4961 unmarked. | |
4962 | |
4963 @item | |
4964 All syntax tables are stored in a list called | |
4965 @code{Vall_syntax_tables}. The function @code{prune_syntax_tables} walks | |
4966 through it and unlinks the tables that are unmarked. | |
4967 | |
4968 @item | |
4969 Next, we will attack the complete sweeping - the function | |
4970 @code{gc_sweep} which holds the predominance. | |
4971 @item | |
4972 First, all the variables with respect to garbage collection are | |
4973 reset. @code{consing_since_gc} - the counter of the created cells since | |
4974 the last garbage collection - is set back to 0, and | |
4975 @code{gc_in_progress} is not @code{true} anymore. | |
4976 @item | |
4977 In case the session is interactive, the displayed cursor and message are | |
4978 removed again. | |
4979 @item | |
4980 The state of @code{gc_inhibit} is restored to the former value by | |
4981 unwinding the stack. | |
4982 @item | |
4983 A small memory reserve is always held back that can be reached by | |
4984 @code{breathing_space}. If nothing more is left, we create a new reserve | |
4985 and exit. | |
4986 @end enumerate | |
4987 | |
4988 @node mark_object | |
4989 @subsection @code{mark_object} | |
4990 @cindex @code{mark_object} | |
4991 | |
4992 The first thing that is checked while marking an object is whether the | |
4993 object is a real Lisp object @code{Lisp_Type_Record} or just an integer | |
4994 or a character. Integers and characters are the only two types that are | |
4995 stored directly - without another level of indirection, and therefore they | |
4996 don´t have to be marked and collected. | |
4997 @xref{How Lisp Objects Are Represented in C}. | |
4998 | |
4999 The second case is the one we have to handle. It is the one when we are | |
5000 dealing with a pointer to a Lisp object. But, there exist also three | |
5001 possibilities, that prevent us from doing anything while marking: The | |
5002 object is read only which prevents it from being garbage collected, | |
5003 i.e. marked (@code{C_READONLY_RECORD_HEADER}). The object in question is | |
5004 already marked, and need not be marked for the second time (checked by | |
5005 @code{MARKED_RECORD_HEADER_P}). If it is a special, unmarkable object | |
5006 (@code{UNMARKABLE_RECORD_HEADER_P}, apparently, these are objects that | |
5007 sit in some CONST space, and can therefore not be marked, see | |
5008 @code{this_one_is_unmarkable} in @code{alloc.c}). | |
5009 | |
5010 Now, the actual marking is feasible. We do so by once using the macro | |
5011 @code{MARK_RECORD_HEADER} to mark the object itself (actually the | |
5012 special flag in the lrecord header), and calling its special marker | |
5013 "method" @code{marker} if available. The marker method marks every | |
5014 other object that is in reach from our current object. Note, that these | |
5015 marker methods should not call @code{mark_object} recursively, but | |
5016 instead should return the next object from where further marking has to | |
5017 be performed. | |
5018 | |
5019 In case another object was returned, as mentioned before, we reiterate | |
5020 the whole @code{mark_object} process beginning with this next object. | |
5021 | |
5022 @node gc_sweep | |
5023 @subsection @code{gc_sweep} | |
5024 @cindex @code{gc_sweep} | |
5025 | |
5026 The job of this function is to free all unmarked records from memory. As | |
5027 we know, there are different types of objects implemented and managed, and | |
5028 consequently different ways to free them from memory. | |
5029 @xref{Introduction to Allocation}. | |
5030 | |
5031 We start with all objects stored through @code{lcrecords}. All | |
5032 bulkier objects are allocated and handled using that scheme of | |
5033 @code{lcrecords}. Each object is @code{malloc}ed separately | |
5034 instead of placing it in one of the contiguous frob blocks. All types | |
5035 that are currently stored | |
5036 using @code{lcrecords}´s @code{alloc_lcrecord} and | |
5037 @code{make_lcrecord_list} are the types: vectors, buffers, | |
5038 char-table, char-table-entry, console, weak-list, database, device, | |
5039 ldap, hash-table, command-builder, extent-auxiliary, extent-info, face, | |
5040 coding-system, frame, image-instance, glyph, popup-data, gui-item, | |
5041 keymap, charset, color_instance, font_instance, opaque, opaque-list, | |
5042 process, range-table, specifier, symbol-value-buffer-local, | |
5043 symbol-value-lisp-magic, symbol-value-varalias, toolbar-button, | |
5044 tooltalk-message, tooltalk-pattern, window, and window-configuration. We | |
5045 take care of them in the fist place | |
5046 in order to be able to handle and to finalize items stored in them more | |
5047 easily. The function @code{sweep_lcrecords_1} as described below is | |
5048 doing the whole job for us. | |
5049 For a description about the internals: @xref{lrecords}. | |
5050 | |
5051 Our next candidates are the other objects that behave quite differently | |
5052 than everything else: the strings. They consists of two parts, a | |
5053 fixed-size portion (@code{struct Lisp_string}) holding the string's | |
5054 length, its property list and a pointer to the second part, and the | |
5055 actual string data, which is stored in string-chars blocks comparable to | |
5056 frob blocks. In this block, the data is not only freed, but also a | |
5057 compression of holes is made, i.e. all strings are relocated together. | |
5058 @xref{String}. This compacting phase is performed by the function | |
5059 @code{compact_string_chars}, the actual sweeping by the function | |
5060 @code{sweep_strings} is described below. | |
5061 | |
5062 After that, the other types are swept step by step using functions | |
5063 @code{sweep_conses}, @code{sweep_bit_vectors_1}, | |
5064 @code{sweep_compiled_functions}, @code{sweep_floats}, | |
5065 @code{sweep_symbols}, @code{sweep_extents}, @code{sweep_markers} and | |
5066 @code{sweep_extents}. They are the fixed-size types cons, floats, | |
5067 compiled-functions, symbol, marker, extent, and event stored in | |
5068 so-called "frob blocks", and therefore we can basically do the same on | |
5069 every type objects, using the same macros, especially defined only to | |
5070 handle everything with respect to fixed-size blocks. The only fixed-size | |
5071 type that is not handled here are the fixed-size portion of strings, | |
5072 because we took special care of them earlier. | |
5073 | |
5074 The only big exceptions are bit vectors stored differently and | |
5075 therefore treated differently by the function @code{sweep_bit_vectors_1} | |
5076 described later. | |
5077 | |
5078 At first, we need some brief information about how | |
5079 these fixed-size types are managed in general, in order to understand | |
5080 how the sweeping is done. They have all a fixed size, and are therefore | |
5081 stored in big blocks of memory - allocated at once - that can hold a | |
5082 certain amount of objects of one type. The macro | |
5083 @code{DECLARE_FIXED_TYPE_ALLOC} creates the suitable structures for | |
5084 every type. More precisely, we have the block struct | |
5085 (holding a pointer to the previous block @code{prev} and the | |
5086 objects in @code{block[]}), a pointer to current block | |
5087 (@code{current_..._block)}) and its last index | |
5088 (@code{current_..._block_index}), and a pointer to the free list that | |
5089 will be created. Also a macro @code{FIXED_TYPE_FROM_BLOCK} plus some | |
5090 related macros exists that are used to obtain a new object, either from | |
5091 the free list @code{ALLOCATE_FIXED_TYPE_1} if there is an unused object | |
5092 of that type stored or by allocating a completely new block using | |
5093 @code{ALLOCATE_FIXED_TYPE_FROM_BLOCK}. | |
5094 | |
5095 The rest works as follows: all of them define a | |
5096 macro @code{UNMARK_...} that is used to unmark the object. They define a | |
5097 macro @code{ADDITIONAL_FREE_...} that defines additional work that has | |
5098 to be done when converting an object from in use to not in use (so far, | |
5099 only markers use it in order to unchain them). Then, they all call | |
5100 the macro @code{SWEEP_FIXED_TYPE_BLOCK} instantiated with their type name | |
5101 and their struct name. | |
5102 | |
5103 This call in particular does the following: we go over all blocks | |
5104 starting with the current moving towards the oldest. | |
5105 For each block, we look at every object in it. If the object already | |
5106 freed (checked with @code{FREE_STRUCT_P} using the first pointer of the | |
5107 object), or if it is | |
5108 set to read only (@code{C_READONLY_RECORD_HEADER_P}, nothing must be | |
5109 done. If it is unmarked (checked with @code{MARKED_RECORD_HEADER_P}), it | |
5110 is put in the free list and set free (using the macro | |
5111 @code{FREE_FIXED_TYPE}, otherwise it stays in the block, but is unmarked | |
5112 (by @code{UNMARK_...}). While going through one block, we note if the | |
5113 whole block is empty. If so, the whole block is freed (using | |
5114 @code{xfree}) and the free list state is set to the state it had before | |
5115 handling this block. | |
5116 | |
5117 @node sweep_lcrecords_1 | |
5118 @subsection @code{sweep_lcrecords_1} | |
5119 @cindex @code{sweep_lcrecords_1} | |
5120 | |
5121 After nullifying the complete lcrecord statistics, we go over all | |
5122 lcrecords two separate times. They are all chained together in a list with | |
5123 a head called @code{all_lcrecords}. | |
5124 | |
5125 The first loop calls for each object its @code{finalizer} method, but only | |
5126 in the case that it is not read only | |
5127 (@code{C_READONLY_RECORD_HEADER_P)}, it is not already marked | |
5128 (@code{MARKED_RECORD_HEADER_P}), it is not already in a free list (list of | |
5129 freed objects, field @code{free}) and finally it owns a finalizer | |
5130 method. | |
5131 | |
5132 The second loop actually frees the appropriate objects again by iterating | |
5133 through the whole list. In case an object is read only or marked, it | |
5134 has to persist, otherwise it is manually freed by calling | |
5135 @code{xfree}. During this loop, the lcrecord statistics are kept up to | |
5136 date by calling @code{tick_lcrecord_stats} with the right arguments, | |
5137 | |
5138 @node compact_string_chars | |
5139 @subsection @code{compact_string_chars} | |
5140 @cindex @code{compact_string_chars} | |
5141 | |
5142 The purpose of this function is to compact all the data parts of the | |
5143 strings that are held in so-called @code{string_chars_block}, i.e. the | |
5144 strings that do not exceed a certain maximal length. | |
5145 | |
5146 The procedure with which this is done is as follows. We are keeping two | |
5147 positions in the @code{string_chars_block}s using two pointer/integer | |
5148 pairs, namely @code{from_sb}/@code{from_pos} and | |
5149 @code{to_sb}/@code{to_pos}. They stand for the actual positions, from | |
5150 where to where, to copy the actually handled string. | |
5151 | |
5152 While going over all chained @code{string_char_block}s and their held | |
5153 strings, staring at @code{first_string_chars_block}, both pointers | |
5154 are advanced and eventually a string is copied from @code{from_sb} to | |
5155 @code{to_sb}, depending on the status of the pointed at strings. | |
5156 | |
5157 More precisely, we can distinguish between the following actions. | |
5158 @itemize @bullet | |
5159 @item | |
5160 The string at @code{from_sb}'s position could be marked as free, which | |
5161 is indicated by an invalid pointer to the pointer that should point back | |
5162 to the fixed size string object, and which is checked by | |
5163 @code{FREE_STRUCT_P}. In this case, the @code{from_sb}/@code{from_pos} | |
5164 is advanced to the next string, and nothing has to be copied. | |
5165 @item | |
5166 Also, if a string object itself is unmarked, nothing has to be | |
5167 copied. We likewise advance the @code{from_sb}/@code{from_pos} | |
5168 pair as described above. | |
5169 @item | |
5170 In all other cases, we have a marked string at hand. The string data | |
5171 must be moved from the from-position to the to-position. In case | |
5172 there is not enough space in the actual @code{to_sb}-block, we advance | |
5173 this pointer to the beginning of the next block before copying. In case the | |
5174 from and to positions are different, we perform the | |
5175 actual copying using the library function @code{memmove}. | |
5176 @end itemize | |
5177 | |
5178 After compacting, the pointer to the current | |
5179 @code{string_chars_block}, sitting in @code{current_string_chars_block}, | |
5180 is reset on the last block to which we moved a string, | |
5181 i.e. @code{to_block}, and all remaining blocks (we know that they just | |
5182 carry garbage) are explicitly @code{xfree}d. | |
5183 | |
5184 @node sweep_strings | |
5185 @subsection @code{sweep_strings} | |
5186 @cindex @code{sweep_strings} | |
5187 | |
5188 The sweeping for the fixed sized string objects is essentially exactly | |
5189 the same as it is for all other fixed size types. As before, the freeing | |
5190 into the suitable free list is done by using the macro | |
5191 @code{SWEEP_FIXED_SIZE_BLOCK} after defining the right macros | |
5192 @code{UNMARK_string} and @code{ADDITIONAL_FREE_string}. These two | |
5193 definitions are a little bit special compared to the ones used | |
5194 for the other fixed size types. | |
5195 | |
5196 @code{UNMARK_string} is defined the same way except some additional code | |
5197 used for updating the bookkeeping information. | |
5198 | |
5199 For strings, @code{ADDITIONAL_FREE_string} has to do something in | |
5200 addition: in case, the string was not allocated in a | |
5201 @code{string_chars_block} because it exceeded the maximal length, and | |
5202 therefore it was @code{malloc}ed separately, we know also @code{xfree} | |
5203 it explicitly. | |
5204 | |
5205 @node sweep_bit_vectors_1 | |
5206 @subsection @code{sweep_bit_vectors_1} | |
5207 @cindex @code{sweep_bit_vectors_1} | |
5208 | |
5209 Bit vectors are also one of the rare types that are @code{malloc}ed | |
5210 individually. Consequently, while sweeping, all further needless | |
5211 bit vectors must be freed by hand. This is done, as one might imagine, | |
5212 the expected way: since they are all registered in a list called | |
5213 @code{all_bit_vectors}, all elements of that list are traversed, | |
5214 all unmarked bit vectors are unlinked by calling @code{xfree} and all of | |
5215 them become unmarked. | |
5216 In addition, the bookkeeping information used for garbage | |
5217 collector's output purposes is updated. | |
5218 | |
5219 @node Integers and Characters | |
5220 @section Integers and Characters | |
5221 | |
5222 Integer and character Lisp objects are created from integers using the | |
5223 macros @code{XSETINT()} and @code{XSETCHAR()} or the equivalent | |
5224 functions @code{make_int()} and @code{make_char()}. (These are actually | |
5225 macros on most systems.) These functions basically just do some moving | |
5226 of bits around, since the integral value of the object is stored | |
5227 directly in the @code{Lisp_Object}. | |
5228 | |
5229 @code{XSETINT()} and the like will truncate values given to them that | |
5230 are too big; i.e. you won't get the value you expected but the tag bits | |
5231 will at least be correct. | |
5232 | |
5233 @node Allocation from Frob Blocks | |
5234 @section Allocation from Frob Blocks | |
5235 | |
5236 The uninitialized memory required by a @code{Lisp_Object} of a particular type | |
5237 is allocated using | |
5238 @code{ALLOCATE_FIXED_TYPE()}. This only occurs inside of the | |
5239 lowest-level object-creating functions in @file{alloc.c}: | |
5240 @code{Fcons()}, @code{make_float()}, @code{Fmake_byte_code()}, | |
5241 @code{Fmake_symbol()}, @code{allocate_extent()}, | |
5242 @code{allocate_event()}, @code{Fmake_marker()}, and | |
5243 @code{make_uninit_string()}. The idea is that, for each type, there are | |
5244 a number of frob blocks (each 2K in size); each frob block is divided up | |
5245 into object-sized chunks. Each frob block will have some of these | |
5246 chunks that are currently assigned to objects, and perhaps some that are | |
5247 free. (If a frob block has nothing but free chunks, it is freed at the | |
5248 end of the garbage collection cycle.) The free chunks are stored in a | |
5249 free list, which is chained by storing a pointer in the first four bytes | |
5250 of the chunk. (Except for the free chunks at the end of the last frob | |
5251 block, which are handled using an index which points past the end of the | |
5252 last-allocated chunk in the last frob block.) | |
5253 @code{ALLOCATE_FIXED_TYPE()} first tries to retrieve a chunk from the | |
5254 free list; if that fails, it calls | |
5255 @code{ALLOCATE_FIXED_TYPE_FROM_BLOCK()}, which looks at the end of the | |
5256 last frob block for space, and creates a new frob block if there is | |
5257 none. (There are actually two versions of these macros, one of which is | |
5258 more defensive but less efficient and is used for error-checking.) | |
5259 | |
5260 @node lrecords | |
5261 @section lrecords | |
5262 | |
5263 [see @file{lrecord.h}] | |
5264 | |
5265 All lrecords have at the beginning of their structure a @code{struct | |
5266 lrecord_header}. This just contains a pointer to a @code{struct | |
5267 lrecord_implementation}, which is a structure containing method pointers | |
5268 and such. There is one of these for each type, and it is a global, | |
5269 constant, statically-declared structure that is declared in the | |
5270 @code{DEFINE_LRECORD_IMPLEMENTATION()} macro. (This macro actually | |
5271 declares an array of two @code{struct lrecord_implementation} | |
5272 structures. The first one contains all the standard method pointers, | |
5273 and is used in all normal circumstances. During garbage collection, | |
5274 however, the lrecord is @dfn{marked} by bumping its implementation | |
5275 pointer by one, so that it points to the second structure in the array. | |
5276 This structure contains a special indication in it that it's a | |
5277 @dfn{marked-object} structure: the finalize method is the special | |
5278 function @code{this_marks_a_marked_record()}, and all other methods are | |
5279 null pointers. At the end of garbage collection, all lrecords will | |
5280 either be reclaimed or unmarked by decrementing their implementation | |
5281 pointers, so this second structure pointer will never remain past | |
5282 garbage collection. | |
5283 | |
5284 Simple lrecords (of type (c) above) just have a @code{struct | |
5285 lrecord_header} at their beginning. lcrecords, however, actually have a | |
5286 @code{struct lcrecord_header}. This, in turn, has a @code{struct | |
5287 lrecord_header} at its beginning, so sanity is preserved; but it also | |
5288 has a pointer used to chain all lcrecords together, and a special ID | |
5289 field used to distinguish one lcrecord from another. (This field is used | |
5290 only for debugging and could be removed, but the space gain is not | |
5291 significant.) | |
5292 | |
5293 Simple lrecords are created using @code{ALLOCATE_FIXED_TYPE()}, just | |
5294 like for other frob blocks. The only change is that the implementation | |
5295 pointer must be initialized correctly. (The implementation structure for | |
5296 an lrecord, or rather the pointer to it, is named @code{lrecord_float}, | |
5297 @code{lrecord_extent}, @code{lrecord_buffer}, etc.) | |
5298 | |
5299 lcrecords are created using @code{alloc_lcrecord()}. This takes a | |
5300 size to allocate and an implementation pointer. (The size needs to be | |
5301 passed because some lcrecords, such as window configurations, are of | |
5302 variable size.) This basically just @code{malloc()}s the storage, | |
5303 initializes the @code{struct lcrecord_header}, and chains the lcrecord | |
5304 onto the head of the list of all lcrecords, which is stored in the | |
5305 variable @code{all_lcrecords}. The calls to @code{alloc_lcrecord()} | |
5306 generally occur in the lowest-level allocation function for each lrecord | |
5307 type. | |
5308 | |
5309 Whenever you create an lrecord, you need to call either | |
5310 @code{DEFINE_LRECORD_IMPLEMENTATION()} or | |
5311 @code{DEFINE_LRECORD_SEQUENCE_IMPLEMENTATION()}. This needs to be | |
5312 specified in a C file, at the top level. What this actually does is | |
5313 define and initialize the implementation structure for the lrecord. (And | |
5314 possibly declares a function @code{error_check_foo()} that implements | |
5315 the @code{XFOO()} macro when error-checking is enabled.) The arguments | |
5316 to the macros are the actual type name (this is used to construct the C | |
5317 variable name of the lrecord implementation structure and related | |
5318 structures using the @samp{##} macro concatenation operator), a string | |
5319 that names the type on the Lisp level (this may not be the same as the C | |
5320 type name; typically, the C type name has underscores, while the Lisp | |
5321 string has dashes), various method pointers, and the name of the C | |
5322 structure that contains the object. The methods are used to encapsulate | |
5323 type-specific information about the object, such as how to print it or | |
5324 mark it for garbage collection, so that it's easy to add new object | |
5325 types without having to add a specific case for each new type in a bunch | |
5326 of different places. | |
5327 | |
5328 The difference between @code{DEFINE_LRECORD_IMPLEMENTATION()} and | |
5329 @code{DEFINE_LRECORD_SEQUENCE_IMPLEMENTATION()} is that the former is | |
5330 used for fixed-size object types and the latter is for variable-size | |
5331 object types. Most object types are fixed-size; some complex | |
5332 types, however (e.g. window configurations), are variable-size. | |
5333 Variable-size object types have an extra method, which is called | |
5334 to determine the actual size of a particular object of that type. | |
5335 (Currently this is only used for keeping allocation statistics.) | |
5336 | |
5337 For the purpose of keeping allocation statistics, the allocation | |
5338 engine keeps a list of all the different types that exist. Note that, | |
5339 since @code{DEFINE_LRECORD_IMPLEMENTATION()} is a macro that is | |
5340 specified at top-level, there is no way for it to add to the list of all | |
5341 existing types. What happens instead is that each implementation | |
5342 structure contains in it a dynamically assigned number that is | |
5343 particular to that type. (Or rather, it contains a pointer to another | |
5344 structure that contains this number. This evasiveness is done so that | |
5345 the implementation structure can be declared const.) In the sweep stage | |
5346 of garbage collection, each lrecord is examined to see if its | |
5347 implementation structure has its dynamically-assigned number set. If | |
5348 not, it must be a new type, and it is added to the list of known types | |
5349 and a new number assigned. The number is used to index into an array | |
5350 holding the number of objects of each type and the total memory | |
5351 allocated for objects of that type. The statistics in this array are | |
5352 also computed during the sweep stage. These statistics are returned by | |
5353 the call to @code{garbage-collect} and are printed out at the end of the | |
5354 loadup phase. | |
5355 | |
5356 Note that for every type defined with a @code{DEFINE_LRECORD_*()} | |
5357 macro, there needs to be a @code{DECLARE_LRECORD_IMPLEMENTATION()} | |
5358 somewhere in a @file{.h} file, and this @file{.h} file needs to be | |
5359 included by @file{inline.c}. | |
5360 | |
5361 Furthermore, there should generally be a set of @code{XFOOBAR()}, | |
5362 @code{FOOBARP()}, etc. macros in a @file{.h} (or occasionally @file{.c}) | |
5363 file. To create one of these, copy an existing model and modify as | |
5364 necessary. | |
5365 | |
5366 The various methods in the lrecord implementation structure are: | |
5367 | |
5368 @enumerate | |
5369 @item | |
5370 @cindex mark method | |
5371 A @dfn{mark} method. This is called during the marking stage and passed | |
5372 a function pointer (usually the @code{mark_object()} function), which is | |
5373 used to mark an object. All Lisp objects that are contained within the | |
5374 object need to be marked by applying this function to them. The mark | |
5375 method should also return a Lisp object, which should be either nil or | |
5376 an object to mark. (This can be used in lieu of calling | |
5377 @code{mark_object()} on the object, to reduce the recursion depth, and | |
5378 consequently should be the most heavily nested sub-object, such as a | |
5379 long list.) | |
5380 | |
5381 @strong{Please note:} When the mark method is called, garbage collection | |
5382 is in progress, and special precautions need to be taken when accessing | |
5383 objects; see section (B) above. | |
5384 | |
5385 If your mark method does not need to do anything, it can be | |
5386 @code{NULL}. | |
5387 | |
5388 @item | |
5389 A @dfn{print} method. This is called to create a printed representation | |
5390 of the object, whenever @code{princ}, @code{prin1}, or the like is | |
5391 called. It is passed the object, a stream to which the output is to be | |
5392 directed, and an @code{escapeflag} which indicates whether the object's | |
5393 printed representation should be @dfn{escaped} so that it is | |
5394 readable. (This corresponds to the difference between @code{princ} and | |
5395 @code{prin1}.) Basically, @dfn{escaped} means that strings will have | |
5396 quotes around them and confusing characters in the strings such as | |
5397 quotes, backslashes, and newlines will be backslashed; and that special | |
5398 care will be taken to make symbols print in a readable fashion | |
5399 (e.g. symbols that look like numbers will be backslashed). Other | |
5400 readable objects should perhaps pass @code{escapeflag} on when | |
5401 sub-objects are printed, so that readability is preserved when necessary | |
5402 (or if not, always pass in a 1 for @code{escapeflag}). Non-readable | |
5403 objects should in general ignore @code{escapeflag}, except that some use | |
5404 it as an indication that more verbose output should be given. | |
5405 | |
5406 Sub-objects are printed using @code{print_internal()}, which takes | |
5407 exactly the same arguments as are passed to the print method. | |
5408 | |
5409 Literal C strings should be printed using @code{write_c_string()}, | |
5410 or @code{write_string_1()} for non-null-terminated strings. | |
5411 | |
5412 Functions that do not have a readable representation should check the | |
5413 @code{print_readably} flag and signal an error if it is set. | |
5414 | |
5415 If you specify NULL for the print method, the | |
5416 @code{default_object_printer()} will be used. | |
5417 | |
5418 @item | |
5419 A @dfn{finalize} method. This is called at the beginning of the sweep | |
5420 stage on lcrecords that are about to be freed, and should be used to | |
5421 perform any extra object cleanup. This typically involves freeing any | |
5422 extra @code{malloc()}ed memory associated with the object, releasing any | |
5423 operating-system and window-system resources associated with the object | |
5424 (e.g. pixmaps, fonts), etc. | |
5425 | |
5426 The finalize method can be NULL if nothing needs to be done. | |
5427 | |
5428 WARNING #1: The finalize method is also called at the end of the dump | |
5429 phase; this time with the for_disksave parameter set to non-zero. The | |
5430 object is @emph{not} about to disappear, so you have to make sure to | |
5431 @emph{not} free any extra @code{malloc()}ed memory if you're going to | |
5432 need it later. (Also, signal an error if there are any operating-system | |
5433 and window-system resources here, because they can't be dumped.) | |
5434 | |
5435 Finalize methods should, as a rule, set to zero any pointers after | |
5436 they've been freed, and check to make sure pointers are not zero before | |
5437 freeing. Although I'm pretty sure that finalize methods are not called | |
5438 twice on the same object (except for the @code{for_disksave} proviso), | |
5439 we've gotten nastily burned in some cases by not doing this. | |
5440 | |
5441 WARNING #2: The finalize method is @emph{only} called for | |
5442 lcrecords, @emph{not} for simply lrecords. If you need a | |
5443 finalize method for simple lrecords, you have to stick | |
5444 it in the @code{ADDITIONAL_FREE_foo()} macro in @file{alloc.c}. | |
5445 | |
5446 WARNING #3: Things are in an @emph{extremely} bizarre state | |
5447 when @code{ADDITIONAL_FREE_foo()} is called, so you have to | |
5448 be incredibly careful when writing one of these functions. | |
5449 See the comment in @code{gc_sweep()}. If you ever have to add | |
5450 one of these, consider using an lcrecord or dealing with | |
5451 the problem in a different fashion. | |
5452 | |
5453 @item | |
5454 An @dfn{equal} method. This compares the two objects for similarity, | |
5455 when @code{equal} is called. It should compare the contents of the | |
5456 objects in some reasonable fashion. It is passed the two objects and a | |
5457 @dfn{depth} value, which is used to catch circular objects. To compare | |
5458 sub-Lisp-objects, call @code{internal_equal()} and bump the depth value | |
5459 by one. If this value gets too high, a @code{circular-object} error | |
5460 will be signaled. | |
5461 | |
5462 If this is NULL, objects are @code{equal} only when they are @code{eq}, | |
5463 i.e. identical. | |
5464 | |
5465 @item | |
5466 A @dfn{hash} method. This is used to hash objects when they are to be | |
5467 compared with @code{equal}. The rule here is that if two objects are | |
5468 @code{equal}, they @emph{must} hash to the same value; i.e. your hash | |
5469 function should use some subset of the sub-fields of the object that are | |
5470 compared in the ``equal'' method. If you specify this method as | |
5471 @code{NULL}, the object's pointer will be used as the hash, which will | |
5472 @emph{fail} if the object has an @code{equal} method, so don't do this. | |
5473 | |
5474 To hash a sub-Lisp-object, call @code{internal_hash()}. Bump the | |
5475 depth by one, just like in the ``equal'' method. | |
5476 | |
5477 To convert a Lisp object directly into a hash value (using | |
5478 its pointer), use @code{LISP_HASH()}. This is what happens when | |
5479 the hash method is NULL. | |
5480 | |
5481 To hash two or more values together into a single value, use | |
5482 @code{HASH2()}, @code{HASH3()}, @code{HASH4()}, etc. | |
5483 | |
5484 @item | |
5485 @dfn{getprop}, @dfn{putprop}, @dfn{remprop}, and @dfn{plist} methods. | |
5486 These are used for object types that have properties. I don't feel like | |
5487 documenting them here. If you create one of these objects, you have to | |
5488 use different macros to define them, | |
5489 i.e. @code{DEFINE_LRECORD_IMPLEMENTATION_WITH_PROPS()} or | |
5490 @code{DEFINE_LRECORD_SEQUENCE_IMPLEMENTATION_WITH_PROPS()}. | |
5491 | |
5492 @item | |
5493 A @dfn{size_in_bytes} method, when the object is of variable-size. | |
5494 (i.e. declared with a @code{_SEQUENCE_IMPLEMENTATION} macro.) This should | |
5495 simply return the object's size in bytes, exactly as you might expect. | |
5496 For an example, see the methods for window configurations and opaques. | |
5497 @end enumerate | |
5498 | |
5499 @node Low-level allocation | |
5500 @section Low-level allocation | |
5501 | |
5502 Memory that you want to allocate directly should be allocated using | |
5503 @code{xmalloc()} rather than @code{malloc()}. This implements | |
5504 error-checking on the return value, and once upon a time did some more | |
5505 vital stuff (i.e. @code{BLOCK_INPUT}, which is no longer necessary). | |
5506 Free using @code{xfree()}, and realloc using @code{xrealloc()}. Note | |
5507 that @code{xmalloc()} will do a non-local exit if the memory can't be | |
5508 allocated. (Many functions, however, do not expect this, and thus XEmacs | |
5509 will likely crash if this happens. @strong{This is a bug.} If you can, | |
5510 you should strive to make your function handle this OK. However, it's | |
5511 difficult in the general circumstance, perhaps requiring extra | |
5512 unwind-protects and such.) | |
5513 | |
5514 Note that XEmacs provides two separate replacements for the standard | |
5515 @code{malloc()} library function. These are called @dfn{old GNU malloc} | |
5516 (@file{malloc.c}) and @dfn{new GNU malloc} (@file{gmalloc.c}), | |
5517 respectively. New GNU malloc is better in pretty much every way than | |
5518 old GNU malloc, and should be used if possible. (It used to be that on | |
5519 some systems, the old one worked but the new one didn't. I think this | |
5520 was due specifically to a bug in SunOS, which the new one now works | |
5521 around; so I don't think the old one ever has to be used any more.) The | |
5522 primary difference between both of these mallocs and the standard system | |
5523 malloc is that they are much faster, at the expense of increased space. | |
5524 The basic idea is that memory is allocated in fixed chunks of powers of | |
5525 two. This allows for basically constant malloc time, since the various | |
5526 chunks can just be kept on a number of free lists. (The standard system | |
5527 malloc typically allocates arbitrary-sized chunks and has to spend some | |
5528 time, sometimes a significant amount of time, walking the heap looking | |
5529 for a free block to use and cleaning things up.) The new GNU malloc | |
5530 improves on things by allocating large objects in chunks of 4096 bytes | |
5531 rather than in ever larger powers of two, which results in ever larger | |
5532 wastage. There is a slight speed loss here, but it's of doubtful | |
5533 significance. | |
5534 | |
5535 NOTE: Apparently there is a third-generation GNU malloc that is | |
5536 significantly better than the new GNU malloc, and should probably | |
5537 be included in XEmacs. | |
5538 | |
5539 There is also the relocating allocator, @file{ralloc.c}. This actually | |
5540 moves blocks of memory around so that the @code{sbrk()} pointer shrunk | |
5541 and virtual memory released back to the system. On some systems, | |
5542 this is a big win. On all systems, it causes a noticeable (and | |
5543 sometimes huge) speed penalty, so I turn it off by default. | |
5544 @file{ralloc.c} only works with the new GNU malloc in @file{gmalloc.c}. | |
5545 There are also two versions of @file{ralloc.c}, one that uses @code{mmap()} | |
5546 rather than block copies to move data around. This purports to | |
5547 be faster, although that depends on the amount of data that would | |
5548 have had to be block copied and the system-call overhead for | |
5549 @code{mmap()}. I don't know exactly how this works, except that the | |
5550 relocating-allocation routines are pretty much used only for | |
5551 the memory allocated for a buffer, which is the biggest consumer | |
5552 of space, esp. of space that may get freed later. | |
5553 | |
5554 Note that the GNU mallocs have some ``memory warning'' facilities. | |
5555 XEmacs taps into them and issues a warning through the standard | |
5556 warning system, when memory gets to 75%, 85%, and 95% full. | |
5557 (On some systems, the memory warnings are not functional.) | |
5558 | |
5559 Allocated memory that is going to be used to make a Lisp object | |
5560 is created using @code{allocate_lisp_storage()}. This calls @code{xmalloc()} | |
5561 but also verifies that the pointer to the memory can fit into | |
5562 a Lisp word (remember that some bits are taken away for a type | |
5563 tag and a mark bit). If not, an error is issued through @code{memory_full()}. | |
5564 @code{allocate_lisp_storage()} is called by @code{alloc_lcrecord()}, | |
5565 @code{ALLOCATE_FIXED_TYPE()}, and the vector and bit-vector creation | |
5566 routines. These routines also call @code{INCREMENT_CONS_COUNTER()} at the | |
5567 appropriate times; this keeps statistics on how much memory is | |
5568 allocated, so that garbage-collection can be invoked when the | |
5569 threshold is reached. | |
5570 | |
5571 @node Pure Space | |
5572 @section Pure Space | |
5573 | |
5574 Not yet documented. | |
5575 | |
5576 @node Cons | |
5577 @section Cons | |
5578 | |
5579 Conses are allocated in standard frob blocks. The only thing to | |
5580 note is that conses can be explicitly freed using @code{free_cons()} | |
5581 and associated functions @code{free_list()} and @code{free_alist()}. This | |
5582 immediately puts the conses onto the cons free list, and decrements | |
5583 the statistics on memory allocation appropriately. This is used | |
5584 to good effect by some extremely commonly-used code, to avoid | |
5585 generating extra objects and thereby triggering GC sooner. | |
5586 However, you have to be @emph{extremely} careful when doing this. | |
5587 If you mess this up, you will get BADLY BURNED, and it has happened | |
5588 before. | |
5589 | |
5590 @node Vector | |
5591 @section Vector | |
5592 | |
5593 As mentioned above, each vector is @code{malloc()}ed individually, and | |
5594 all are threaded through the variable @code{all_vectors}. Vectors are | |
5595 marked strangely during garbage collection, by kludging the size field. | |
5596 Note that the @code{struct Lisp_Vector} is declared with its | |
5597 @code{contents} field being a @emph{stretchy} array of one element. It | |
5598 is actually @code{malloc()}ed with the right size, however, and access | |
5599 to any element through the @code{contents} array works fine. | |
5600 | |
5601 @node Bit Vector | |
5602 @section Bit Vector | |
5603 | |
5604 Bit vectors work exactly like vectors, except for more complicated | |
5605 code to access an individual bit, and except for the fact that bit | |
5606 vectors are lrecords while vectors are not. (The only difference here is | |
5607 that there's an lrecord implementation pointer at the beginning and the | |
5608 tag field in bit vector Lisp words is ``lrecord'' rather than | |
5609 ``vector''.) | |
5610 | |
5611 @node Symbol | |
5612 @section Symbol | |
5613 | |
5614 Symbols are also allocated in frob blocks. Note that the code | |
5615 exists for symbols to be either lrecords (category (c) above) | |
5616 or simple types (category (b) above), and are lrecords by | |
5617 default (I think), although there is no good reason for this. | |
5618 | |
5619 Note that symbols in the awful horrible obarray structure are | |
5620 chained through their @code{next} field. | |
5621 | |
5622 Remember that @code{intern} looks up a symbol in an obarray, creating | |
5623 one if necessary. | |
5624 | |
5625 @node Marker | |
5626 @section Marker | |
5627 | |
5628 Markers are allocated in frob blocks, as usual. They are kept | |
5629 in a buffer unordered, but in a doubly-linked list so that they | |
5630 can easily be removed. (Formerly this was a singly-linked list, | |
5631 but in some cases garbage collection took an extraordinarily | |
5632 long time due to the O(N^2) time required to remove lots of | |
5633 markers from a buffer.) Markers are removed from a buffer in | |
5634 the finalize stage, in @code{ADDITIONAL_FREE_marker()}. | |
5635 | |
5636 @node String | |
5637 @section String | |
5638 | |
5639 As mentioned above, strings are a special case. A string is logically | |
5640 two parts, a fixed-size object (containing the length, property list, | |
5641 and a pointer to the actual data), and the actual data in the string. | |
5642 The fixed-size object is a @code{struct Lisp_String} and is allocated in | |
5643 frob blocks, as usual. The actual data is stored in special | |
5644 @dfn{string-chars blocks}, which are 8K blocks of memory. | |
5645 Currently-allocated strings are simply laid end to end in these | |
5646 string-chars blocks, with a pointer back to the @code{struct Lisp_String} | |
5647 stored before each string in the string-chars block. When a new string | |
5648 needs to be allocated, the remaining space at the end of the last | |
5649 string-chars block is used if there's enough, and a new string-chars | |
5650 block is created otherwise. | |
5651 | |
5652 There are never any holes in the string-chars blocks due to the string | |
5653 compaction and relocation that happens at the end of garbage collection. | |
5654 During the sweep stage of garbage collection, when objects are | |
5655 reclaimed, the garbage collector goes through all string-chars blocks, | |
5656 looking for unused strings. Each chunk of string data is preceded by a | |
5657 pointer to the corresponding @code{struct Lisp_String}, which indicates | |
5658 both whether the string is used and how big the string is, i.e. how to | |
5659 get to the next chunk of string data. Holes are compressed by | |
5660 block-copying the next string into the empty space and relocating the | |
5661 pointer stored in the corresponding @code{struct Lisp_String}. | |
5662 @strong{This means you have to be careful with strings in your code.} | |
5663 See the section above on @code{GCPRO}ing. | |
5664 | |
5665 Note that there is one situation not handled: a string that is too big | |
5666 to fit into a string-chars block. Such strings, called @dfn{big | |
5667 strings}, are all @code{malloc()}ed as their own block. (#### Although it | |
5668 would make more sense for the threshold for big strings to be somewhat | |
5669 lower, e.g. 1/2 or 1/4 the size of a string-chars block. It seems that | |
5670 this was indeed the case formerly -- indeed, the threshold was set at | |
5671 1/8 -- but Mly forgot about this when rewriting things for 19.8.) | |
5672 | |
5673 Note also that the string data in string-chars blocks is padded as | |
5674 necessary so that proper alignment constraints on the @code{struct | |
5675 Lisp_String} back pointers are maintained. | |
5676 | |
5677 Finally, strings can be resized. This happens in Mule when a | |
5678 character is substituted with a different-length character, or during | |
5679 modeline frobbing. (You could also export this to Lisp, but it's not | |
5680 done so currently.) Resizing a string is a potentially tricky process. | |
5681 If the change is small enough that the padding can absorb it, nothing | |
5682 other than a simple memory move needs to be done. Keep in mind, | |
5683 however, that the string can't shrink too much because the offset to the | |
5684 next string in the string-chars block is computed by looking at the | |
5685 length and rounding to the nearest multiple of four or eight. If the | |
5686 string would shrink or expand beyond the correct padding, new string | |
5687 data needs to be allocated at the end of the last string-chars block and | |
5688 the data moved appropriately. This leaves some dead string data, which | |
5689 is marked by putting a special marker of 0xFFFFFFFF in the @code{struct | |
5690 Lisp_String} pointer before the data (there's no real @code{struct | |
5691 Lisp_String} to point to and relocate), and storing the size of the dead | |
5692 string data (which would normally be obtained from the now-non-existent | |
5693 @code{struct Lisp_String}) at the beginning of the dead string data gap. | |
5694 The string compactor recognizes this special 0xFFFFFFFF marker and | |
5695 handles it correctly. | |
5696 | |
5697 @node Compiled Function | |
5698 @section Compiled Function | |
5699 | |
5700 Not yet documented. | |
5701 | |
5702 @node Events and the Event Loop, Evaluation; Stack Frames; Bindings, Allocation of Objects in XEmacs Lisp, Top | |
5703 @chapter Events and the Event Loop | |
5704 | |
5705 @menu | |
5706 * Introduction to Events:: | |
5707 * Main Loop:: | |
5708 * Specifics of the Event Gathering Mechanism:: | |
5709 * Specifics About the Emacs Event:: | |
5710 * The Event Stream Callback Routines:: | |
5711 * Other Event Loop Functions:: | |
5712 * Converting Events:: | |
5713 * Dispatching Events; The Command Builder:: | |
5714 @end menu | |
5715 | |
5716 @node Introduction to Events | |
5717 @section Introduction to Events | |
5718 | |
5719 An event is an object that encapsulates information about an | |
5720 interesting occurrence in the operating system. Events are | |
5721 generated either by user action, direct (e.g. typing on the | |
5722 keyboard or moving the mouse) or indirect (moving another | |
5723 window, thereby generating an expose event on an Emacs frame), | |
5724 or as a result of some other typically asynchronous action happening, | |
5725 such as output from a subprocess being ready or a timer expiring. | |
5726 Events come into the system in an asynchronous fashion (typically | |
5727 through a callback being called) and are converted into a | |
5728 synchronous event queue (first-in, first-out) in a process that | |
5729 we will call @dfn{collection}. | |
5730 | |
5731 Note that each application has its own event queue. (It is | |
5732 immaterial whether the collection process directly puts the | |
5733 events in the proper application's queue, or puts them into | |
5734 a single system queue, which is later split up.) | |
5735 | |
5736 The most basic level of event collection is done by the | |
5737 operating system or window system. Typically, XEmacs does | |
5738 its own event collection as well. Often there are multiple | |
5739 layers of collection in XEmacs, with events from various | |
5740 sources being collected into a queue, which is then combined | |
5741 with other sources to go into another queue (i.e. a second | |
5742 level of collection), with perhaps another level on top of | |
5743 this, etc. | |
5744 | |
5745 XEmacs has its own types of events (called @dfn{Emacs events}), | |
5746 which provides an abstract layer on top of the system-dependent | |
5747 nature of the most basic events that are received. Part of the | |
5748 complex nature of the XEmacs event collection process involves | |
5749 converting from the operating-system events into the proper | |
5750 Emacs events -- there may not be a one-to-one correspondence. | |
5751 | |
5752 Emacs events are documented in @file{events.h}; I'll discuss them | |
5753 later. | |
5754 | |
5755 @node Main Loop | |
5756 @section Main Loop | |
5757 | |
5758 The @dfn{command loop} is the top-level loop that the editor is always | |
5759 running. It loops endlessly, calling @code{next-event} to retrieve an | |
5760 event and @code{dispatch-event} to execute it. @code{dispatch-event} does | |
5761 the appropriate thing with non-user events (process, timeout, | |
5762 magic, eval, mouse motion); this involves calling a Lisp handler | |
5763 function, redrawing a newly-exposed part of a frame, reading | |
5764 subprocess output, etc. For user events, @code{dispatch-event} | |
5765 looks up the event in relevant keymaps or menubars; when a | |
5766 full key sequence or menubar selection is reached, the appropriate | |
5767 function is executed. @code{dispatch-event} may have to keep state | |
5768 across calls; this is done in the ``command-builder'' structure | |
5769 associated with each console (remember, there's usually only | |
5770 one console), and the engine that looks up keystrokes and | |
5771 constructs full key sequences is called the @dfn{command builder}. | |
5772 This is documented elsewhere. | |
5773 | |
5774 The guts of the command loop are in @code{command_loop_1()}. This | |
5775 function doesn't catch errors, though -- that's the job of | |
5776 @code{command_loop_2()}, which is a condition-case (i.e. error-trapping) | |
5777 wrapper around @code{command_loop_1()}. @code{command_loop_1()} never | |
5778 returns, but may get thrown out of. | |
5779 | |
5780 When an error occurs, @code{cmd_error()} is called, which usually | |
5781 invokes the Lisp error handler in @code{command-error}; however, a | |
5782 default error handler is provided if @code{command-error} is @code{nil} | |
5783 (e.g. during startup). The purpose of the error handler is simply to | |
5784 display the error message and do associated cleanup; it does not need to | |
5785 throw anywhere. When the error handler finishes, the condition-case in | |
5786 @code{command_loop_2()} will finish and @code{command_loop_2()} will | |
5787 reinvoke @code{command_loop_1()}. | |
5788 | |
5789 @code{command_loop_2()} is invoked from three places: from | |
5790 @code{initial_command_loop()} (called from @code{main()} at the end of | |
5791 internal initialization), from the Lisp function @code{recursive-edit}, | |
5792 and from @code{call_command_loop()}. | |
5793 | |
5794 @code{call_command_loop()} is called when a macro is started and when | |
5795 the minibuffer is entered; normal termination of the macro or minibuffer | |
5796 causes a throw out of the recursive command loop. (To | |
5797 @code{execute-kbd-macro} for macros and @code{exit} for minibuffers. | |
5798 Note also that the low-level minibuffer-entering function, | |
5799 @code{read-minibuffer-internal}, provides its own error handling and | |
5800 does not need @code{command_loop_2()}'s error encapsulation; so it tells | |
5801 @code{call_command_loop()} to invoke @code{command_loop_1()} directly.) | |
5802 | |
5803 Note that both read-minibuffer-internal and recursive-edit set up a | |
5804 catch for @code{exit}; this is why @code{abort-recursive-edit}, which | |
5805 throws to this catch, exits out of either one. | |
5806 | |
5807 @code{initial_command_loop()}, called from @code{main()}, sets up a | |
5808 catch for @code{top-level} when invoking @code{command_loop_2()}, | |
5809 allowing functions to throw all the way to the top level if they really | |
5810 need to. Before invoking @code{command_loop_2()}, | |
5811 @code{initial_command_loop()} calls @code{top_level_1()}, which handles | |
5812 all of the startup stuff (creating the initial frame, handling the | |
5813 command-line options, loading the user's @file{.emacs} file, etc.). The | |
5814 function that actually does this is in Lisp and is pointed to by the | |
5815 variable @code{top-level}; normally this function is | |
5816 @code{normal-top-level}. @code{top_level_1()} is just an error-handling | |
5817 wrapper similar to @code{command_loop_2()}. Note also that | |
5818 @code{initial_command_loop()} sets up a catch for @code{top-level} when | |
5819 invoking @code{top_level_1()}, just like when it invokes | |
5820 @code{command_loop_2()}. | |
5821 | |
5822 @node Specifics of the Event Gathering Mechanism | |
5823 @section Specifics of the Event Gathering Mechanism | |
5824 | |
5825 Here is an approximate diagram of the collection processes | |
5826 at work in XEmacs, under TTY's (TTY's are simpler than X | |
5827 so we'll look at this first): | |
5828 | |
5829 @noindent | |
5830 @example | |
5831 asynch. asynch. asynch. asynch. [Collectors in | |
5832 kbd events kbd events process process the OS] | |
5833 | | output output | |
5834 | | | | | |
5835 | | | | SIGINT, [signal handlers | |
5836 | | | | SIGQUIT, in XEmacs] | |
5837 V V V V SIGWINCH, | |
5838 file file file file SIGALRM | |
5839 desc. desc. desc. desc. | | |
5840 (TTY) (TTY) (pipe) (pipe) | | |
5841 | | | | fake timeouts | |
5842 | | | | file | | |
5843 | | | | desc. | | |
5844 | | | | (pipe) | | |
5845 | | | | | | | |
5846 | | | | | | | |
5847 | | | | | | | |
5848 V V V V V V | |
5849 ------>-----------<----------------<---------------- | |
5850 | | |
5851 | | |
5852 | [collected using select() in emacs_tty_next_event() | |
5853 | and converted to the appropriate Emacs event] | |
5854 | | |
5855 | | |
5856 V (above this line is TTY-specific) | |
5857 Emacs ----------------------------------------------- | |
5858 event (below this line is the generic event mechanism) | |
5859 | | |
5860 | | |
5861 was there if not, call | |
5862 a SIGINT? emacs_tty_next_event() | |
5863 | | | |
5864 | | | |
5865 | | | |
5866 V V | |
5867 --->------<---- | |
5868 | | |
5869 | [collected in event_stream_next_event(); | |
5870 | SIGINT is converted using maybe_read_quit_event()] | |
5871 V | |
5872 Emacs | |
5873 event | |
5874 | | |
5875 \---->------>----- maybe_kbd_translate() ---->---\ | |
5876 | | |
5877 | | |
5878 | | |
5879 command event queue | | |
5880 if not from command | |
5881 (contains events that were event queue, call | |
5882 read earlier but not processed, event_stream_next_event() | |
5883 typically when waiting in a | | |
5884 sit-for, sleep-for, etc. for | | |
5885 a particular event to be received) | | |
5886 | | | |
5887 | | | |
5888 V V | |
5889 ---->------------------------------------<---- | |
5890 | | |
5891 | [collected in | |
5892 | next_event_internal()] | |
5893 | | |
5894 unread- unread- event from | | |
5895 command- command- keyboard else, call | |
5896 events event macro next_event_internal() | |
5897 | | | | | |
5898 | | | | | |
5899 | | | | | |
5900 V V V V | |
5901 --------->----------------------<------------ | |
5902 | | |
5903 | [collected in `next-event', which may loop | |
5904 | more than once if the event it gets is on | |
5905 | a dead frame, device, etc.] | |
5906 | | |
5907 | | |
5908 V | |
5909 feed into top-level event loop, | |
5910 which repeatedly calls `next-event' | |
5911 and then dispatches the event | |
5912 using `dispatch-event' | |
5913 @end example | |
5914 | |
5915 Notice the separation between TTY-specific and generic event mechanism. | |
5916 When using the Xt-based event loop, the TTY-specific stuff is replaced | |
5917 but the rest stays the same. | |
5918 | |
5919 It's also important to realize that only one different kind of | |
5920 system-specific event loop can be operating at a time, and must be able | |
5921 to receive all kinds of events simultaneously. For the two existing | |
5922 event loops (implemented in @file{event-tty.c} and @file{event-Xt.c}, | |
5923 respectively), the TTY event loop @emph{only} handles TTY consoles, | |
5924 while the Xt event loop handles @emph{both} TTY and X consoles. This | |
5925 situation is different from all of the output handlers, where you simply | |
5926 have one per console type. | |
5927 | |
5928 Here's the Xt Event Loop Diagram (notice that below a certain point, | |
5929 it's the same as the above diagram): | |
5930 | |
5931 @example | |
5932 asynch. asynch. asynch. asynch. [Collectors in | |
5933 kbd kbd process process the OS] | |
5934 events events output output | |
5935 | | | | | |
5936 | | | | asynch. asynch. [Collectors in the | |
5937 | | | | X X OS and X Window System] | |
5938 | | | | events events | |
5939 | | | | | | | |
5940 | | | | | | | |
5941 | | | | | | SIGINT, [signal handlers | |
5942 | | | | | | SIGQUIT, in XEmacs] | |
5943 | | | | | | SIGWINCH, | |
5944 | | | | | | SIGALRM | |
5945 | | | | | | | | |
5946 | | | | | | | | |
5947 | | | | | | | timeouts | |
5948 | | | | | | | | | |
5949 | | | | | | | | | |
5950 | | | | | | V | | |
5951 V V V V V V fake | | |
5952 file file file file file file file | | |
5953 desc. desc. desc. desc. desc. desc. desc. | | |
5954 (TTY) (TTY) (pipe) (pipe) (socket) (socket) (pipe) | | |
5955 | | | | | | | | | |
5956 | | | | | | | | | |
5957 | | | | | | | | | |
5958 V V V V V V V V | |
5959 --->----------------------------------------<---------<------ | |
5960 | | | | |
5961 | | |[collected using select() in | |
5962 | | | _XtWaitForSomething(), called | |
5963 | | | from XtAppProcessEvent(), called | |
5964 | | | in emacs_Xt_next_event(); | |
5965 | | | dispatched to various callbacks] | |
5966 | | | | |
5967 | | | | |
5968 emacs_Xt_ p_s_callback(), | [popup_selection_callback] | |
5969 event_handler() x_u_v_s_callback(),| [x_update_vertical_scrollbar_ | |
5970 | x_u_h_s_callback(),| callback] | |
5971 | search_callback() | [x_update_horizontal_scrollbar_ | |
5972 | | | callback] | |
5973 | | | | |
5974 | | | | |
5975 enqueue_Xt_ signal_special_ | | |
5976 dispatch_event() Xt_user_event() | | |
5977 [maybe multiple | | | |
5978 times, maybe 0 | | | |
5979 times] | | | |
5980 | enqueue_Xt_ | | |
5981 | dispatch_event() | | |
5982 | | | | |
5983 | | | | |
5984 V V | | |
5985 -->----------<-- | | |
5986 | | | |
5987 | | | |
5988 dispatch Xt_what_callback() | |
5989 event sets flags | |
5990 queue | | |
5991 | | | |
5992 | | | |
5993 | | | |
5994 | | | |
5995 ---->-----------<-------- | |
5996 | | |
5997 | | |
5998 | [collected and converted as appropriate in | |
5999 | emacs_Xt_next_event()] | |
6000 | | |
6001 | | |
6002 V (above this line is Xt-specific) | |
6003 Emacs ------------------------------------------------ | |
6004 event (below this line is the generic event mechanism) | |
6005 | | |
6006 | | |
6007 was there if not, call | |
6008 a SIGINT? emacs_Xt_next_event() | |
6009 | | | |
6010 | | | |
6011 | | | |
6012 V V | |
6013 --->-------<---- | |
6014 | | |
6015 | [collected in event_stream_next_event(); | |
6016 | SIGINT is converted using maybe_read_quit_event()] | |
6017 V | |
6018 Emacs | |
6019 event | |
6020 | | |
6021 \---->------>----- maybe_kbd_translate() -->-----\ | |
6022 | | |
6023 | | |
6024 | | |
6025 command event queue | | |
6026 if not from command | |
6027 (contains events that were event queue, call | |
6028 read earlier but not processed, event_stream_next_event() | |
6029 typically when waiting in a | | |
6030 sit-for, sleep-for, etc. for | | |
6031 a particular event to be received) | | |
6032 | | | |
6033 | | | |
6034 V V | |
6035 ---->----------------------------------<------ | |
6036 | | |
6037 | [collected in | |
6038 | next_event_internal()] | |
6039 | | |
6040 unread- unread- event from | | |
6041 command- command- keyboard else, call | |
6042 events event macro next_event_internal() | |
6043 | | | | | |
6044 | | | | | |
6045 | | | | | |
6046 V V V V | |
6047 --------->----------------------<------------ | |
6048 | | |
6049 | [collected in `next-event', which may loop | |
6050 | more than once if the event it gets is on | |
6051 | a dead frame, device, etc.] | |
6052 | | |
6053 | | |
6054 V | |
6055 feed into top-level event loop, | |
6056 which repeatedly calls `next-event' | |
6057 and then dispatches the event | |
6058 using `dispatch-event' | |
6059 @end example | |
6060 | |
6061 @node Specifics About the Emacs Event | |
6062 @section Specifics About the Emacs Event | |
6063 | |
6064 @node The Event Stream Callback Routines | |
6065 @section The Event Stream Callback Routines | |
6066 | |
6067 @node Other Event Loop Functions | |
6068 @section Other Event Loop Functions | |
6069 | |
6070 @code{detect_input_pending()} and @code{input-pending-p} look for | |
6071 input by calling @code{event_stream->event_pending_p} and looking in | |
6072 @code{[V]unread-command-event} and the @code{command_event_queue} (they | |
6073 do not check for an executing keyboard macro, though). | |
6074 | |
6075 @code{discard-input} cancels any command events pending (and any | |
6076 keyboard macros currently executing), and puts the others onto the | |
6077 @code{command_event_queue}. There is a comment about a ``race | |
6078 condition'', which is not a good sign. | |
6079 | |
6080 @code{next-command-event} and @code{read-char} are higher-level | |
6081 interfaces to @code{next-event}. @code{next-command-event} gets the | |
6082 next @dfn{command} event (i.e. keypress, mouse event, menu selection, | |
6083 or scrollbar action), calling @code{dispatch-event} on any others. | |
6084 @code{read-char} calls @code{next-command-event} and uses | |
6085 @code{event_to_character()} to return the character equivalent. With | |
6086 the right kind of input method support, it is possible for (read-char) | |
6087 to return a Kanji character. | |
6088 | |
6089 @node Converting Events | |
6090 @section Converting Events | |
6091 | |
6092 @code{character_to_event()}, @code{event_to_character()}, | |
6093 @code{event-to-character}, and @code{character-to-event} convert between | |
6094 characters and keypress events corresponding to the characters. If the | |
6095 event was not a keypress, @code{event_to_character()} returns -1 and | |
6096 @code{event-to-character} returns @code{nil}. These functions convert | |
6097 between character representation and the split-up event representation | |
6098 (keysym plus mod keys). | |
6099 | |
6100 @node Dispatching Events; The Command Builder | |
6101 @section Dispatching Events; The Command Builder | |
6102 | |
6103 Not yet documented. | |
6104 | |
6105 @node Evaluation; Stack Frames; Bindings, Symbols and Variables, Events and the Event Loop, Top | |
6106 @chapter Evaluation; Stack Frames; Bindings | |
6107 | |
6108 @menu | |
6109 * Evaluation:: | |
6110 * Dynamic Binding; The specbinding Stack; Unwind-Protects:: | |
6111 * Simple Special Forms:: | |
6112 * Catch and Throw:: | |
6113 @end menu | |
6114 | |
6115 @node Evaluation | |
6116 @section Evaluation | |
6117 | |
6118 @code{Feval()} evaluates the form (a Lisp object) that is passed to | |
6119 it. Note that evaluation is only non-trivial for two types of objects: | |
6120 symbols and conses. A symbol is evaluated simply by calling | |
6121 @code{symbol-value} on it and returning the value. | |
6122 | |
6123 Evaluating a cons means calling a function. First, @code{eval} checks | |
6124 to see if garbage-collection is necessary, and calls | |
6125 @code{garbage_collect_1()} if so. It then increases the evaluation | |
6126 depth by 1 (@code{lisp_eval_depth}, which is always less than | |
6127 @code{max_lisp_eval_depth}) and adds an element to the linked list of | |
6128 @code{struct backtrace}'s (@code{backtrace_list}). Each such structure | |
6129 contains a pointer to the function being called plus a list of the | |
6130 function's arguments. Originally these values are stored unevalled, and | |
6131 as they are evaluated, the backtrace structure is updated. Garbage | |
6132 collection pays attention to the objects pointed to in the backtrace | |
6133 structures (garbage collection might happen while a function is being | |
6134 called or while an argument is being evaluated, and there could easily | |
6135 be no other references to the arguments in the argument list; once an | |
6136 argument is evaluated, however, the unevalled version is not needed by | |
6137 eval, and so the backtrace structure is changed). | |
6138 | |
6139 At this point, the function to be called is determined by looking at | |
6140 the car of the cons (if this is a symbol, its function definition is | |
6141 retrieved and the process repeated). The function should then consist | |
6142 of either a @code{Lisp_Subr} (built-in function written in C), a | |
6143 @code{Lisp_Compiled_Function} object, or a cons whose car is one of the | |
6144 symbols @code{autoload}, @code{macro} or @code{lambda}. | |
6145 | |
6146 If the function is a @code{Lisp_Subr}, the lisp object points to a | |
6147 @code{struct Lisp_Subr} (created by @code{DEFUN()}), which contains a | |
6148 pointer to the C function, a minimum and maximum number of arguments | |
6149 (or possibly the special constants @code{MANY} or @code{UNEVALLED}), a | |
6150 pointer to the symbol referring to that subr, and a couple of other | |
6151 things. If the subr wants its arguments @code{UNEVALLED}, they are | |
6152 passed raw as a list. Otherwise, an array of evaluated arguments is | |
6153 created and put into the backtrace structure, and either passed whole | |
6154 (@code{MANY}) or each argument is passed as a C argument. | |
6155 | |
6156 If the function is a @code{Lisp_Compiled_Function}, | |
6157 @code{funcall_compiled_function()} is called. If the function is a | |
6158 lambda list, @code{funcall_lambda()} is called. If the function is a | |
6159 macro, [..... fill in] is done. If the function is an autoload, | |
6160 @code{do_autoload()} is called to load the definition and then eval | |
6161 starts over [explain this more]. | |
6162 | |
6163 When @code{Feval()} exits, the evaluation depth is reduced by one, the | |
6164 debugger is called if appropriate, and the current backtrace structure | |
6165 is removed from the list. | |
6166 | |
6167 Both @code{funcall_compiled_function()} and @code{funcall_lambda()} need | |
6168 to go through the list of formal parameters to the function and bind | |
6169 them to the actual arguments, checking for @code{&rest} and | |
6170 @code{&optional} symbols in the formal parameters and making sure the | |
6171 number of actual arguments is correct. | |
6172 @code{funcall_compiled_function()} can do this a little more | |
6173 efficiently, since the formal parameter list can be checked for sanity | |
6174 when the compiled function object is created. | |
6175 | |
6176 @code{funcall_lambda()} simply calls @code{Fprogn} to execute the code | |
6177 in the lambda list. | |
6178 | |
6179 @code{funcall_compiled_function()} calls the real byte-code interpreter | |
6180 @code{execute_optimized_program()} on the byte-code instructions, which | |
6181 are converted into an internal form for faster execution. | |
6182 | |
6183 When a compiled function is executed for the first time by | |
6184 @code{funcall_compiled_function()}, or when it is @code{Fpurecopy()}ed | |
6185 during the dump phase of building XEmacs, the byte-code instructions are | |
6186 converted from a @code{Lisp_String} (which is inefficient to access, | |
6187 especially in the presence of MULE) into a @code{Lisp_Opaque} object | |
6188 containing an array of unsigned char, which can be directly executed by | |
6189 the byte-code interpreter. At this time the byte code is also analyzed | |
6190 for validity and transformed into a more optimized form, so that | |
6191 @code{execute_optimized_program()} can really fly. | |
6192 | |
6193 Here are some of the optimizations performed by the internal byte-code | |
6194 transformer: | |
6195 @enumerate | |
6196 @item | |
6197 References to the @code{constants} array are checked for out-of-range | |
6198 indices, so that the byte interpreter doesn't have to. | |
6199 @item | |
6200 References to the @code{constants} array that will be used as a Lisp | |
6201 variable are checked for being correct non-constant (i.e. not @code{t}, | |
6202 @code{nil}, or @code{keywordp}) symbols, so that the byte interpreter | |
6203 doesn't have to. | |
6204 @item | |
6205 The maxiumum number of variable bindings in the byte-code is | |
6206 pre-computed, so that space on the @code{specpdl} stack can be | |
6207 pre-reserved once for the whole function execution. | |
6208 @item | |
6209 All byte-code jumps are relative to the current program counter instead | |
6210 of the start of the program, thereby saving a register. | |
6211 @item | |
6212 One-byte relative jumps are converted from the byte-code form of unsigned | |
6213 chars offset by 127 to machine-friendly signed chars. | |
6214 @end enumerate | |
6215 | |
6216 Of course, this transformation of the @code{instructions} should not be | |
6217 visible to the user, so @code{Fcompiled_function_instructions()} needs | |
6218 to know how to convert the optimized opaque object back into a Lisp | |
6219 string that is identical to the original string from the @file{.elc} | |
6220 file. (Actually, the resulting string may (rarely) contain slightly | |
6221 different, yet equivalent, byte code.) | |
6222 | |
6223 @code{Ffuncall()} implements Lisp @code{funcall}. @code{(funcall fun | |
6224 x1 x2 x3 ...)} is equivalent to @code{(eval (list fun (quote x1) (quote | |
6225 x2) (quote x3) ...))}. @code{Ffuncall()} contains its own code to do | |
6226 the evaluation, however, and is very similar to @code{Feval()}. | |
6227 | |
6228 From the performance point of view, it is worth knowing that most of the | |
6229 time in Lisp evaluation is spent executing @code{Lisp_Subr} and | |
6230 @code{Lisp_Compiled_Function} objects via @code{Ffuncall()} (not | |
6231 @code{Feval()}). | |
6232 | |
6233 @code{Fapply()} implements Lisp @code{apply}, which is very similar to | |
6234 @code{funcall} except that if the last argument is a list, the result is the | |
6235 same as if each of the arguments in the list had been passed separately. | |
6236 @code{Fapply()} does some business to expand the last argument if it's a | |
6237 list, then calls @code{Ffuncall()} to do the work. | |
6238 | |
6239 @code{apply1()}, @code{call0()}, @code{call1()}, @code{call2()}, and | |
6240 @code{call3()} call a function, passing it the argument(s) given (the | |
6241 arguments are given as separate C arguments rather than being passed as | |
6242 an array). @code{apply1()} uses @code{Fapply()} while the others use | |
6243 @code{Ffuncall()} to do the real work. | |
6244 | |
6245 @node Dynamic Binding; The specbinding Stack; Unwind-Protects | |
6246 @section Dynamic Binding; The specbinding Stack; Unwind-Protects | |
6247 | |
6248 @example | |
6249 struct specbinding | |
6250 @{ | |
6251 Lisp_Object symbol; | |
6252 Lisp_Object old_value; | |
6253 Lisp_Object (*func) (Lisp_Object); /* for unwind-protect */ | |
6254 @}; | |
6255 @end example | |
6256 | |
6257 @code{struct specbinding} is used for local-variable bindings and | |
6258 unwind-protects. @code{specpdl} holds an array of @code{struct specbinding}'s, | |
6259 @code{specpdl_ptr} points to the beginning of the free bindings in the | |
6260 array, @code{specpdl_size} specifies the total number of binding slots | |
6261 in the array, and @code{max_specpdl_size} specifies the maximum number | |
6262 of bindings the array can be expanded to hold. @code{grow_specpdl()} | |
6263 increases the size of the @code{specpdl} array, multiplying its size by | |
6264 2 but never exceeding @code{max_specpdl_size} (except that if this | |
6265 number is less than 400, it is first set to 400). | |
6266 | |
6267 @code{specbind()} binds a symbol to a value and is used for local | |
6268 variables and @code{let} forms. The symbol and its old value (which | |
6269 might be @code{Qunbound}, indicating no prior value) are recorded in the | |
6270 specpdl array, and @code{specpdl_size} is increased by 1. | |
6271 | |
6272 @code{record_unwind_protect()} implements an @dfn{unwind-protect}, | |
6273 which, when placed around a section of code, ensures that some specified | |
6274 cleanup routine will be executed even if the code exits abnormally | |
6275 (e.g. through a @code{throw} or quit). @code{record_unwind_protect()} | |
6276 simply adds a new specbinding to the @code{specpdl} array and stores the | |
6277 appropriate information in it. The cleanup routine can either be a C | |
6278 function, which is stored in the @code{func} field, or a @code{progn} | |
6279 form, which is stored in the @code{old_value} field. | |
6280 | |
6281 @code{unbind_to()} removes specbindings from the @code{specpdl} array | |
6282 until the specified position is reached. Each specbinding can be one of | |
6283 three types: | |
6284 | |
6285 @enumerate | |
6286 @item | |
6287 an unwind-protect with a C cleanup function (@code{func} is not 0, and | |
6288 @code{old_value} holds an argument to be passed to the function); | |
6289 @item | |
6290 an unwind-protect with a Lisp form (@code{func} is 0, @code{symbol} | |
6291 is @code{nil}, and @code{old_value} holds the form to be executed with | |
6292 @code{Fprogn()}); or | |
6293 @item | |
6294 a local-variable binding (@code{func} is 0, @code{symbol} is not | |
6295 @code{nil}, and @code{old_value} holds the old value, which is stored as | |
6296 the symbol's value). | |
6297 @end enumerate | |
6298 | |
6299 @node Simple Special Forms | |
6300 @section Simple Special Forms | |
6301 | |
6302 @code{or}, @code{and}, @code{if}, @code{cond}, @code{progn}, | |
6303 @code{prog1}, @code{prog2}, @code{setq}, @code{quote}, @code{function}, | |
6304 @code{let*}, @code{let}, @code{while} | |
6305 | |
6306 All of these are very simple and work as expected, calling | |
6307 @code{Feval()} or @code{Fprogn()} as necessary and (in the case of | |
6308 @code{let} and @code{let*}) using @code{specbind()} to create bindings | |
6309 and @code{unbind_to()} to undo the bindings when finished. | |
6310 | |
6311 Note that, with the exeption of @code{Fprogn}, these functions are | |
6312 typically called in real life only in interpreted code, since the byte | |
6313 compiler knows how to convert calls to these functions directly into | |
6314 byte code. | |
6315 | |
6316 @node Catch and Throw | |
6317 @section Catch and Throw | |
6318 | |
6319 @example | |
6320 struct catchtag | |
6321 @{ | |
6322 Lisp_Object tag; | |
6323 Lisp_Object val; | |
6324 struct catchtag *next; | |
6325 struct gcpro *gcpro; | |
6326 jmp_buf jmp; | |
6327 struct backtrace *backlist; | |
6328 int lisp_eval_depth; | |
6329 int pdlcount; | |
6330 @}; | |
6331 @end example | |
6332 | |
6333 @code{catch} is a Lisp function that places a catch around a body of | |
6334 code. A catch is a means of non-local exit from the code. When a catch | |
6335 is created, a tag is specified, and executing a @code{throw} to this tag | |
6336 will exit from the body of code caught with this tag, and its value will | |
6337 be the value given in the call to @code{throw}. If there is no such | |
6338 call, the code will be executed normally. | |
6339 | |
6340 Information pertaining to a catch is held in a @code{struct catchtag}, | |
6341 which is placed at the head of a linked list pointed to by | |
6342 @code{catchlist}. @code{internal_catch()} is passed a C function to | |
6343 call (@code{Fprogn()} when Lisp @code{catch} is called) and arguments to | |
6344 give it, and places a catch around the function. Each @code{struct | |
6345 catchtag} is held in the stack frame of the @code{internal_catch()} | |
6346 instance that created the catch. | |
6347 | |
6348 @code{internal_catch()} is fairly straightforward. It stores into the | |
6349 @code{struct catchtag} the tag name and the current values of | |
6350 @code{backtrace_list}, @code{lisp_eval_depth}, @code{gcprolist}, and the | |
6351 offset into the @code{specpdl} array, sets a jump point with @code{_setjmp()} | |
6352 (storing the jump point into the @code{struct catchtag}), and calls the | |
6353 function. Control will return to @code{internal_catch()} either when | |
6354 the function exits normally or through a @code{_longjmp()} to this jump | |
6355 point. In the latter case, @code{throw} will store the value to be | |
6356 returned into the @code{struct catchtag} before jumping. When it's | |
6357 done, @code{internal_catch()} removes the @code{struct catchtag} from | |
6358 the catchlist and returns the proper value. | |
6359 | |
6360 @code{Fthrow()} goes up through the catchlist until it finds one with | |
6361 a matching tag. It then calls @code{unbind_catch()} to restore | |
6362 everything to what it was when the appropriate catch was set, stores the | |
6363 return value in the @code{struct catchtag}, and jumps (with | |
6364 @code{_longjmp()}) to its jump point. | |
6365 | |
6366 @code{unbind_catch()} removes all catches from the catchlist until it | |
6367 finds the correct one. Some of the catches might have been placed for | |
6368 error-trapping, and if so, the appropriate entries on the handlerlist | |
6369 must be removed (see ``errors''). @code{unbind_catch()} also restores | |
6370 the values of @code{gcprolist}, @code{backtrace_list}, and | |
6371 @code{lisp_eval}, and calls @code{unbind_to()} to undo any specbindings | |
6372 created since the catch. | |
6373 | |
6374 | |
6375 @node Symbols and Variables, Buffers and Textual Representation, Evaluation; Stack Frames; Bindings, Top | |
6376 @chapter Symbols and Variables | |
6377 | |
6378 @menu | |
6379 * Introduction to Symbols:: | |
6380 * Obarrays:: | |
6381 * Symbol Values:: | |
6382 @end menu | |
6383 | |
6384 @node Introduction to Symbols | |
6385 @section Introduction to Symbols | |
6386 | |
6387 A symbol is basically just an object with four fields: a name (a | |
6388 string), a value (some Lisp object), a function (some Lisp object), and | |
6389 a property list (usually a list of alternating keyword/value pairs). | |
6390 What makes symbols special is that there is usually only one symbol with | |
6391 a given name, and the symbol is referred to by name. This makes a | |
6392 symbol a convenient way of calling up data by name, i.e. of implementing | |
6393 variables. (The variable's value is stored in the @dfn{value slot}.) | |
6394 Similarly, functions are referenced by name, and the definition of the | |
6395 function is stored in a symbol's @dfn{function slot}. This means that | |
6396 there can be a distinct function and variable with the same name. The | |
6397 property list is used as a more general mechanism of associating | |
6398 additional values with particular names, and once again the namespace is | |
6399 independent of the function and variable namespaces. | |
6400 | |
6401 @node Obarrays | |
6402 @section Obarrays | |
6403 | |
6404 The identity of symbols with their names is accomplished through a | |
6405 structure called an obarray, which is just a poorly-implemented hash | |
6406 table mapping from strings to symbols whose name is that string. (I say | |
6407 ``poorly implemented'' because an obarray appears in Lisp as a vector | |
6408 with some hidden fields rather than as its own opaque type. This is an | |
6409 Emacs Lisp artifact that should be fixed.) | |
6410 | |
6411 Obarrays are implemented as a vector of some fixed size (which should | |
6412 be a prime for best results), where each ``bucket'' of the vector | |
6413 contains one or more symbols, threaded through a hidden @code{next} | |
6414 field in the symbol. Lookup of a symbol in an obarray, and adding a | |
6415 symbol to an obarray, is accomplished through standard hash-table | |
6416 techniques. | |
6417 | |
6418 The standard Lisp function for working with symbols and obarrays is | |
6419 @code{intern}. This looks up a symbol in an obarray given its name; if | |
6420 it's not found, a new symbol is automatically created with the specified | |
6421 name, added to the obarray, and returned. This is what happens when the | |
6422 Lisp reader encounters a symbol (or more precisely, encounters the name | |
6423 of a symbol) in some text that it is reading. There is a standard | |
6424 obarray called @code{obarray} that is used for this purpose, although | |
6425 the Lisp programmer is free to create his own obarrays and @code{intern} | |
6426 symbols in them. | |
6427 | |
6428 Note that, once a symbol is in an obarray, it stays there until | |
6429 something is done about it, and the standard obarray @code{obarray} | |
6430 always stays around, so once you use any particular variable name, a | |
6431 corresponding symbol will stay around in @code{obarray} until you exit | |
6432 XEmacs. | |
6433 | |
6434 Note that @code{obarray} itself is a variable, and as such there is a | |
6435 symbol in @code{obarray} whose name is @code{"obarray"} and which | |
6436 contains @code{obarray} as its value. | |
6437 | |
6438 Note also that this call to @code{intern} occurs only when in the Lisp | |
6439 reader, not when the code is executed (at which point the symbol is | |
6440 already around, stored as such in the definition of the function). | |
6441 | |
6442 You can create your own obarray using @code{make-vector} (this is | |
6443 horrible but is an artifact) and intern symbols into that obarray. | |
6444 Doing that will result in two or more symbols with the same name. | |
6445 However, at most one of these symbols is in the standard @code{obarray}: | |
6446 You cannot have two symbols of the same name in any particular obarray. | |
6447 Note that you cannot add a symbol to an obarray in any fashion other | |
6448 than using @code{intern}: i.e. you can't take an existing symbol and put | |
6449 it in an existing obarray. Nor can you change the name of an existing | |
6450 symbol. (Since obarrays are vectors, you can violate the consistency of | |
6451 things by storing directly into the vector, but let's ignore that | |
6452 possibility.) | |
6453 | |
6454 Usually symbols are created by @code{intern}, but if you really want, | |
6455 you can explicitly create a symbol using @code{make-symbol}, giving it | |
6456 some name. The resulting symbol is not in any obarray (i.e. it is | |
6457 @dfn{uninterned}), and you can't add it to any obarray. Therefore its | |
6458 primary purpose is as a symbol to use in macros to avoid namespace | |
6459 pollution. It can also be used as a carrier of information, but cons | |
6460 cells could probably be used just as well. | |
6461 | |
6462 You can also use @code{intern-soft} to look up a symbol but not create | |
6463 a new one, and @code{unintern} to remove a symbol from an obarray. This | |
6464 returns the removed symbol. (Remember: You can't put the symbol back | |
6465 into any obarray.) Finally, @code{mapatoms} maps over all of the symbols | |
6466 in an obarray. | |
6467 | |
6468 @node Symbol Values | |
6469 @section Symbol Values | |
6470 | |
6471 The value field of a symbol normally contains a Lisp object. However, | |
6472 a symbol can be @dfn{unbound}, meaning that it logically has no value. | |
6473 This is internally indicated by storing a special Lisp object, called | |
6474 @dfn{the unbound marker} and stored in the global variable | |
6475 @code{Qunbound}. The unbound marker is of a special Lisp object type | |
6476 called @dfn{symbol-value-magic}. It is impossible for the Lisp | |
6477 programmer to directly create or access any object of this type. | |
6478 | |
6479 @strong{You must not let any ``symbol-value-magic'' object escape to | |
6480 the Lisp level.} Printing any of these objects will cause the message | |
6481 @samp{INTERNAL EMACS BUG} to appear as part of the print representation. | |
6482 (You may see this normally when you call @code{debug_print()} from the | |
6483 debugger on a Lisp object.) If you let one of these objects escape to | |
6484 the Lisp level, you will violate a number of assumptions contained in | |
6485 the C code and make the unbound marker not function right. | |
6486 | |
6487 When a symbol is created, its value field (and function field) are set | |
6488 to @code{Qunbound}. The Lisp programmer can restore these conditions | |
6489 later using @code{makunbound} or @code{fmakunbound}, and can query to | |
6490 see whether the value of function fields are @dfn{bound} (i.e. have a | |
6491 value other than @code{Qunbound}) using @code{boundp} and | |
6492 @code{fboundp}. The fields are set to a normal Lisp object using | |
6493 @code{set} (or @code{setq}) and @code{fset}. | |
6494 | |
6495 Other symbol-value-magic objects are used as special markers to | |
6496 indicate variables that have non-normal properties. This includes any | |
6497 variables that are tied into C variables (setting the variable magically | |
6498 sets some global variable in the C code, and likewise for retrieving the | |
6499 variable's value), variables that magically tie into slots in the | |
6500 current buffer, variables that are buffer-local, etc. The | |
6501 symbol-value-magic object is stored in the value cell in place of | |
6502 a normal object, and the code to retrieve a symbol's value | |
6503 (i.e. @code{symbol-value}) knows how to do special things with them. | |
6504 This means that you should not just fetch the value cell directly if you | |
6505 want a symbol's value. | |
6506 | |
6507 The exact workings of this are rather complex and involved and are | |
6508 well-documented in comments in @file{buffer.c}, @file{symbols.c}, and | |
6509 @file{lisp.h}. | |
6510 | |
6511 @node Buffers and Textual Representation, MULE Character Sets and Encodings, Symbols and Variables, Top | |
6512 @chapter Buffers and Textual Representation | |
6513 | |
6514 @menu | |
6515 * Introduction to Buffers:: A buffer holds a block of text such as a file. | |
6516 * The Text in a Buffer:: Representation of the text in a buffer. | |
6517 * Buffer Lists:: Keeping track of all buffers. | |
6518 * Markers and Extents:: Tagging locations within a buffer. | |
6519 * Bufbytes and Emchars:: Representation of individual characters. | |
6520 * The Buffer Object:: The Lisp object corresponding to a buffer. | |
6521 @end menu | |
6522 | |
6523 @node Introduction to Buffers | |
6524 @section Introduction to Buffers | |
6525 | |
6526 A buffer is logically just a Lisp object that holds some text. | |
6527 In this, it is like a string, but a buffer is optimized for | |
6528 frequent insertion and deletion, while a string is not. Furthermore: | |
6529 | |
6530 @enumerate | |
6531 @item | |
6532 Buffers are @dfn{permanent} objects, i.e. once you create them, they | |
6533 remain around, and need to be explicitly deleted before they go away. | |
6534 @item | |
6535 Each buffer has a unique name, which is a string. Buffers are | |
6536 normally referred to by name. In this respect, they are like | |
6537 symbols. | |
6538 @item | |
6539 Buffers have a default insertion position, called @dfn{point}. | |
6540 Inserting text (unless you explicitly give a position) goes at point, | |
6541 and moves point forward past the text. This is what is going on when | |
6542 you type text into Emacs. | |
6543 @item | |
6544 Buffers have lots of extra properties associated with them. | |
6545 @item | |
6546 Buffers can be @dfn{displayed}. What this means is that there | |
6547 exist a number of @dfn{windows}, which are objects that correspond | |
6548 to some visible section of your display, and each window has | |
6549 an associated buffer, and the current contents of the buffer | |
6550 are shown in that section of the display. The redisplay mechanism | |
6551 (which takes care of doing this) knows how to look at the | |
6552 text of a buffer and come up with some reasonable way of displaying | |
6553 this. Many of the properties of a buffer control how the | |
6554 buffer's text is displayed. | |
6555 @item | |
6556 One buffer is distinguished and called the @dfn{current buffer}. It is | |
6557 stored in the variable @code{current_buffer}. Buffer operations operate | |
6558 on this buffer by default. When you are typing text into a buffer, the | |
6559 buffer you are typing into is always @code{current_buffer}. Switching | |
6560 to a different window changes the current buffer. Note that Lisp code | |
6561 can temporarily change the current buffer using @code{set-buffer} (often | |
6562 enclosed in a @code{save-excursion} so that the former current buffer | |
6563 gets restored when the code is finished). However, calling | |
6564 @code{set-buffer} will NOT cause a permanent change in the current | |
6565 buffer. The reason for this is that the top-level event loop sets | |
6566 @code{current_buffer} to the buffer of the selected window, each time | |
6567 it finishes executing a user command. | |
6568 @end enumerate | |
6569 | |
6570 Make sure you understand the distinction between @dfn{current buffer} | |
6571 and @dfn{buffer of the selected window}, and the distinction between | |
6572 @dfn{point} of the current buffer and @dfn{window-point} of the selected | |
6573 window. (This latter distinction is explained in detail in the section | |
6574 on windows.) | |
6575 | |
6576 @node The Text in a Buffer | |
6577 @section The Text in a Buffer | |
6578 | |
6579 The text in a buffer consists of a sequence of zero or more | |
6580 characters. A @dfn{character} is an integer that logically represents | |
6581 a letter, number, space, or other unit of text. Most of the characters | |
6582 that you will typically encounter belong to the ASCII set of characters, | |
6583 but there are also characters for various sorts of accented letters, | |
6584 special symbols, Chinese and Japanese ideograms (i.e. Kanji, Katakana, | |
6585 etc.), Cyrillic and Greek letters, etc. The actual number of possible | |
6586 characters is quite large. | |
6587 | |
6588 For now, we can view a character as some non-negative integer that | |
6589 has some shape that defines how it typically appears (e.g. as an | |
6590 uppercase A). (The exact way in which a character appears depends on the | |
6591 font used to display the character.) The internal type of characters in | |
6592 the C code is an @code{Emchar}; this is just an @code{int}, but using a | |
6593 symbolic type makes the code clearer. | |
6594 | |
6595 Between every character in a buffer is a @dfn{buffer position} or | |
6596 @dfn{character position}. We can speak of the character before or after | |
6597 a particular buffer position, and when you insert a character at a | |
6598 particular position, all characters after that position end up at new | |
6599 positions. When we speak of the character @dfn{at} a position, we | |
6600 really mean the character after the position. (This schizophrenia | |
6601 between a buffer position being ``between'' a character and ``on'' a | |
6602 character is rampant in Emacs.) | |
6603 | |
6604 Buffer positions are numbered starting at 1. This means that | |
6605 position 1 is before the first character, and position 0 is not | |
6606 valid. If there are N characters in a buffer, then buffer | |
6607 position N+1 is after the last one, and position N+2 is not valid. | |
6608 | |
6609 The internal makeup of the Emchar integer varies depending on whether | |
6610 we have compiled with MULE support. If not, the Emchar integer is an | |
6611 8-bit integer with possible values from 0 - 255. 0 - 127 are the | |
6612 standard ASCII characters, while 128 - 255 are the characters from the | |
6613 ISO-8859-1 character set. If we have compiled with MULE support, an | |
6614 Emchar is a 19-bit integer, with the various bits having meanings | |
6615 according to a complex scheme that will be detailed later. The | |
6616 characters numbered 0 - 255 still have the same meanings as for the | |
6617 non-MULE case, though. | |
6618 | |
6619 Internally, the text in a buffer is represented in a fairly simple | |
6620 fashion: as a contiguous array of bytes, with a @dfn{gap} of some size | |
6621 in the middle. Although the gap is of some substantial size in bytes, | |
6622 there is no text contained within it: From the perspective of the text | |
6623 in the buffer, it does not exist. The gap logically sits at some buffer | |
6624 position, between two characters (or possibly at the beginning or end of | |
6625 the buffer). Insertion of text in a buffer at a particular position is | |
6626 always accomplished by first moving the gap to that position | |
6627 (i.e. through some block moving of text), then writing the text into the | |
6628 beginning of the gap, thereby shrinking the gap. If the gap shrinks | |
6629 down to nothing, a new gap is created. (What actually happens is that a | |
6630 new gap is ``created'' at the end of the buffer's text, which requires | |
6631 nothing more than changing a couple of indices; then the gap is | |
6632 ``moved'' to the position where the insertion needs to take place by | |
6633 moving up in memory all the text after that position.) Similarly, | |
6634 deletion occurs by moving the gap to the place where the text is to be | |
6635 deleted, and then simply expanding the gap to include the deleted text. | |
6636 (@dfn{Expanding} and @dfn{shrinking} the gap as just described means | |
6637 just that the internal indices that keep track of where the gap is | |
6638 located are changed.) | |
6639 | |
6640 Note that the total amount of memory allocated for a buffer text never | |
6641 decreases while the buffer is live. Therefore, if you load up a | |
6642 20-megabyte file and then delete all but one character, there will be a | |
6643 20-megabyte gap, which won't get any smaller (except by inserting | |
6644 characters back again). Once the buffer is killed, the memory allocated | |
6645 for the buffer text will be freed, but it will still be sitting on the | |
6646 heap, taking up virtual memory, and will not be released back to the | |
6647 operating system. (However, if you have compiled XEmacs with rel-alloc, | |
6648 the situation is different. In this case, the space @emph{will} be | |
6649 released back to the operating system. However, this tends to result in a | |
6650 noticeable speed penalty.) | |
6651 | |
6652 Astute readers may notice that the text in a buffer is represented as | |
6653 an array of @emph{bytes}, while (at least in the MULE case) an Emchar is | |
6654 a 19-bit integer, which clearly cannot fit in a byte. This means (of | |
6655 course) that the text in a buffer uses a different representation from | |
6656 an Emchar: specifically, the 19-bit Emchar becomes a series of one to | |
6657 four bytes. The conversion between these two representations is complex | |
6658 and will be described later. | |
6659 | |
6660 In the non-MULE case, everything is very simple: An Emchar | |
6661 is an 8-bit value, which fits neatly into one byte. | |
6662 | |
6663 If we are given a buffer position and want to retrieve the | |
6664 character at that position, we need to follow these steps: | |
6665 | |
6666 @enumerate | |
6667 @item | |
6668 Pretend there's no gap, and convert the buffer position into a @dfn{byte | |
6669 index} that indexes to the appropriate byte in the buffer's stream of | |
6670 textual bytes. By convention, byte indices begin at 1, just like buffer | |
6671 positions. In the non-MULE case, byte indices and buffer positions are | |
6672 identical, since one character equals one byte. | |
6673 @item | |
6674 Convert the byte index into a @dfn{memory index}, which takes the gap | |
6675 into account. The memory index is a direct index into the block of | |
6676 memory that stores the text of a buffer. This basically just involves | |
6677 checking to see if the byte index is past the gap, and if so, adding the | |
6678 size of the gap to it. By convention, memory indices begin at 1, just | |
6679 like buffer positions and byte indices, and when referring to the | |
6680 position that is @dfn{at} the gap, we always use the memory position at | |
6681 the @emph{beginning}, not at the end, of the gap. | |
6682 @item | |
6683 Fetch the appropriate bytes at the determined memory position. | |
6684 @item | |
6685 Convert these bytes into an Emchar. | |
6686 @end enumerate | |
6687 | |
6688 In the non-Mule case, (3) and (4) boil down to a simple one-byte | |
6689 memory access. | |
6690 | |
6691 Note that we have defined three types of positions in a buffer: | |
6692 | |
6693 @enumerate | |
6694 @item | |
6695 @dfn{buffer positions} or @dfn{character positions}, typedef @code{Bufpos} | |
6696 @item | |
6697 @dfn{byte indices}, typedef @code{Bytind} | |
6698 @item | |
6699 @dfn{memory indices}, typedef @code{Memind} | |
6700 @end enumerate | |
6701 | |
6702 All three typedefs are just @code{int}s, but defining them this way makes | |
6703 things a lot clearer. | |
6704 | |
6705 Most code works with buffer positions. In particular, all Lisp code | |
6706 that refers to text in a buffer uses buffer positions. Lisp code does | |
6707 not know that byte indices or memory indices exist. | |
6708 | |
6709 Finally, we have a typedef for the bytes in a buffer. This is a | |
6710 @code{Bufbyte}, which is an unsigned char. Referring to them as | |
6711 Bufbytes underscores the fact that we are working with a string of bytes | |
6712 in the internal Emacs buffer representation rather than in one of a | |
6713 number of possible alternative representations (e.g. EUC-encoded text, | |
6714 etc.). | |
6715 | |
6716 @node Buffer Lists | |
6717 @section Buffer Lists | |
6718 | |
6719 Recall earlier that buffers are @dfn{permanent} objects, i.e. that | |
6720 they remain around until explicitly deleted. This entails that there is | |
6721 a list of all the buffers in existence. This list is actually an | |
6722 assoc-list (mapping from the buffer's name to the buffer) and is stored | |
6723 in the global variable @code{Vbuffer_alist}. | |
6724 | |
6725 The order of the buffers in the list is important: the buffers are | |
6726 ordered approximately from most-recently-used to least-recently-used. | |
6727 Switching to a buffer using @code{switch-to-buffer}, | |
6728 @code{pop-to-buffer}, etc. and switching windows using | |
6729 @code{other-window}, etc. usually brings the new current buffer to the | |
6730 front of the list. @code{switch-to-buffer}, @code{other-buffer}, | |
6731 etc. look at the beginning of the list to find an alternative buffer to | |
6732 suggest. You can also explicitly move a buffer to the end of the list | |
6733 using @code{bury-buffer}. | |
6734 | |
6735 In addition to the global ordering in @code{Vbuffer_alist}, each frame | |
6736 has its own ordering of the list. These lists always contain the same | |
6737 elements as in @code{Vbuffer_alist} although possibly in a different | |
6738 order. @code{buffer-list} normally returns the list for the selected | |
6739 frame. This allows you to work in separate frames without things | |
6740 interfering with each other. | |
6741 | |
6742 The standard way to look up a buffer given a name is | |
6743 @code{get-buffer}, and the standard way to create a new buffer is | |
6744 @code{get-buffer-create}, which looks up a buffer with a given name, | |
6745 creating a new one if necessary. These operations correspond exactly | |
6746 with the symbol operations @code{intern-soft} and @code{intern}, | |
6747 respectively. You can also force a new buffer to be created using | |
6748 @code{generate-new-buffer}, which takes a name and (if necessary) makes | |
6749 a unique name from this by appending a number, and then creates the | |
6750 buffer. This is basically like the symbol operation @code{gensym}. | |
6751 | |
6752 @node Markers and Extents | |
6753 @section Markers and Extents | |
6754 | |
6755 Among the things associated with a buffer are things that are | |
6756 logically attached to certain buffer positions. This can be used to | |
6757 keep track of a buffer position when text is inserted and deleted, so | |
6758 that it remains at the same spot relative to the text around it; to | |
6759 assign properties to particular sections of text; etc. There are two | |
6760 such objects that are useful in this regard: they are @dfn{markers} and | |
6761 @dfn{extents}. | |
6762 | |
6763 A @dfn{marker} is simply a flag placed at a particular buffer | |
6764 position, which is moved around as text is inserted and deleted. | |
6765 Markers are used for all sorts of purposes, such as the @code{mark} that | |
6766 is the other end of textual regions to be cut, copied, etc. | |
6767 | |
6768 An @dfn{extent} is similar to two markers plus some associated | |
6769 properties, and is used to keep track of regions in a buffer as text is | |
6770 inserted and deleted, and to add properties (e.g. fonts) to particular | |
6771 regions of text. The external interface of extents is explained | |
6772 elsewhere. | |
6773 | |
6774 The important thing here is that markers and extents simply contain | |
6775 buffer positions in them as integers, and every time text is inserted or | |
6776 deleted, these positions must be updated. In order to minimize the | |
6777 amount of shuffling that needs to be done, the positions in markers and | |
6778 extents (there's one per marker, two per extent) and stored in Meminds. | |
6779 This means that they only need to be moved when the text is physically | |
6780 moved in memory; since the gap structure tries to minimize this, it also | |
6781 minimizes the number of marker and extent indices that need to be | |
6782 adjusted. Look in @file{insdel.c} for the details of how this works. | |
6783 | |
6784 One other important distinction is that markers are @dfn{temporary} | |
6785 while extents are @dfn{permanent}. This means that markers disappear as | |
6786 soon as there are no more pointers to them, and correspondingly, there | |
6787 is no way to determine what markers are in a buffer if you are just | |
6788 given the buffer. Extents remain in a buffer until they are detached | |
6789 (which could happen as a result of text being deleted) or the buffer is | |
6790 deleted, and primitives do exist to enumerate the extents in a buffer. | |
6791 | |
6792 @node Bufbytes and Emchars | |
6793 @section Bufbytes and Emchars | |
6794 | |
6795 Not yet documented. | |
6796 | |
6797 @node The Buffer Object | |
6798 @section The Buffer Object | |
6799 | |
6800 Buffers contain fields not directly accessible by the Lisp programmer. | |
6801 We describe them here, naming them by the names used in the C code. | |
6802 Many are accessible indirectly in Lisp programs via Lisp primitives. | |
6803 | |
6804 @table @code | |
6805 @item name | |
6806 The buffer name is a string that names the buffer. It is guaranteed to | |
6807 be unique. @xref{Buffer Names,,, lispref, XEmacs Lisp Programmer's | |
6808 Manual}. | |
6809 | |
6810 @item save_modified | |
6811 This field contains the time when the buffer was last saved, as an | |
6812 integer. @xref{Buffer Modification,,, lispref, XEmacs Lisp Programmer's | |
6813 Manual}. | |
6814 | |
6815 @item modtime | |
6816 This field contains the modification time of the visited file. It is | |
6817 set when the file is written or read. Every time the buffer is written | |
6818 to the file, this field is compared to the modification time of the | |
6819 file. @xref{Buffer Modification,,, lispref, XEmacs Lisp Programmer's | |
6820 Manual}. | |
6821 | |
6822 @item auto_save_modified | |
6823 This field contains the time when the buffer was last auto-saved. | |
6824 | |
6825 @item last_window_start | |
6826 This field contains the @code{window-start} position in the buffer as of | |
6827 the last time the buffer was displayed in a window. | |
6828 | |
6829 @item undo_list | |
6830 This field points to the buffer's undo list. @xref{Undo,,, lispref, | |
6831 XEmacs Lisp Programmer's Manual}. | |
6832 | |
6833 @item syntax_table_v | |
6834 This field contains the syntax table for the buffer. @xref{Syntax | |
6835 Tables,,, lispref, XEmacs Lisp Programmer's Manual}. | |
6836 | |
6837 @item downcase_table | |
6838 This field contains the conversion table for converting text to lower | |
6839 case. @xref{Case Tables,,, lispref, XEmacs Lisp Programmer's Manual}. | |
6840 | |
6841 @item upcase_table | |
6842 This field contains the conversion table for converting text to upper | |
6843 case. @xref{Case Tables,,, lispref, XEmacs Lisp Programmer's Manual}. | |
6844 | |
6845 @item case_canon_table | |
6846 This field contains the conversion table for canonicalizing text for | |
6847 case-folding search. @xref{Case Tables,,, lispref, XEmacs Lisp | |
6848 Programmer's Manual}. | |
6849 | |
6850 @item case_eqv_table | |
6851 This field contains the equivalence table for case-folding search. | |
6852 @xref{Case Tables,,, lispref, XEmacs Lisp Programmer's Manual}. | |
6853 | |
6854 @item display_table | |
6855 This field contains the buffer's display table, or @code{nil} if it | |
6856 doesn't have one. @xref{Display Tables,,, lispref, XEmacs Lisp | |
6857 Programmer's Manual}. | |
6858 | |
6859 @item markers | |
6860 This field contains the chain of all markers that currently point into | |
6861 the buffer. Deletion of text in the buffer, and motion of the buffer's | |
6862 gap, must check each of these markers and perhaps update it. | |
6863 @xref{Markers,,, lispref, XEmacs Lisp Programmer's Manual}. | |
6864 | |
6865 @item backed_up | |
6866 This field is a flag that tells whether a backup file has been made for | |
6867 the visited file of this buffer. | |
6868 | |
6869 @item mark | |
6870 This field contains the mark for the buffer. The mark is a marker, | |
6871 hence it is also included on the list @code{markers}. @xref{The Mark,,, | |
6872 lispref, XEmacs Lisp Programmer's Manual}. | |
6873 | |
6874 @item mark_active | |
6875 This field is non-@code{nil} if the buffer's mark is active. | |
6876 | |
6877 @item local_var_alist | |
6878 This field contains the association list describing the variables local | |
6879 in this buffer, and their values, with the exception of local variables | |
6880 that have special slots in the buffer object. (Those slots are omitted | |
6881 from this table.) @xref{Buffer-Local Variables,,, lispref, XEmacs Lisp | |
6882 Programmer's Manual}. | |
6883 | |
6884 @item modeline_format | |
6885 This field contains a Lisp object which controls how to display the mode | |
6886 line for this buffer. @xref{Modeline Format,,, lispref, XEmacs Lisp | |
6887 Programmer's Manual}. | |
6888 | |
6889 @item base_buffer | |
6890 This field holds the buffer's base buffer (if it is an indirect buffer), | |
6891 or @code{nil}. | |
6892 @end table | |
6893 | |
6894 @node MULE Character Sets and Encodings, The Lisp Reader and Compiler, Buffers and Textual Representation, Top | |
6895 @chapter MULE Character Sets and Encodings | |
6896 | |
6897 Recall that there are two primary ways that text is represented in | |
6898 XEmacs. The @dfn{buffer} representation sees the text as a series of | |
6899 bytes (Bufbytes), with a variable number of bytes used per character. | |
6900 The @dfn{character} representation sees the text as a series of integers | |
6901 (Emchars), one per character. The character representation is a cleaner | |
6902 representation from a theoretical standpoint, and is thus used in many | |
6903 cases when lots of manipulations on a string need to be done. However, | |
6904 the buffer representation is the standard representation used in both | |
6905 Lisp strings and buffers, and because of this, it is the ``default'' | |
6906 representation that text comes in. The reason for using this | |
6907 representation is that it's compact and is compatible with ASCII. | |
6908 | |
6909 @menu | |
6910 * Character Sets:: | |
6911 * Encodings:: | |
6912 * Internal Mule Encodings:: | |
6913 * CCL:: | |
6914 @end menu | |
6915 | |
6916 @node Character Sets | |
6917 @section Character Sets | |
6918 | |
6919 A character set (or @dfn{charset}) is an ordered set of characters. A | |
6920 particular character in a charset is indexed using one or more | |
6921 @dfn{position codes}, which are non-negative integers. The number of | |
6922 position codes needed to identify a particular character in a charset is | |
6923 called the @dfn{dimension} of the charset. In XEmacs/Mule, all charsets | |
6924 have dimension 1 or 2, and the size of all charsets (except for a few | |
6925 special cases) is either 94, 96, 94 by 94, or 96 by 96. The range of | |
6926 position codes used to index characters from any of these types of | |
6927 character sets is as follows: | |
6928 | |
6929 @example | |
6930 Charset type Position code 1 Position code 2 | |
6931 ------------------------------------------------------------ | |
6932 94 33 - 126 N/A | |
6933 96 32 - 127 N/A | |
6934 94x94 33 - 126 33 - 126 | |
6935 96x96 32 - 127 32 - 127 | |
6936 @end example | |
6937 | |
6938 Note that in the above cases position codes do not start at an | |
6939 expected value such as 0 or 1. The reason for this will become clear | |
6940 later. | |
6941 | |
6942 For example, Latin-1 is a 96-character charset, and JISX0208 (the | |
6943 Japanese national character set) is a 94x94-character charset. | |
6944 | |
6945 [Note that, although the ranges above define the @emph{valid} position | |
6946 codes for a charset, some of the slots in a particular charset may in | |
6947 fact be empty. This is the case for JISX0208, for example, where (e.g.) | |
6948 all the slots whose first position code is in the range 118 - 127 are | |
6949 empty.] | |
6950 | |
6951 There are three charsets that do not follow the above rules. All of | |
6952 them have one dimension, and have ranges of position codes as follows: | |
6953 | |
6954 @example | |
6955 Charset name Position code 1 | |
6956 ------------------------------------ | |
6957 ASCII 0 - 127 | |
6958 Control-1 0 - 31 | |
6959 Composite 0 - some large number | |
6960 @end example | |
6961 | |
6962 (The upper bound of the position code for composite characters has not | |
6963 yet been determined, but it will probably be at least 16,383). | |
6964 | |
6965 ASCII is the union of two subsidiary character sets: Printing-ASCII | |
6966 (the printing ASCII character set, consisting of position codes 33 - | |
6967 126, like for a standard 94-character charset) and Control-ASCII (the | |
6968 non-printing characters that would appear in a binary file with codes 0 | |
6969 - 32 and 127). | |
6970 | |
6971 Control-1 contains the non-printing characters that would appear in a | |
6972 binary file with codes 128 - 159. | |
6973 | |
6974 Composite contains characters that are generated by overstriking one | |
6975 or more characters from other charsets. | |
6976 | |
6977 Note that some characters in ASCII, and all characters in Control-1, | |
6978 are @dfn{control} (non-printing) characters. These have no printed | |
6979 representation but instead control some other function of the printing | |
6980 (e.g. TAB or 8 moves the current character position to the next tab | |
6981 stop). All other characters in all charsets are @dfn{graphic} | |
6982 (printing) characters. | |
6983 | |
6984 When a binary file is read in, the bytes in the file are assigned to | |
6985 character sets as follows: | |
6986 | |
6987 @example | |
6988 Bytes Character set Range | |
6989 -------------------------------------------------- | |
6990 0 - 127 ASCII 0 - 127 | |
6991 128 - 159 Control-1 0 - 31 | |
6992 160 - 255 Latin-1 32 - 127 | |
6993 @end example | |
6994 | |
6995 This is a bit ad-hoc but gets the job done. | |
6996 | |
6997 @node Encodings | |
6998 @section Encodings | |
6999 | |
7000 An @dfn{encoding} is a way of numerically representing characters from | |
7001 one or more character sets. If an encoding only encompasses one | |
7002 character set, then the position codes for the characters in that | |
7003 character set could be used directly. This is not possible, however, if | |
7004 more than one character set is to be used in the encoding. | |
7005 | |
7006 For example, the conversion detailed above between bytes in a binary | |
7007 file and characters is effectively an encoding that encompasses the | |
7008 three character sets ASCII, Control-1, and Latin-1 in a stream of 8-bit | |
7009 bytes. | |
7010 | |
7011 Thus, an encoding can be viewed as a way of encoding characters from a | |
7012 specified group of character sets using a stream of bytes, each of which | |
7013 contains a fixed number of bits (but not necessarily 8, as in the common | |
7014 usage of ``byte''). | |
7015 | |
7016 Here are descriptions of a couple of common | |
7017 encodings: | |
7018 | |
7019 @menu | |
7020 * Japanese EUC (Extended Unix Code):: | |
7021 * JIS7:: | |
7022 @end menu | |
7023 | |
7024 @node Japanese EUC (Extended Unix Code) | |
7025 @subsection Japanese EUC (Extended Unix Code) | |
7026 | |
7027 This encompasses the character sets Printing-ASCII, Japanese-JISX0201, | |
7028 and Japanese-JISX0208-Kana (half-width katakana, the right half of | |
7029 JISX0201). It uses 8-bit bytes. | |
7030 | |
7031 Note that Printing-ASCII and Japanese-JISX0201-Kana are 94-character | |
7032 charsets, while Japanese-JISX0208 is a 94x94-character charset. | |
7033 | |
7034 The encoding is as follows: | |
7035 | |
7036 @example | |
7037 Character set Representation (PC=position-code) | |
7038 ------------- -------------- | |
7039 Printing-ASCII PC1 | |
7040 Japanese-JISX0201-Kana 0x8E | PC1 + 0x80 | |
7041 Japanese-JISX0208 PC1 + 0x80 | PC2 + 0x80 | |
7042 Japanese-JISX0212 PC1 + 0x80 | PC2 + 0x80 | |
7043 @end example | |
7044 | |
7045 | |
7046 @node JIS7 | |
7047 @subsection JIS7 | |
7048 | |
7049 This encompasses the character sets Printing-ASCII, | |
7050 Japanese-JISX0201-Roman (the left half of JISX0201; this character set | |
7051 is very similar to Printing-ASCII and is a 94-character charset), | |
7052 Japanese-JISX0208, and Japanese-JISX0201-Kana. It uses 7-bit bytes. | |
7053 | |
7054 Unlike Japanese EUC, this is a @dfn{modal} encoding, which | |
7055 means that there are multiple states that the encoding can | |
7056 be in, which affect how the bytes are to be interpreted. | |
7057 Special sequences of bytes (called @dfn{escape sequences}) | |
7058 are used to change states. | |
7059 | |
7060 The encoding is as follows: | |
7061 | |
7062 @example | |
7063 Character set Representation (PC=position-code) | |
7064 ------------- -------------- | |
7065 Printing-ASCII PC1 | |
7066 Japanese-JISX0201-Roman PC1 | |
7067 Japanese-JISX0201-Kana PC1 | |
7068 Japanese-JISX0208 PC1 PC2 | |
7069 | |
7070 | |
7071 Escape sequence ASCII equivalent Meaning | |
7072 --------------- ---------------- ------- | |
7073 0x1B 0x28 0x4A ESC ( J invoke Japanese-JISX0201-Roman | |
7074 0x1B 0x28 0x49 ESC ( I invoke Japanese-JISX0201-Kana | |
7075 0x1B 0x24 0x42 ESC $ B invoke Japanese-JISX0208 | |
7076 0x1B 0x28 0x42 ESC ( B invoke Printing-ASCII | |
7077 @end example | |
7078 | |
7079 Initially, Printing-ASCII is invoked. | |
7080 | |
7081 @node Internal Mule Encodings | |
7082 @section Internal Mule Encodings | |
7083 | |
7084 In XEmacs/Mule, each character set is assigned a unique number, called a | |
7085 @dfn{leading byte}. This is used in the encodings of a character. | |
7086 Leading bytes are in the range 0x80 - 0xFF (except for ASCII, which has | |
7087 a leading byte of 0), although some leading bytes are reserved. | |
7088 | |
7089 Charsets whose leading byte is in the range 0x80 - 0x9F are called | |
7090 @dfn{official} and are used for built-in charsets. Other charsets are | |
7091 called @dfn{private} and have leading bytes in the range 0xA0 - 0xFF; | |
7092 these are user-defined charsets. | |
7093 | |
7094 More specifically: | |
7095 | |
7096 @example | |
7097 Character set Leading byte | |
7098 ------------- ------------ | |
7099 ASCII 0 | |
7100 Composite 0x80 | |
7101 Dimension-1 Official 0x81 - 0x8D | |
7102 (0x8E is free) | |
7103 Control-1 0x8F | |
7104 Dimension-2 Official 0x90 - 0x99 | |
7105 (0x9A - 0x9D are free; | |
7106 0x9E and 0x9F are reserved) | |
7107 Dimension-1 Private 0xA0 - 0xEF | |
7108 Dimension-2 Private 0xF0 - 0xFF | |
7109 @end example | |
7110 | |
7111 There are two internal encodings for characters in XEmacs/Mule. One is | |
7112 called @dfn{string encoding} and is an 8-bit encoding that is used for | |
7113 representing characters in a buffer or string. It uses 1 to 4 bytes per | |
7114 character. The other is called @dfn{character encoding} and is a 19-bit | |
7115 encoding that is used for representing characters individually in a | |
7116 variable. | |
7117 | |
7118 (In the following descriptions, we'll ignore composite characters for | |
7119 the moment. We also give a general (structural) overview first, | |
7120 followed later by the exact details.) | |
7121 | |
7122 @menu | |
7123 * Internal String Encoding:: | |
7124 * Internal Character Encoding:: | |
7125 @end menu | |
7126 | |
7127 @node Internal String Encoding | |
7128 @subsection Internal String Encoding | |
7129 | |
7130 ASCII characters are encoded using their position code directly. Other | |
7131 characters are encoded using their leading byte followed by their | |
7132 position code(s) with the high bit set. Characters in private character | |
7133 sets have their leading byte prefixed with a @dfn{leading byte prefix}, | |
7134 which is either 0x9E or 0x9F. (No character sets are ever assigned these | |
7135 leading bytes.) Specifically: | |
7136 | |
7137 @example | |
7138 Character set Encoding (PC=position-code, LB=leading-byte) | |
7139 ------------- -------- | |
7140 ASCII PC-1 | | |
7141 Control-1 LB | PC1 + 0xA0 | | |
7142 Dimension-1 official LB | PC1 + 0x80 | | |
7143 Dimension-1 private 0x9E | LB | PC1 + 0x80 | | |
7144 Dimension-2 official LB | PC1 + 0x80 | PC2 + 0x80 | | |
7145 Dimension-2 private 0x9F | LB | PC1 + 0x80 | PC2 + 0x80 | |
7146 @end example | |
7147 | |
7148 The basic characteristic of this encoding is that the first byte | |
7149 of all characters is in the range 0x00 - 0x9F, and the second and | |
7150 following bytes of all characters is in the range 0xA0 - 0xFF. | |
7151 This means that it is impossible to get out of sync, or more | |
7152 specifically: | |
7153 | |
7154 @enumerate | |
7155 @item | |
7156 Given any byte position, the beginning of the character it is | |
7157 within can be determined in constant time. | |
7158 @item | |
7159 Given any byte position at the beginning of a character, the | |
7160 beginning of the next character can be determined in constant | |
7161 time. | |
7162 @item | |
7163 Given any byte position at the beginning of a character, the | |
7164 beginning of the previous character can be determined in constant | |
7165 time. | |
7166 @item | |
7167 Textual searches can simply treat encoded strings as if they | |
7168 were encoded in a one-byte-per-character fashion rather than | |
7169 the actual multi-byte encoding. | |
7170 @end enumerate | |
7171 | |
7172 None of the standard non-modal encodings meet all of these | |
7173 conditions. For example, EUC satisfies only (2) and (3), while | |
7174 Shift-JIS and Big5 (not yet described) satisfy only (2). (All | |
7175 non-modal encodings must satisfy (2), in order to be unambiguous.) | |
7176 | |
7177 @node Internal Character Encoding | |
7178 @subsection Internal Character Encoding | |
7179 | |
7180 One 19-bit word represents a single character. The word is | |
7181 separated into three fields: | |
7182 | |
7183 @example | |
7184 Bit number: 18 17 16 15 14 13 12 11 10 09 08 07 06 05 04 03 02 01 00 | |
7185 <------------> <------------------> <------------------> | |
7186 Field: 1 2 3 | |
7187 @end example | |
7188 | |
7189 Note that fields 2 and 3 hold 7 bits each, while field 1 holds 5 bits. | |
7190 | |
7191 @example | |
7192 Character set Field 1 Field 2 Field 3 | |
7193 ------------- ------- ------- ------- | |
7194 ASCII 0 0 PC1 | |
7195 range: (00 - 7F) | |
7196 Control-1 0 1 PC1 | |
7197 range: (00 - 1F) | |
7198 Dimension-1 official 0 LB - 0x80 PC1 | |
7199 range: (01 - 0D) (20 - 7F) | |
7200 Dimension-1 private 0 LB - 0x80 PC1 | |
7201 range: (20 - 6F) (20 - 7F) | |
7202 Dimension-2 official LB - 0x8F PC1 PC2 | |
7203 range: (01 - 0A) (20 - 7F) (20 - 7F) | |
7204 Dimension-2 private LB - 0xE1 PC1 PC2 | |
7205 range: (0F - 1E) (20 - 7F) (20 - 7F) | |
7206 Composite 0x1F ? ? | |
7207 @end example | |
7208 | |
7209 Note that character codes 0 - 255 are the same as the ``binary encoding'' | |
7210 described above. | |
7211 | |
7212 @node CCL | |
7213 @section CCL | |
7214 | |
7215 @example | |
7216 CCL PROGRAM SYNTAX: | |
7217 CCL_PROGRAM := (CCL_MAIN_BLOCK | |
7218 [ CCL_EOF_BLOCK ]) | |
7219 | |
7220 CCL_MAIN_BLOCK := CCL_BLOCK | |
7221 CCL_EOF_BLOCK := CCL_BLOCK | |
7222 | |
7223 CCL_BLOCK := STATEMENT | (STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...]) | |
7224 STATEMENT := | |
7225 SET | IF | BRANCH | LOOP | REPEAT | BREAK | |
7226 | READ | WRITE | |
7227 | |
7228 SET := (REG = EXPRESSION) | (REG SELF_OP EXPRESSION) | |
7229 | INT-OR-CHAR | |
7230 | |
7231 EXPRESSION := ARG | (EXPRESSION OP ARG) | |
7232 | |
7233 IF := (if EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK CCL_BLOCK) | |
7234 BRANCH := (branch EXPRESSION CCL_BLOCK [CCL_BLOCK ...]) | |
7235 LOOP := (loop STATEMENT [STATEMENT ...]) | |
7236 BREAK := (break) | |
7237 REPEAT := (repeat) | |
7238 | (write-repeat [REG | INT-OR-CHAR | string]) | |
7239 | (write-read-repeat REG [INT-OR-CHAR | string | ARRAY]?) | |
7240 READ := (read REG) | (read REG REG) | |
7241 | (read-if REG ARITH_OP ARG CCL_BLOCK CCL_BLOCK) | |
7242 | (read-branch REG CCL_BLOCK [CCL_BLOCK ...]) | |
7243 WRITE := (write REG) | (write REG REG) | |
7244 | (write INT-OR-CHAR) | (write STRING) | STRING | |
7245 | (write REG ARRAY) | |
7246 END := (end) | |
7247 | |
7248 REG := r0 | r1 | r2 | r3 | r4 | r5 | r6 | r7 | |
7249 ARG := REG | INT-OR-CHAR | |
7250 OP := + | - | * | / | % | & | '|' | ^ | << | >> | <8 | >8 | // | |
7251 | < | > | == | <= | >= | != | |
7252 SELF_OP := | |
7253 += | -= | *= | /= | %= | &= | '|=' | ^= | <<= | >>= | |
7254 ARRAY := '[' INT-OR-CHAR ... ']' | |
7255 INT-OR-CHAR := INT | CHAR | |
7256 | |
7257 MACHINE CODE: | |
7258 | |
7259 The machine code consists of a vector of 32-bit words. | |
7260 The first such word specifies the start of the EOF section of the code; | |
7261 this is the code executed to handle any stuff that needs to be done | |
7262 (e.g. designating back to ASCII and left-to-right mode) after all | |
7263 other encoded/decoded data has been written out. This is not used for | |
7264 charset CCL programs. | |
7265 | |
7266 REGISTER: 0..7 -- refered by RRR or rrr | |
7267 | |
7268 OPERATOR BIT FIELD (27-bit): XXXXXXXXXXXXXXX RRR TTTTT | |
7269 TTTTT (5-bit): operator type | |
7270 RRR (3-bit): register number | |
7271 XXXXXXXXXXXXXXXX (15-bit): | |
7272 CCCCCCCCCCCCCCC: constant or address | |
7273 000000000000rrr: register number | |
7274 | |
7275 AAAA: 00000 + | |
7276 00001 - | |
7277 00010 * | |
7278 00011 / | |
7279 00100 % | |
7280 00101 & | |
7281 00110 | | |
7282 00111 ~ | |
7283 | |
7284 01000 << | |
7285 01001 >> | |
7286 01010 <8 | |
7287 01011 >8 | |
7288 01100 // | |
7289 01101 not used | |
7290 01110 not used | |
7291 01111 not used | |
7292 | |
7293 10000 < | |
7294 10001 > | |
7295 10010 == | |
7296 10011 <= | |
7297 10100 >= | |
7298 10101 != | |
7299 | |
7300 OPERATORS: TTTTT RRR XX.. | |
7301 | |
7302 SetCS: 00000 RRR C...C RRR = C...C | |
7303 SetCL: 00001 RRR ..... RRR = c...c | |
7304 c.............c | |
7305 SetR: 00010 RRR ..rrr RRR = rrr | |
7306 SetA: 00011 RRR ..rrr RRR = array[rrr] | |
7307 C.............C size of array = C...C | |
7308 c.............c contents = c...c | |
7309 | |
7310 Jump: 00100 000 c...c jump to c...c | |
7311 JumpCond: 00101 RRR c...c if (!RRR) jump to c...c | |
7312 WriteJump: 00110 RRR c...c Write1 RRR, jump to c...c | |
7313 WriteReadJump: 00111 RRR c...c Write1, Read1 RRR, jump to c...c | |
7314 WriteCJump: 01000 000 c...c Write1 C...C, jump to c...c | |
7315 C...C | |
7316 WriteCReadJump: 01001 RRR c...c Write1 C...C, Read1 RRR, | |
7317 C.............C and jump to c...c | |
7318 WriteSJump: 01010 000 c...c WriteS, jump to c...c | |
7319 C.............C | |
7320 S.............S | |
7321 ... | |
7322 WriteSReadJump: 01011 RRR c...c WriteS, Read1 RRR, jump to c...c | |
7323 C.............C | |
7324 S.............S | |
7325 ... | |
7326 WriteAReadJump: 01100 RRR c...c WriteA, Read1 RRR, jump to c...c | |
7327 C.............C size of array = C...C | |
7328 c.............c contents = c...c | |
7329 ... | |
7330 Branch: 01101 RRR C...C if (RRR >= 0 && RRR < C..) | |
7331 c.............c branch to (RRR+1)th address | |
7332 Read1: 01110 RRR ... read 1-byte to RRR | |
7333 Read2: 01111 RRR ..rrr read 2-byte to RRR and rrr | |
7334 ReadBranch: 10000 RRR C...C Read1 and Branch | |
7335 c.............c | |
7336 ... | |
7337 Write1: 10001 RRR ..... write 1-byte RRR | |
7338 Write2: 10010 RRR ..rrr write 2-byte RRR and rrr | |
7339 WriteC: 10011 000 ..... write 1-char C...CC | |
7340 C.............C | |
7341 WriteS: 10100 000 ..... write C..-byte of string | |
7342 C.............C | |
7343 S.............S | |
7344 ... | |
7345 WriteA: 10101 RRR ..... write array[RRR] | |
7346 C.............C size of array = C...C | |
7347 c.............c contents = c...c | |
7348 ... | |
7349 End: 10110 000 ..... terminate the execution | |
7350 | |
7351 SetSelfCS: 10111 RRR C...C RRR AAAAA= C...C | |
7352 ..........AAAAA | |
7353 SetSelfCL: 11000 RRR ..... RRR AAAAA= c...c | |
7354 c.............c | |
7355 ..........AAAAA | |
7356 SetSelfR: 11001 RRR ..Rrr RRR AAAAA= rrr | |
7357 ..........AAAAA | |
7358 SetExprCL: 11010 RRR ..Rrr RRR = rrr AAAAA c...c | |
7359 c.............c | |
7360 ..........AAAAA | |
7361 SetExprR: 11011 RRR ..rrr RRR = rrr AAAAA Rrr | |
7362 ............Rrr | |
7363 ..........AAAAA | |
7364 JumpCondC: 11100 RRR c...c if !(RRR AAAAA C..) jump to c...c | |
7365 C.............C | |
7366 ..........AAAAA | |
7367 JumpCondR: 11101 RRR c...c if !(RRR AAAAA rrr) jump to c...c | |
7368 ............rrr | |
7369 ..........AAAAA | |
7370 ReadJumpCondC: 11110 RRR c...c Read1 and JumpCondC | |
7371 C.............C | |
7372 ..........AAAAA | |
7373 ReadJumpCondR: 11111 RRR c...c Read1 and JumpCondR | |
7374 ............rrr | |
7375 ..........AAAAA | |
7376 @end example | |
7377 | |
7378 @node The Lisp Reader and Compiler, Lstreams, MULE Character Sets and Encodings, Top | |
7379 @chapter The Lisp Reader and Compiler | |
7380 | |
7381 Not yet documented. | |
7382 | |
7383 @node Lstreams, Consoles; Devices; Frames; Windows, The Lisp Reader and Compiler, Top | |
7384 @chapter Lstreams | |
7385 | |
7386 An @dfn{lstream} is an internal Lisp object that provides a generic | |
7387 buffering stream implementation. Conceptually, you send data to the | |
7388 stream or read data from the stream, not caring what's on the other end | |
7389 of the stream. The other end could be another stream, a file | |
7390 descriptor, a stdio stream, a fixed block of memory, a reallocating | |
7391 block of memory, etc. The main purpose of the stream is to provide a | |
7392 standard interface and to do buffering. Macros are defined to read or | |
7393 write characters, so the calling functions do not have to worry about | |
7394 blocking data together in order to achieve efficiency. | |
7395 | |
7396 @menu | |
7397 * Creating an Lstream:: Creating an lstream object. | |
7398 * Lstream Types:: Different sorts of things that are streamed. | |
7399 * Lstream Functions:: Functions for working with lstreams. | |
7400 * Lstream Methods:: Creating new lstream types. | |
7401 @end menu | |
7402 | |
7403 @node Creating an Lstream | |
7404 @section Creating an Lstream | |
7405 | |
7406 Lstreams come in different types, depending on what is being interfaced | |
7407 to. Although the primitive for creating new lstreams is | |
7408 @code{Lstream_new()}, generally you do not call this directly. Instead, | |
7409 you call some type-specific creation function, which creates the lstream | |
7410 and initializes it as appropriate for the particular type. | |
7411 | |
7412 All lstream creation functions take a @var{mode} argument, specifying | |
7413 what mode the lstream should be opened as. This controls whether the | |
7414 lstream is for input and output, and optionally whether data should be | |
7415 blocked up in units of MULE characters. Note that some types of | |
7416 lstreams can only be opened for input; others only for output; and | |
7417 others can be opened either way. #### Richard Mlynarik thinks that | |
7418 there should be a strict separation between input and output streams, | |
7419 and he's probably right. | |
7420 | |
7421 @var{mode} is a string, one of | |
7422 | |
7423 @table @code | |
7424 @item "r" | |
7425 Open for reading. | |
7426 @item "w" | |
7427 Open for writing. | |
7428 @item "rc" | |
7429 Open for reading, but ``read'' never returns partial MULE characters. | |
7430 @item "wc" | |
7431 Open for writing, but never writes partial MULE characters. | |
7432 @end table | |
7433 | |
7434 @node Lstream Types | |
7435 @section Lstream Types | |
7436 | |
7437 @table @asis | |
7438 @item stdio | |
7439 | |
7440 @item filedesc | |
7441 | |
7442 @item lisp-string | |
7443 | |
7444 @item fixed-buffer | |
7445 | |
7446 @item resizing-buffer | |
7447 | |
7448 @item dynarr | |
7449 | |
7450 @item lisp-buffer | |
7451 | |
7452 @item print | |
7453 | |
7454 @item decoding | |
7455 | |
7456 @item encoding | |
7457 @end table | |
7458 | |
7459 @node Lstream Functions | |
7460 @section Lstream Functions | |
7461 | |
7462 @deftypefun {Lstream *} Lstream_new (Lstream_implementation *@var{imp}, CONST char *@var{mode}) | |
7463 Allocate and return a new Lstream. This function is not really meant to | |
7464 be called directly; rather, each stream type should provide its own | |
7465 stream creation function, which creates the stream and does any other | |
7466 necessary creation stuff (e.g. opening a file). | |
7467 @end deftypefun | |
7468 | |
7469 @deftypefun void Lstream_set_buffering (Lstream *@var{lstr}, Lstream_buffering @var{buffering}, int @var{buffering_size}) | |
7470 Change the buffering of a stream. See @file{lstream.h}. By default the | |
7471 buffering is @code{STREAM_BLOCK_BUFFERED}. | |
7472 @end deftypefun | |
7473 | |
7474 @deftypefun int Lstream_flush (Lstream *@var{lstr}) | |
7475 Flush out any pending unwritten data in the stream. Clear any buffered | |
7476 input data. Returns 0 on success, -1 on error. | |
7477 @end deftypefun | |
7478 | |
7479 @deftypefn Macro int Lstream_putc (Lstream *@var{stream}, int @var{c}) | |
7480 Write out one byte to the stream. This is a macro and so it is very | |
7481 efficient. The @var{c} argument is only evaluated once but the @var{stream} | |
7482 argument is evaluated more than once. Returns 0 on success, -1 on | |
7483 error. | |
7484 @end deftypefn | |
7485 | |
7486 @deftypefn Macro int Lstream_getc (Lstream *@var{stream}) | |
7487 Read one byte from the stream. This is a macro and so it is very | |
7488 efficient. The @var{stream} argument is evaluated more than once. Return | |
7489 value is -1 for EOF or error. | |
7490 @end deftypefn | |
7491 | |
7492 @deftypefn Macro void Lstream_ungetc (Lstream *@var{stream}, int @var{c}) | |
7493 Push one byte back onto the input queue. This will be the next byte | |
7494 read from the stream. Any number of bytes can be pushed back and will | |
7495 be read in the reverse order they were pushed back -- most recent | |
7496 first. (This is necessary for consistency -- if there are a number of | |
7497 bytes that have been unread and I read and unread a byte, it needs to be | |
7498 the first to be read again.) This is a macro and so it is very | |
7499 efficient. The @var{c} argument is only evaluated once but the @var{stream} | |
7500 argument is evaluated more than once. | |
7501 @end deftypefn | |
7502 | |
7503 @deftypefun int Lstream_fputc (Lstream *@var{stream}, int @var{c}) | |
7504 @deftypefunx int Lstream_fgetc (Lstream *@var{stream}) | |
7505 @deftypefunx void Lstream_fungetc (Lstream *@var{stream}, int @var{c}) | |
7506 Function equivalents of the above macros. | |
7507 @end deftypefun | |
7508 | |
7509 @deftypefun ssize_t Lstream_read (Lstream *@var{stream}, void *@var{data}, size_t @var{size}) | |
7510 Read @var{size} bytes of @var{data} from the stream. Return the number | |
7511 of bytes read. 0 means EOF. -1 means an error occurred and no bytes | |
7512 were read. | |
7513 @end deftypefun | |
7514 | |
7515 @deftypefun ssize_t Lstream_write (Lstream *@var{stream}, void *@var{data}, size_t @var{size}) | |
7516 Write @var{size} bytes of @var{data} to the stream. Return the number | |
7517 of bytes written. -1 means an error occurred and no bytes were written. | |
7518 @end deftypefun | |
7519 | |
7520 @deftypefun void Lstream_unread (Lstream *@var{stream}, void *@var{data}, size_t @var{size}) | |
7521 Push back @var{size} bytes of @var{data} onto the input queue. The next | |
7522 call to @code{Lstream_read()} with the same size will read the same | |
7523 bytes back. Note that this will be the case even if there is other | |
7524 pending unread data. | |
7525 @end deftypefun | |
7526 | |
7527 @deftypefun int Lstream_close (Lstream *@var{stream}) | |
7528 Close the stream. All data will be flushed out. | |
7529 @end deftypefun | |
7530 | |
7531 @deftypefun void Lstream_reopen (Lstream *@var{stream}) | |
7532 Reopen a closed stream. This enables I/O on it again. This is not | |
7533 meant to be called except from a wrapper routine that reinitializes | |
7534 variables and such -- the close routine may well have freed some | |
7535 necessary storage structures, for example. | |
7536 @end deftypefun | |
7537 | |
7538 @deftypefun void Lstream_rewind (Lstream *@var{stream}) | |
7539 Rewind the stream to the beginning. | |
7540 @end deftypefun | |
7541 | |
7542 @node Lstream Methods | |
7543 @section Lstream Methods | |
7544 | |
7545 @deftypefn {Lstream Method} ssize_t reader (Lstream *@var{stream}, unsigned char *@var{data}, size_t @var{size}) | |
7546 Read some data from the stream's end and store it into @var{data}, which | |
7547 can hold @var{size} bytes. Return the number of bytes read. A return | |
7548 value of 0 means no bytes can be read at this time. This may be because | |
7549 of an EOF, or because there is a granularity greater than one byte that | |
7550 the stream imposes on the returned data, and @var{size} is less than | |
7551 this granularity. (This will happen frequently for streams that need to | |
7552 return whole characters, because @code{Lstream_read()} calls the reader | |
7553 function repeatedly until it has the number of bytes it wants or until 0 | |
7554 is returned.) The lstream functions do not treat a 0 return as EOF or | |
7555 do anything special; however, the calling function will interpret any 0 | |
7556 it gets back as EOF. This will normally not happen unless the caller | |
7557 calls @code{Lstream_read()} with a very small size. | |
7558 | |
7559 This function can be @code{NULL} if the stream is output-only. | |
7560 @end deftypefn | |
7561 | |
7562 @deftypefn {Lstream Method} ssize_t writer (Lstream *@var{stream}, CONST unsigned char *@var{data}, size_t @var{size}) | |
7563 Send some data to the stream's end. Data to be sent is in @var{data} | |
7564 and is @var{size} bytes. Return the number of bytes sent. This | |
7565 function can send and return fewer bytes than is passed in; in that | |
7566 case, the function will just be called again until there is no data left | |
7567 or 0 is returned. A return value of 0 means that no more data can be | |
7568 currently stored, but there is no error; the data will be squirreled | |
7569 away until the writer can accept data. (This is useful, e.g., if you're | |
7570 dealing with a non-blocking file descriptor and are getting | |
7571 @code{EWOULDBLOCK} errors.) This function can be @code{NULL} if the | |
7572 stream is input-only. | |
7573 @end deftypefn | |
7574 | |
7575 @deftypefn {Lstream Method} int rewinder (Lstream *@var{stream}) | |
7576 Rewind the stream. If this is @code{NULL}, the stream is not seekable. | |
7577 @end deftypefn | |
7578 | |
7579 @deftypefn {Lstream Method} int seekable_p (Lstream *@var{stream}) | |
7580 Indicate whether this stream is seekable -- i.e. it can be rewound. | |
7581 This method is ignored if the stream does not have a rewind method. If | |
7582 this method is not present, the result is determined by whether a rewind | |
7583 method is present. | |
7584 @end deftypefn | |
7585 | |
7586 @deftypefn {Lstream Method} int flusher (Lstream *@var{stream}) | |
7587 Perform any additional operations necessary to flush the data in this | |
7588 stream. | |
7589 @end deftypefn | |
7590 | |
7591 @deftypefn {Lstream Method} int pseudo_closer (Lstream *@var{stream}) | |
7592 @end deftypefn | |
7593 | |
7594 @deftypefn {Lstream Method} int closer (Lstream *@var{stream}) | |
7595 Perform any additional operations necessary to close this stream down. | |
7596 May be @code{NULL}. This function is called when @code{Lstream_close()} | |
7597 is called or when the stream is garbage-collected. When this function | |
7598 is called, all pending data in the stream will already have been written | |
7599 out. | |
7600 @end deftypefn | |
7601 | |
7602 @deftypefn {Lstream Method} Lisp_Object marker (Lisp_Object @var{lstream}, void (*@var{markfun}) (Lisp_Object)) | |
7603 Mark this object for garbage collection. Same semantics as a standard | |
7604 @code{Lisp_Object} marker. This function can be @code{NULL}. | |
7605 @end deftypefn | |
7606 | |
7607 @node Consoles; Devices; Frames; Windows, The Redisplay Mechanism, Lstreams, Top | |
7608 @chapter Consoles; Devices; Frames; Windows | |
7609 | |
7610 @menu | |
7611 * Introduction to Consoles; Devices; Frames; Windows:: | |
7612 * Point:: | |
7613 * Window Hierarchy:: | |
7614 * The Window Object:: | |
7615 @end menu | |
7616 | |
7617 @node Introduction to Consoles; Devices; Frames; Windows | |
7618 @section Introduction to Consoles; Devices; Frames; Windows | |
7619 | |
7620 A window-system window that you see on the screen is called a | |
7621 @dfn{frame} in Emacs terminology. Each frame is subdivided into one or | |
7622 more non-overlapping panes, called (confusingly) @dfn{windows}. Each | |
7623 window displays the text of a buffer in it. (See above on Buffers.) Note | |
7624 that buffers and windows are independent entities: Two or more windows | |
7625 can be displaying the same buffer (potentially in different locations), | |
7626 and a buffer can be displayed in no windows. | |
7627 | |
7628 A single display screen that contains one or more frames is called | |
7629 a @dfn{display}. Under most circumstances, there is only one display. | |
7630 However, more than one display can exist, for example if you have | |
7631 a @dfn{multi-headed} console, i.e. one with a single keyboard but | |
7632 multiple displays. (Typically in such a situation, the various | |
7633 displays act like one large display, in that the mouse is only | |
7634 in one of them at a time, and moving the mouse off of one moves | |
7635 it into another.) In some cases, the different displays will | |
7636 have different characteristics, e.g. one color and one mono. | |
7637 | |
7638 XEmacs can display frames on multiple displays. It can even deal | |
7639 simultaneously with frames on multiple keyboards (called @dfn{consoles} in | |
7640 XEmacs terminology). Here is one case where this might be useful: You | |
7641 are using XEmacs on your workstation at work, and leave it running. | |
7642 Then you go home and dial in on a TTY line, and you can use the | |
7643 already-running XEmacs process to display another frame on your local | |
7644 TTY. | |
7645 | |
7646 Thus, there is a hierarchy console -> display -> frame -> window. | |
7647 There is a separate Lisp object type for each of these four concepts. | |
7648 Furthermore, there is logically a @dfn{selected console}, | |
7649 @dfn{selected display}, @dfn{selected frame}, and @dfn{selected window}. | |
7650 Each of these objects is distinguished in various ways, such as being the | |
7651 default object for various functions that act on objects of that type. | |
7652 Note that every containing object rememembers the ``selected'' object | |
7653 among the objects that it contains: e.g. not only is there a selected | |
7654 window, but every frame remembers the last window in it that was | |
7655 selected, and changing the selected frame causes the remembered window | |
7656 within it to become the selected window. Similar relationships apply | |
7657 for consoles to devices and devices to frames. | |
7658 | |
7659 @node Point | |
7660 @section Point | |
7661 | |
7662 Recall that every buffer has a current insertion position, called | |
7663 @dfn{point}. Now, two or more windows may be displaying the same buffer, | |
7664 and the text cursor in the two windows (i.e. @code{point}) can be in | |
7665 two different places. You may ask, how can that be, since each | |
7666 buffer has only one value of @code{point}? The answer is that each window | |
7667 also has a value of @code{point} that is squirreled away in it. There | |
7668 is only one selected window, and the value of ``point'' in that buffer | |
7669 corresponds to that window. When the selected window is changed | |
7670 from one window to another displaying the same buffer, the old | |
7671 value of @code{point} is stored into the old window's ``point'' and the | |
7672 value of @code{point} from the new window is retrieved and made the | |
7673 value of @code{point} in the buffer. This means that @code{window-point} | |
7674 for the selected window is potentially inaccurate, and if you | |
7675 want to retrieve the correct value of @code{point} for a window, | |
7676 you must special-case on the selected window and retrieve the | |
7677 buffer's point instead. This is related to why @code{save-window-excursion} | |
7678 does not save the selected window's value of @code{point}. | |
7679 | |
7680 @node Window Hierarchy | |
7681 @section Window Hierarchy | |
7682 @cindex window hierarchy | |
7683 @cindex hierarchy of windows | |
7684 | |
7685 If a frame contains multiple windows (panes), they are always created | |
7686 by splitting an existing window along the horizontal or vertical axis. | |
7687 Terminology is a bit confusing here: to @dfn{split a window | |
7688 horizontally} means to create two side-by-side windows, i.e. to make a | |
7689 @emph{vertical} cut in a window. Likewise, to @dfn{split a window | |
7690 vertically} means to create two windows, one above the other, by making | |
7691 a @emph{horizontal} cut. | |
7692 | |
7693 If you split a window and then split again along the same axis, you | |
7694 will end up with a number of panes all arranged along the same axis. | |
7695 The precise way in which the splits were made should not be important, | |
7696 and this is reflected internally. Internally, all windows are arranged | |
7697 in a tree, consisting of two types of windows, @dfn{combination} windows | |
7698 (which have children, and are covered completely by those children) and | |
7699 @dfn{leaf} windows, which have no children and are visible. Every | |
7700 combination window has two or more children, all arranged along the same | |
7701 axis. There are (logically) two subtypes of windows, depending on | |
7702 whether their children are horizontally or vertically arrayed. There is | |
7703 always one root window, which is either a leaf window (if the frame | |
7704 contains only one window) or a combination window (if the frame contains | |
7705 more than one window). In the latter case, the root window will have | |
7706 two or more children, either horizontally or vertically arrayed, and | |
7707 each of those children will be either a leaf window or another | |
7708 combination window. | |
7709 | |
7710 Here are some rules: | |
7711 | |
7712 @enumerate | |
7713 @item | |
7714 Horizontal combination windows can never have children that are | |
7715 horizontal combination windows; same for vertical. | |
7716 | |
7717 @item | |
7718 Only leaf windows can be split (obviously) and this splitting does one | |
7719 of two things: (a) turns the leaf window into a combination window and | |
7720 creates two new leaf children, or (b) turns the leaf window into one of | |
7721 the two new leaves and creates the other leaf. Rule (1) dictates which | |
7722 of these two outcomes happens. | |
7723 | |
7724 @item | |
7725 Every combination window must have at least two children. | |
7726 | |
7727 @item | |
7728 Leaf windows can never become combination windows. They can be deleted, | |
7729 however. If this results in a violation of (3), the parent combination | |
7730 window also gets deleted. | |
7731 | |
7732 @item | |
7733 All functions that accept windows must be prepared to accept combination | |
7734 windows, and do something sane (e.g. signal an error if so). | |
7735 Combination windows @emph{do} escape to the Lisp level. | |
7736 | |
7737 @item | |
7738 All windows have three fields governing their contents: | |
7739 these are @dfn{hchild} (a list of horizontally-arrayed children), | |
7740 @dfn{vchild} (a list of vertically-arrayed children), and @dfn{buffer} | |
7741 (the buffer contained in a leaf window). Exactly one of | |
7742 these will be non-nil. Remember that @dfn{horizontally-arrayed} | |
7743 means ``side-by-side'' and @dfn{vertically-arrayed} means | |
7744 @dfn{one above the other}. | |
7745 | |
7746 @item | |
7747 Leaf windows also have markers in their @code{start} (the | |
7748 first buffer position displayed in the window) and @code{pointm} | |
7749 (the window's stashed value of @code{point} -- see above) fields, | |
7750 while combination windows have nil in these fields. | |
7751 | |
7752 @item | |
7753 The list of children for a window is threaded through the | |
7754 @code{next} and @code{prev} fields of each child window. | |
7755 | |
7756 @item | |
7757 @strong{Deleted windows can be undeleted}. This happens as a result of | |
7758 restoring a window configuration, and is unlike frames, displays, and | |
7759 consoles, which, once deleted, can never be restored. Deleting a window | |
7760 does nothing except set a special @code{dead} bit to 1 and clear out the | |
7761 @code{next}, @code{prev}, @code{hchild}, and @code{vchild} fields, for | |
7762 GC purposes. | |
7763 | |
7764 @item | |
7765 Most frames actually have two top-level windows -- one for the | |
7766 minibuffer and one (the @dfn{root}) for everything else. The modeline | |
7767 (if present) separates these two. The @code{next} field of the root | |
7768 points to the minibuffer, and the @code{prev} field of the minibuffer | |
7769 points to the root. The other @code{next} and @code{prev} fields are | |
7770 @code{nil}, and the frame points to both of these windows. | |
7771 Minibuffer-less frames have no minibuffer window, and the @code{next} | |
7772 and @code{prev} of the root window are @code{nil}. Minibuffer-only | |
7773 frames have no root window, and the @code{next} of the minibuffer window | |
7774 is @code{nil} but the @code{prev} points to itself. (#### This is an | |
7775 artifact that should be fixed.) | |
7776 @end enumerate | |
7777 | |
7778 @node The Window Object | |
7779 @section The Window Object | |
7780 | |
7781 Windows have the following accessible fields: | |
7782 | |
7783 @table @code | |
7784 @item frame | |
7785 The frame that this window is on. | |
7786 | |
7787 @item mini_p | |
7788 Non-@code{nil} if this window is a minibuffer window. | |
7789 | |
7790 @item buffer | |
7791 The buffer that the window is displaying. This may change often during | |
7792 the life of the window. | |
7793 | |
7794 @item dedicated | |
7795 Non-@code{nil} if this window is dedicated to its buffer. | |
7796 | |
7797 @item pointm | |
7798 @cindex window point internals | |
7799 This is the value of point in the current buffer when this window is | |
7800 selected; when it is not selected, it retains its previous value. | |
7801 | |
7802 @item start | |
7803 The position in the buffer that is the first character to be displayed | |
7804 in the window. | |
7805 | |
7806 @item force_start | |
7807 If this flag is non-@code{nil}, it says that the window has been | |
7808 scrolled explicitly by the Lisp program. This affects what the next | |
7809 redisplay does if point is off the screen: instead of scrolling the | |
7810 window to show the text around point, it moves point to a location that | |
7811 is on the screen. | |
7812 | |
7813 @item last_modified | |
7814 The @code{modified} field of the window's buffer, as of the last time | |
7815 a redisplay completed in this window. | |
7816 | |
7817 @item last_point | |
7818 The buffer's value of point, as of the last time | |
7819 a redisplay completed in this window. | |
7820 | |
7821 @item left | |
7822 This is the left-hand edge of the window, measured in columns. (The | |
7823 leftmost column on the screen is @w{column 0}.) | |
7824 | |
7825 @item top | |
7826 This is the top edge of the window, measured in lines. (The top line on | |
7827 the screen is @w{line 0}.) | |
7828 | |
7829 @item height | |
7830 The height of the window, measured in lines. | |
7831 | |
7832 @item width | |
7833 The width of the window, measured in columns. | |
7834 | |
7835 @item next | |
7836 This is the window that is the next in the chain of siblings. It is | |
7837 @code{nil} in a window that is the rightmost or bottommost of a group of | |
7838 siblings. | |
7839 | |
7840 @item prev | |
7841 This is the window that is the previous in the chain of siblings. It is | |
7842 @code{nil} in a window that is the leftmost or topmost of a group of | |
7843 siblings. | |
7844 | |
7845 @item parent | |
7846 Internally, XEmacs arranges windows in a tree; each group of siblings has | |
7847 a parent window whose area includes all the siblings. This field points | |
7848 to a window's parent. | |
7849 | |
7850 Parent windows do not display buffers, and play little role in display | |
7851 except to shape their child windows. Emacs Lisp programs usually have | |
7852 no access to the parent windows; they operate on the windows at the | |
7853 leaves of the tree, which actually display buffers. | |
7854 | |
7855 @item hscroll | |
7856 This is the number of columns that the display in the window is scrolled | |
7857 horizontally to the left. Normally, this is 0. | |
7858 | |
7859 @item use_time | |
7860 This is the last time that the window was selected. The function | |
7861 @code{get-lru-window} uses this field. | |
7862 | |
7863 @item display_table | |
7864 The window's display table, or @code{nil} if none is specified for it. | |
7865 | |
7866 @item update_mode_line | |
7867 Non-@code{nil} means this window's mode line needs to be updated. | |
7868 | |
7869 @item base_line_number | |
7870 The line number of a certain position in the buffer, or @code{nil}. | |
7871 This is used for displaying the line number of point in the mode line. | |
7872 | |
7873 @item base_line_pos | |
7874 The position in the buffer for which the line number is known, or | |
7875 @code{nil} meaning none is known. | |
7876 | |
7877 @item region_showing | |
7878 If the region (or part of it) is highlighted in this window, this field | |
7879 holds the mark position that made one end of that region. Otherwise, | |
7880 this field is @code{nil}. | |
7881 @end table | |
7882 | |
7883 @node The Redisplay Mechanism, Extents, Consoles; Devices; Frames; Windows, Top | |
7884 @chapter The Redisplay Mechanism | |
7885 | |
7886 The redisplay mechanism is one of the most complicated sections of | |
7887 XEmacs, especially from a conceptual standpoint. This is doubly so | |
7888 because, unlike for the basic aspects of the Lisp interpreter, the | |
7889 computer science theories of how to efficiently handle redisplay are not | |
7890 well-developed. | |
7891 | |
7892 When working with the redisplay mechanism, remember the Golden Rules | |
7893 of Redisplay: | |
7894 | |
7895 @enumerate | |
7896 @item | |
7897 It Is Better To Be Correct Than Fast. | |
7898 @item | |
7899 Thou Shalt Not Run Elisp From Within Redisplay. | |
7900 @item | |
7901 It Is Better To Be Fast Than Not To Be. | |
7902 @end enumerate | |
7903 | |
7904 @menu | |
7905 * Critical Redisplay Sections:: | |
7906 * Line Start Cache:: | |
7907 * Redisplay Piece by Piece:: | |
7908 @end menu | |
7909 | |
7910 @node Critical Redisplay Sections | |
7911 @section Critical Redisplay Sections | |
7912 @cindex critical redisplay sections | |
7913 | |
7914 Within this section, we are defenseless and assume that the | |
7915 following cannot happen: | |
7916 | |
7917 @enumerate | |
7918 @item | |
7919 garbage collection | |
7920 @item | |
7921 Lisp code evaluation | |
7922 @item | |
7923 frame size changes | |
7924 @end enumerate | |
7925 | |
7926 We ensure (3) by calling @code{hold_frame_size_changes()}, which | |
7927 will cause any pending frame size changes to get put on hold | |
7928 till after the end of the critical section. (1) follows | |
7929 automatically if (2) is met. #### Unfortunately, there are | |
7930 some places where Lisp code can be called within this section. | |
7931 We need to remove them. | |
7932 | |
7933 If @code{Fsignal()} is called during this critical section, we | |
7934 will @code{abort()}. | |
7935 | |
7936 If garbage collection is called during this critical section, | |
7937 we simply return. #### We should abort instead. | |
7938 | |
7939 #### If a frame-size change does occur we should probably | |
7940 actually be preempting redisplay. | |
7941 | |
7942 @node Line Start Cache | |
7943 @section Line Start Cache | |
7944 @cindex line start cache | |
7945 | |
7946 The traditional scrolling code in Emacs breaks in a variable height | |
7947 world. It depends on the key assumption that the number of lines that | |
7948 can be displayed at any given time is fixed. This led to a complete | |
7949 separation of the scrolling code from the redisplay code. In order to | |
7950 fully support variable height lines, the scrolling code must actually be | |
7951 tightly integrated with redisplay. Only redisplay can determine how | |
7952 many lines will be displayed on a screen for any given starting point. | |
7953 | |
7954 What is ideally wanted is a complete list of the starting buffer | |
7955 position for every possible display line of a buffer along with the | |
7956 height of that display line. Maintaining such a full list would be very | |
7957 expensive. We settle for having it include information for all areas | |
7958 which we happen to generate anyhow (i.e. the region currently being | |
7959 displayed) and for those areas we need to work with. | |
7960 | |
7961 In order to ensure that the cache accurately represents what redisplay | |
7962 would actually show, it is necessary to invalidate it in many | |
7963 situations. If the buffer changes, the starting positions may no longer | |
7964 be correct. If a face or an extent has changed then the line heights | |
7965 may have altered. These events happen frequently enough that the cache | |
7966 can end up being constantly disabled. With this potentially constant | |
7967 invalidation when is the cache ever useful? | |
7968 | |
7969 Even if the cache is invalidated before every single usage, it is | |
7970 necessary. Scrolling often requires knowledge about display lines which | |
7971 are actually above or below the visible region. The cache provides a | |
7972 convenient light-weight method of storing this information for multiple | |
7973 display regions. This knowledge is necessary for the scrolling code to | |
7974 always obey the First Golden Rule of Redisplay. | |
7975 | |
7976 If the cache already contains all of the information that the scrolling | |
7977 routines happen to need so that it doesn't have to go generate it, then | |
7978 we are able to obey the Third Golden Rule of Redisplay. The first thing | |
7979 we do to help out the cache is to always add the displayed region. This | |
7980 region had to be generated anyway, so the cache ends up getting the | |
7981 information basically for free. In those cases where a user is simply | |
7982 scrolling around viewing a buffer there is a high probability that this | |
7983 is sufficient to always provide the needed information. The second | |
7984 thing we can do is be smart about invalidating the cache. | |
7985 | |
7986 TODO -- Be smart about invalidating the cache. Potential places: | |
7987 | |
7988 @itemize @bullet | |
7989 @item | |
7990 Insertions at end-of-line which don't cause line-wraps do not alter the | |
7991 starting positions of any display lines. These types of buffer | |
7992 modifications should not invalidate the cache. This is actually a large | |
7993 optimization for redisplay speed as well. | |
7994 @item | |
7995 Buffer modifications frequently only affect the display of lines at and | |
7996 below where they occur. In these situations we should only invalidate | |
7997 the part of the cache starting at where the modification occurs. | |
7998 @end itemize | |
7999 | |
8000 In case you're wondering, the Second Golden Rule of Redisplay is not | |
8001 applicable. | |
8002 | |
8003 @node Redisplay Piece by Piece | |
8004 @section Redisplay Piece by Piece | |
8005 @cindex Redisplay Piece by Piece | |
8006 | |
8007 As you can begin to see redisplay is complex and also not well | |
8008 documented. Chuck no longer works on XEmacs so this section is my take | |
8009 on the workings of redisplay. | |
8010 | |
8011 Redisplay happens in three phases: | |
8012 | |
8013 @enumerate | |
8014 @item | |
8015 Determine desired display in area that needs redisplay. | |
8016 Implemented by @code{redisplay.c} | |
8017 @item | |
8018 Compare desired display with current display | |
8019 Implemented by @code{redisplay-output.c} | |
8020 @item | |
8021 Output changes Implemented by @code{redisplay-output.c}, | |
8022 @code{redisplay-x.c}, @code{redisplay-msw.c} and @code{redisplay-tty.c} | |
8023 @end enumerate | |
8024 | |
8025 Steps 1 and 2 are device-independant and relatively complex. Step 3 is | |
8026 mostly device-dependent. | |
8027 | |
8028 Determining the desired display | |
8029 | |
8030 Display attributes are stored in @code{display_line} structures. Each | |
8031 @code{display_line} consists of a set of @code{display_block}'s and each | |
8032 @code{display_block} contains a number of @code{rune}'s. Generally | |
8033 dynarr's of @code{display_line}'s are held by each window representing | |
8034 the current display and the desired display. | |
8035 | |
8036 The @code{display_line} structures are tighly tied to buffers which | |
8037 presents a problem for redisplay as this connection is bogus for the | |
8038 modeline. Hence the @code{display_line} generation routines are | |
8039 duplicated for generating the modeline. This means that the modeline | |
8040 display code has many bugs that the standard redisplay code does not. | |
8041 | |
8042 The guts of @code{display_line} generation are in | |
8043 @code{create_text_block}, which creates a single display line for the | |
8044 desired locale. This incrementally parses the characters on the current | |
8045 line and generates redisplay structures for each. | |
8046 | |
8047 Gutter redisplay is different. Because the data to display is stored in | |
8048 a string we cannot use @code{create_text_block}. Instead we use | |
8049 @code{create_text_string_block} which performs the same function as | |
8050 @code{create_text_block} but for strings. Many of the complexities of | |
8051 @code{create_text_block} to do with cursor handling and selective | |
8052 display have been removed. | |
8053 | |
8054 @node Extents, Faces, The Redisplay Mechanism, Top | |
8055 @chapter Extents | |
8056 | |
8057 @menu | |
8058 * Introduction to Extents:: Extents are ranges over text, with properties. | |
8059 * Extent Ordering:: How extents are ordered internally. | |
8060 * Format of the Extent Info:: The extent information in a buffer or string. | |
8061 * Zero-Length Extents:: A weird special case. | |
8062 * Mathematics of Extent Ordering:: A rigorous foundation. | |
8063 * Extent Fragments:: Cached information useful for redisplay. | |
8064 @end menu | |
8065 | |
8066 @node Introduction to Extents | |
8067 @section Introduction to Extents | |
8068 | |
8069 Extents are regions over a buffer, with a start and an end position | |
8070 denoting the region of the buffer included in the extent. In | |
8071 addition, either end can be closed or open, meaning that the endpoint | |
8072 is or is not logically included in the extent. Insertion of a character | |
8073 at a closed endpoint causes the character to go inside the extent; | |
8074 insertion at an open endpoint causes the character to go outside. | |
8075 | |
8076 Extent endpoints are stored using memory indices (see @file{insdel.c}), | |
8077 to minimize the amount of adjusting that needs to be done when | |
8078 characters are inserted or deleted. | |
8079 | |
8080 (Formerly, extent endpoints at the gap could be either before or | |
8081 after the gap, depending on the open/closedness of the endpoint. | |
8082 The intent of this was to make it so that insertions would | |
8083 automatically go inside or out of extents as necessary with no | |
8084 further work needing to be done. It didn't work out that way, | |
8085 however, and just ended up complexifying and buggifying all the | |
8086 rest of the code.) | |
8087 | |
8088 @node Extent Ordering | |
8089 @section Extent Ordering | |
8090 | |
8091 Extents are compared using memory indices. There are two orderings | |
8092 for extents and both orders are kept current at all times. The normal | |
8093 or @dfn{display} order is as follows: | |
8094 | |
8095 @example | |
8096 Extent A is ``less than'' extent B, | |
8097 that is, earlier in the display order, | |
8098 if: A-start < B-start, | |
8099 or if: A-start = B-start, and A-end > B-end | |
8100 @end example | |
8101 | |
8102 So if two extents begin at the same position, the larger of them is the | |
8103 earlier one in the display order (@code{EXTENT_LESS} is true). | |
8104 | |
8105 For the e-order, the same thing holds: | |
8106 | |
8107 @example | |
8108 Extent A is ``less than'' extent B in e-order, | |
8109 that is, later in the buffer, | |
8110 if: A-end < B-end, | |
8111 or if: A-end = B-end, and A-start > B-start | |
8112 @end example | |
8113 | |
8114 So if two extents end at the same position, the smaller of them is the | |
8115 earlier one in the e-order (@code{EXTENT_E_LESS} is true). | |
8116 | |
8117 The display order and the e-order are complementary orders: any | |
8118 theorem about the display order also applies to the e-order if you swap | |
8119 all occurrences of ``display order'' and ``e-order'', ``less than'' and | |
8120 ``greater than'', and ``extent start'' and ``extent end''. | |
8121 | |
8122 @node Format of the Extent Info | |
8123 @section Format of the Extent Info | |
8124 | |
8125 An extent-info structure consists of a list of the buffer or string's | |
8126 extents and a @dfn{stack of extents} that lists all of the extents over | |
8127 a particular position. The stack-of-extents info is used for | |
8128 optimization purposes -- it basically caches some info that might | |
8129 be expensive to compute. Certain otherwise hard computations are easy | |
8130 given the stack of extents over a particular position, and if the | |
8131 stack of extents over a nearby position is known (because it was | |
8132 calculated at some prior point in time), it's easy to move the stack | |
8133 of extents to the proper position. | |
8134 | |
8135 Given that the stack of extents is an optimization, and given that | |
8136 it requires memory, a string's stack of extents is wiped out each | |
8137 time a garbage collection occurs. Therefore, any time you retrieve | |
8138 the stack of extents, it might not be there. If you need it to | |
8139 be there, use the @code{_force} version. | |
8140 | |
8141 Similarly, a string may or may not have an extent_info structure. | |
8142 (Generally it won't if there haven't been any extents added to the | |
8143 string.) So use the @code{_force} version if you need the extent_info | |
8144 structure to be there. | |
8145 | |
8146 A list of extents is maintained as a double gap array: one gap array | |
8147 is ordered by start index (the @dfn{display order}) and the other is | |
8148 ordered by end index (the @dfn{e-order}). Note that positions in an | |
8149 extent list should logically be conceived of as referring @emph{to} a | |
8150 particular extent (as is the norm in programs) rather than sitting | |
8151 between two extents. Note also that callers of these functions should | |
8152 not be aware of the fact that the extent list is implemented as an | |
8153 array, except for the fact that positions are integers (this should be | |
8154 generalized to handle integers and linked list equally well). | |
8155 | |
8156 @node Zero-Length Extents | |
8157 @section Zero-Length Extents | |
8158 | |
8159 Extents can be zero-length, and will end up that way if their endpoints | |
8160 are explicitly set that way or if their detachable property is nil | |
8161 and all the text in the extent is deleted. (The exception is open-open | |
8162 zero-length extents, which are barred from existing because there is | |
8163 no sensible way to define their properties. Deletion of the text in | |
8164 an open-open extent causes it to be converted into a closed-open | |
8165 extent.) Zero-length extents are primarily used to represent | |
8166 annotations, and behave as follows: | |
8167 | |
8168 @enumerate | |
8169 @item | |
8170 Insertion at the position of a zero-length extent expands the extent | |
8171 if both endpoints are closed; goes after the extent if it is closed-open; | |
8172 and goes before the extent if it is open-closed. | |
8173 | |
8174 @item | |
8175 Deletion of a character on a side of a zero-length extent whose | |
8176 corresponding endpoint is closed causes the extent to be detached if | |
8177 it is detachable; if the extent is not detachable or the corresponding | |
8178 endpoint is open, the extent remains in the buffer, moving as necessary. | |
8179 @end enumerate | |
8180 | |
8181 Note that closed-open, non-detachable zero-length extents behave | |
8182 exactly like markers and that open-closed, non-detachable zero-length | |
8183 extents behave like the ``point-type'' marker in Mule. | |
8184 | |
8185 @node Mathematics of Extent Ordering | |
8186 @section Mathematics of Extent Ordering | |
8187 @cindex extent mathematics | |
8188 @cindex mathematics of extents | |
8189 @cindex extent ordering | |
8190 | |
8191 @cindex display order of extents | |
8192 @cindex extents, display order | |
8193 The extents in a buffer are ordered by ``display order'' because that | |
8194 is that order that the redisplay mechanism needs to process them in. | |
8195 The e-order is an auxiliary ordering used to facilitate operations | |
8196 over extents. The operations that can be performed on the ordered | |
8197 list of extents in a buffer are | |
8198 | |
8199 @enumerate | |
8200 @item | |
8201 Locate where an extent would go if inserted into the list. | |
8202 @item | |
8203 Insert an extent into the list. | |
8204 @item | |
8205 Remove an extent from the list. | |
8206 @item | |
8207 Map over all the extents that overlap a range. | |
8208 @end enumerate | |
8209 | |
8210 (4) requires being able to determine the first and last extents | |
8211 that overlap a range. | |
8212 | |
8213 NOTE: @dfn{overlap} is used as follows: | |
8214 | |
8215 @itemize @bullet | |
8216 @item | |
8217 two ranges overlap if they have at least one point in common. | |
8218 Whether the endpoints are open or closed makes a difference here. | |
8219 @item | |
8220 a point overlaps a range if the point is contained within the | |
8221 range; this is equivalent to treating a point @math{P} as the range | |
8222 @math{[P, P]}. | |
8223 @item | |
8224 In the case of an @emph{extent} overlapping a point or range, the extent | |
8225 is normally treated as having closed endpoints. This applies | |
8226 consistently in the discussion of stacks of extents and such below. | |
8227 Note that this definition of overlap is not necessarily consistent with | |
8228 the extents that @code{map-extents} maps over, since @code{map-extents} | |
8229 sometimes pays attention to whether the endpoints of an extents are open | |
8230 or closed. But for our purposes, it greatly simplifies things to treat | |
8231 all extents as having closed endpoints. | |
8232 @end itemize | |
8233 | |
8234 First, define @math{>}, @math{<}, @math{<=}, etc. as applied to extents | |
8235 to mean comparison according to the display order. Comparison between | |
8236 an extent @math{E} and an index @math{I} means comparison between | |
8237 @math{E} and the range @math{[I, I]}. | |
8238 | |
8239 Also define @math{e>}, @math{e<}, @math{e<=}, etc. to mean comparison | |
8240 according to the e-order. | |
8241 | |
8242 For any range @math{R}, define @math{R(0)} to be the starting index of | |
8243 the range and @math{R(1)} to be the ending index of the range. | |
8244 | |
8245 For any extent @math{E}, define @math{E(next)} to be the extent directly | |
8246 following @math{E}, and @math{E(prev)} to be the extent directly | |
8247 preceding @math{E}. Assume @math{E(next)} and @math{E(prev)} can be | |
8248 determined from @math{E} in constant time. (This is because we store | |
8249 the extent list as a doubly linked list.) | |
8250 | |
8251 Similarly, define @math{E(e-next)} and @math{E(e-prev)} to be the | |
8252 extents directly following and preceding @math{E} in the e-order. | |
8253 | |
8254 Now: | |
8255 | |
8256 Let @math{R} be a range. | |
8257 Let @math{F} be the first extent overlapping @math{R}. | |
8258 Let @math{L} be the last extent overlapping @math{R}. | |
8259 | |
8260 Theorem 1: @math{R(1)} lies between @math{L} and @math{L(next)}, | |
8261 i.e. @math{L <= R(1) < L(next)}. | |
8262 | |
8263 This follows easily from the definition of display order. The | |
8264 basic reason that this theorem applies is that the display order | |
8265 sorts by increasing starting index. | |
8266 | |
8267 Therefore, we can determine @math{L} just by looking at where we would | |
8268 insert @math{R(1)} into the list, and if we know @math{F} and are moving | |
8269 forward over extents, we can easily determine when we've hit @math{L} by | |
8270 comparing the extent we're at to @math{R(1)}. | |
8271 | |
8272 @example | |
8273 Theorem 2: @math{F(e-prev) e< [1, R(0)] e<= F}. | |
8274 @end example | |
8275 | |
8276 This is the analog of Theorem 1, and applies because the e-order | |
8277 sorts by increasing ending index. | |
8278 | |
8279 Therefore, @math{F} can be found in the same amount of time as | |
8280 operation (1), i.e. the time that it takes to locate where an extent | |
8281 would go if inserted into the e-order list. | |
8282 | |
8283 If the lists were stored as balanced binary trees, then operation (1) | |
8284 would take logarithmic time, which is usually quite fast. However, | |
8285 currently they're stored as simple doubly-linked lists, and instead we | |
8286 do some caching to try to speed things up. | |
8287 | |
8288 Define a @dfn{stack of extents} (or @dfn{SOE}) as the set of extents | |
8289 (ordered in the display order) that overlap an index @math{I}, together | |
8290 with the SOE's @dfn{previous} extent, which is an extent that precedes | |
8291 @math{I} in the e-order. (Hopefully there will not be very many extents | |
8292 between @math{I} and the previous extent.) | |
8293 | |
8294 Now: | |
8295 | |
8296 Let @math{I} be an index, let @math{S} be the stack of extents on | |
8297 @math{I}, let @math{F} be the first extent in @math{S}, and let @math{P} | |
8298 be @math{S}'s previous extent. | |
8299 | |
8300 Theorem 3: The first extent in @math{S} is the first extent that overlaps | |
8301 any range @math{[I, J]}. | |
8302 | |
8303 Proof: Any extent that overlaps @math{[I, J]} but does not include | |
8304 @math{I} must have a start index @math{> I}, and thus be greater than | |
8305 any extent in @math{S}. | |
8306 | |
8307 Therefore, finding the first extent that overlaps a range @math{R} is | |
8308 the same as finding the first extent that overlaps @math{R(0)}. | |
8309 | |
8310 Theorem 4: Let @math{I2} be an index such that @math{I2 > I}, and let | |
8311 @math{F2} be the first extent that overlaps @math{I2}. Then, either | |
8312 @math{F2} is in @math{S} or @math{F2} is greater than any extent in | |
8313 @math{S}. | |
8314 | |
8315 Proof: If @math{F2} does not include @math{I} then its start index is | |
8316 greater than @math{I} and thus it is greater than any extent in | |
8317 @math{S}, including @math{F}. Otherwise, @math{F2} includes @math{I} | |
8318 and thus is in @math{S}, and thus @math{F2 >= F}. | |
8319 | |
8320 @node Extent Fragments | |
8321 @section Extent Fragments | |
8322 @cindex extent fragment | |
8323 | |
8324 Imagine that the buffer is divided up into contiguous, non-overlapping | |
8325 @dfn{runs} of text such that no extent starts or ends within a run | |
8326 (extents that abut the run don't count). | |
8327 | |
8328 An extent fragment is a structure that holds data about the run that | |
8329 contains a particular buffer position (if the buffer position is at the | |
8330 junction of two runs, the run after the position is used) -- the | |
8331 beginning and end of the run, a list of all of the extents in that run, | |
8332 the @dfn{merged face} that results from merging all of the faces | |
8333 corresponding to those extents, the begin and end glyphs at the | |
8334 beginning of the run, etc. This is the information that redisplay needs | |
8335 in order to display this run. | |
8336 | |
8337 Extent fragments have to be very quick to update to a new buffer | |
8338 position when moving linearly through the buffer. They rely on the | |
8339 stack-of-extents code, which does the heavy-duty algorithmic work of | |
8340 determining which extents overly a particular position. | |
8341 | |
8342 @node Faces, Glyphs, Extents, Top | |
8343 @chapter Faces | |
8344 | |
8345 Not yet documented. | |
8346 | |
8347 @node Glyphs, Specifiers, Faces, Top | |
8348 @chapter Glyphs | |
8349 | |
8350 Glyphs are graphical elements that can be displayed in XEmacs buffers or | |
8351 gutters. We use the term graphical element here in the broadest possible | |
8352 sense since glyphs can be as mundane as text to as arcane as a native | |
8353 tab widget. | |
8354 | |
8355 In XEmacs, glyphs represent the uninstantiated state of graphical | |
8356 elements, i.e. they hold all the information necessary to produce an | |
8357 image on-screen but the image does not exist at this stage. | |
8358 | |
8359 Glyphs are lazily instantiated by calling one of the glyph | |
8360 functions. This usually occurs within redisplay when | |
8361 @code{Fglyph_height} is called. Instantiation causes an image-instance | |
8362 to be created and cached. This cache is on a device basis for all glyphs | |
8363 except glyph-widgets, and on a window basis for glyph widgets. The | |
8364 caching is done by @code{image_instantiate} and is necessary because it | |
8365 is generally possible to display an image-instance in multiple | |
8366 domains. For instance if we create a Pixmap, we can actually display | |
8367 this on multiple windows - even though we only need a single Pixmap | |
8368 instance to do this. If caching wasn't done then it would be necessary | |
8369 to create image-instances for every displayable occurrance of a glyph - | |
8370 and every usage - and this would be extremely memory and cpu intensive. | |
8371 | |
8372 Widget-glyphs (a.k.a native widgets) are not cached in this way. This is | |
8373 because widget-glyph image-instances on screen are toolkit windows, and | |
8374 thus cannot be reused in multiple XEmacs domains. Thus widget-glyphs are | |
8375 cached on a window basis. | |
8376 | |
8377 Any action on a glyph first consults the cache before actually | |
8378 instantiating a widget. | |
8379 | |
8380 @section Widget-Glyphs in the MS-WIndows Environment | |
8381 | |
8382 To Do | |
8383 | |
8384 @section Widget-Glyphs in the X Environment | |
8385 | |
8386 Widget-glyphs under X make heavy use of lwlib for manipulating the | |
8387 native toolkit objects. This is primarily so that different toolkits can | |
8388 be supported for widget-glyphs, just as they are supported for features | |
8389 such as menubars etc. | |
8390 | |
8391 Lwlib is extremely poorly documented and quite hairy so here is my | |
8392 understanding of what goes on. | |
8393 | |
8394 Lwlib maintains a set of widget_instances which mirror the hierarchical | |
8395 state of Xt widgets. I think this is so that widgets can be updated and | |
8396 manipulated generically by the lwlib library. For instance | |
8397 update_one_widget_instance can cope with multiple types of widget and | |
8398 multiple types of toolkit. Each element in the widget hierarchy is updated | |
8399 from its corresponding widget_instance by walking the widget_instance | |
8400 tree recursively. | |
8401 | |
8402 This has desirable properties such as lw_modify_all_widgets which is | |
8403 called from glyphs-x.c and updates all the properties of a widget | |
8404 without having to know what the widget is or what toolkit it is from. | |
8405 Unfortunately this also has hairy properrties such as making the lwlib | |
8406 code quite complex. And of course lwlib has to know at some level what | |
8407 the widget is and how to set its properties. | |
8408 | |
8409 @node Specifiers, Menus, Glyphs, Top | |
8410 @chapter Specifiers | |
8411 | |
8412 Not yet documented. | |
8413 | |
8414 @node Menus, Subprocesses, Specifiers, Top | |
8415 @chapter Menus | |
8416 | |
8417 A menu is set by setting the value of the variable | |
8418 @code{current-menubar} (which may be buffer-local) and then calling | |
8419 @code{set-menubar-dirty-flag} to signal a change. This will cause the | |
8420 menu to be redrawn at the next redisplay. The format of the data in | |
8421 @code{current-menubar} is described in @file{menubar.c}. | |
8422 | |
8423 Internally the data in current-menubar is parsed into a tree of | |
8424 @code{widget_value's} (defined in @file{lwlib.h}); this is accomplished | |
8425 by the recursive function @code{menu_item_descriptor_to_widget_value()}, | |
8426 called by @code{compute_menubar_data()}. Such a tree is deallocated | |
8427 using @code{free_widget_value()}. | |
8428 | |
8429 @code{update_screen_menubars()} is one of the external entry points. | |
8430 This checks to see, for each screen, if that screen's menubar needs to | |
8431 be updated. This is the case if | |
8432 | |
8433 @enumerate | |
8434 @item | |
8435 @code{set-menubar-dirty-flag} was called since the last redisplay. (This | |
8436 function sets the C variable menubar_has_changed.) | |
8437 @item | |
8438 The buffer displayed in the screen has changed. | |
8439 @item | |
8440 The screen has no menubar currently displayed. | |
8441 @end enumerate | |
8442 | |
8443 @code{set_screen_menubar()} is called for each such screen. This | |
8444 function calls @code{compute_menubar_data()} to create the tree of | |
8445 widget_value's, then calls @code{lw_create_widget()}, | |
8446 @code{lw_modify_all_widgets()}, and/or @code{lw_destroy_all_widgets()} | |
8447 to create the X-Toolkit widget associated with the menu. | |
8448 | |
8449 @code{update_psheets()}, the other external entry point, actually | |
8450 changes the menus being displayed. It uses the widgets fixed by | |
8451 @code{update_screen_menubars()} and calls various X functions to ensure | |
8452 that the menus are displayed properly. | |
8453 | |
8454 The menubar widget is set up so that @code{pre_activate_callback()} is | |
8455 called when the menu is first selected (i.e. mouse button goes down), | |
8456 and @code{menubar_selection_callback()} is called when an item is | |
8457 selected. @code{pre_activate_callback()} calls the function in | |
8458 activate-menubar-hook, which can change the menubar (this is described | |
8459 in @file{menubar.c}). If the menubar is changed, | |
8460 @code{set_screen_menubars()} is called. | |
8461 @code{menubar_selection_callback()} enqueues a menu event, putting in it | |
8462 a function to call (either @code{eval} or @code{call-interactively}) and | |
8463 its argument, which is the callback function or form given in the menu's | |
8464 description. | |
8465 | |
8466 @node Subprocesses, Interface to X Windows, Menus, Top | |
8467 @chapter Subprocesses | |
8468 | |
8469 The fields of a process are: | |
8470 | |
8471 @table @code | |
8472 @item name | |
8473 A string, the name of the process. | |
8474 | |
8475 @item command | |
8476 A list containing the command arguments that were used to start this | |
8477 process. | |
8478 | |
8479 @item filter | |
8480 A function used to accept output from the process instead of a buffer, | |
8481 or @code{nil}. | |
8482 | |
8483 @item sentinel | |
8484 A function called whenever the process receives a signal, or @code{nil}. | |
8485 | |
8486 @item buffer | |
8487 The associated buffer of the process. | |
8488 | |
8489 @item pid | |
8490 An integer, the Unix process @sc{id}. | |
8491 | |
8492 @item childp | |
8493 A flag, non-@code{nil} if this is really a child process. | |
8494 It is @code{nil} for a network connection. | |
8495 | |
8496 @item mark | |
8497 A marker indicating the position of the end of the last output from this | |
8498 process inserted into the buffer. This is often but not always the end | |
8499 of the buffer. | |
8500 | |
8501 @item kill_without_query | |
8502 If this is non-@code{nil}, killing XEmacs while this process is still | |
8503 running does not ask for confirmation about killing the process. | |
8504 | |
8505 @item raw_status_low | |
8506 @itemx raw_status_high | |
8507 These two fields record 16 bits each of the process status returned by | |
8508 the @code{wait} system call. | |
8509 | |
8510 @item status | |
8511 The process status, as @code{process-status} should return it. | |
8512 | |
8513 @item tick | |
8514 @itemx update_tick | |
8515 If these two fields are not equal, a change in the status of the process | |
8516 needs to be reported, either by running the sentinel or by inserting a | |
8517 message in the process buffer. | |
8518 | |
8519 @item pty_flag | |
8520 Non-@code{nil} if communication with the subprocess uses a @sc{pty}; | |
8521 @code{nil} if it uses a pipe. | |
8522 | |
8523 @item infd | |
8524 The file descriptor for input from the process. | |
8525 | |
8526 @item outfd | |
8527 The file descriptor for output to the process. | |
8528 | |
8529 @item subtty | |
8530 The file descriptor for the terminal that the subprocess is using. (On | |
8531 some systems, there is no need to record this, so the value is | |
8532 @code{-1}.) | |
8533 | |
8534 @item tty_name | |
8535 The name of the terminal that the subprocess is using, | |
8536 or @code{nil} if it is using pipes. | |
8537 @end table | |
8538 | |
8539 @node Interface to X Windows, Index, Subprocesses, Top | |
8540 @chapter Interface to X Windows | |
8541 | |
8542 Not yet documented. | |
8543 | |
8544 @include index.texi | |
8545 | |
8546 @c Print the tables of contents | |
8547 @summarycontents | |
8548 @contents | |
8549 @c That's all | |
8550 | |
8551 @bye | |
8552 |